UPDATED - SYLLABUS 201 Da31603298 1 1

DATTA MEGHE INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL SCIENCES
(Deemed University)
: Constituent College :
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU MEDICAL COLLEGE
Sawangi (Meghe), Wardha
CURRICULUM
OF
M.B.B.S.
(BACHELOR OF MEDICINE & BACHELOR OF SURGERY)
Duration : 4 & ½ Years
&
1 Year Compulsory Rotatory Internship Training Programme
1
DATTA MEGHE INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL SCIENCE
(DEEMED UNIVERSITY)

SAWANGI (MEGHE), WARDHA
UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM
DEPARTMENT
OF
ANATOMY
2
1. Preamble:
The undergraduate students of First MBBS are the doctors of tomorrow. They are vital for
human health care program. Therefore redefined need based curriculum should be followed
to develop good scientific component and clinical competence. In the present curriculum
there is more stress on learning further it generates initiatives and grip amongst students for
excelling in their further studies.
The following ingredients are incorporated in the curriculum of undergraduate studies in
anatomy, to achieve a wide range of professional and personal skills.
1. Adequate time for dissection preceded by prosection
2. Fundamental aspects of laboratory work in the histology lab.
3. Familiarity with macroscopic and microscopic structure of human body
4. Correlation between anatomical knowledge and interpretation of data obtained from
different modern diagnostic tools
2. Goal:
The broad goal of the Anatomy teaching to undergraduate students is to provide
comprehensive knowledge of the gross, microscopic structure and development of human
body. This is essential as a basis for the clinical correlation and the anatomical basis for the
disease presentations.
3. Objectives:
A) Knowledge
At the end of the course the student should be able to
a. Comprehend the normal disposition, clinically relevant interrelationships,
functional and cross sectional Anatomy of the various organs and structures of the
body.
b. Identify the microscopic structure and correlate elementary ultra structure of
various organs and tissues with the functions as a prerequisite for understanding
the altered state in various disease processes.
c. Comprehend the basic structure and connections of the central nervous system to
analyze the integrative and regulative functions of the organs and systems. He/She
should be able to locate the site of gross lesions according to the deficits
encountered.
d. Demonstrate knowledge of the basic principles and sequential development of the
organs and systems, recognize the critical stages of development and the effects of
common teratogens, genetic mutations and environmental hazards. He/She should
be able to explain the developmental basis of the major variations and
abnormalities.
B) Skills:
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
a. Identify and locate all the structures of the body and mark the topography of the
Living Anatomy.
3
b. Understand clinical basis of some common clinical procedures i.e. intramuscular
and intravenous injection, lumbar puncture and kidney biopsy etc.
c. Identify the organs and tissues under the microscope.
d. Understand the principles of karyotyping and identify the gross congenital
anomalies.
e. Understand principles of newer imaging techniques and interpretation of CT scan,
sonogram, MRI & Angiography.
C) Integration:
To interpret the anatomical basis of disease process with the integration of other basic
sciences, student should be able to comprehend the regulation and integration of the
functions of the organs and systems in the body.
4. Teaching learning Strategies:

Didactic (1/3rd)
Strategy Total Semester wise
Hours distribution of
Allotted hours
Lectures 210 Semester I: 97
Semester II: 113
Non- Didactic (2/3rd)
STRATEGY TOTAL SEMESTER WISE DISTRIBUTION
HOURS OF HOURS
ALLOTTED I II
Practical Dissection 240 65 175
teaching Histology practical 70 20 50
Demonstrative teaching –
Lecture-demonstration 70 20 50
Tutorials 50 15 35
Seminars 20 8 12
Projects 20 10 10
Problem based learning 6 6 -
Integrated Teaching program 6 - 6
Any other-Communication skill 4 4
5. Course content: (MK-60%, DK-30% and NK-10%):

Didactic:
Paper I
Theory
1. Superior extremity
2. Thorax
3. HNF
4. Brain
4
5. Histology & embryology of parts above diaphragm
Region SEMESTER TOPIC MUST KNOW DESIRABLE TO NICE TO

WISE KNOW KNOW
DISTRIBUTION
Upper Limb 1stSemester Introduction Pectoral Dupytren’s salient
15 Hours region, contracture, features
Mammary hand as a about
gland, Axilla, functional carpals
cubital fossa, unit – grips,
spaces of nerve injury,
hand, Relations Carpal tunnel
and functional syndrome,
importance of
structures,
clavipectoral
fascia.
Joints Shoulder girdle, Axillary lymph Abscess
shoulder joint, nodes , drainage,
Radio-ulnar Axillary palm,
joints, Wrist sheath, comparative
joint, cervico- Anatomy -
carpometacar axillary thumb,
pal joint of canal, Fall on palmaris
thumb--- bones the brevis.
taking part, outstretched Midcarpal
Classification of hand joint,
joints, metacarpop
movement, halageal
with muscles joints,
causing Interphalang
movements, eal joints.
Bones Humerus, common site Carpals,

clavicle, of fracture, Metacarpals
scapula, radius, Humerus : , Phalanges,
ulna, fractures- carpal
articulated Colles’ tunnel
hand- fracture, syndrome,
Identification, Smith’s fracture of
Anatomical fracture scaphoid,
position, parts, Surgical
joint formed, approaches,
Development, subluxation
identification of of head of
individual radius,
5
carpals in carrying
articulated angle.
hand; Clavicle-
line of force
transmission.
Muscles Muscles of Applied Triangle of
upper limb, aspects, auscultation
attachment, Volkman’s
nerve supply, ischaemic
Actions, contracture.
Quadrangular
and triangular
spaces.
Arteries Axillary, Applied Raynaud’s
brachial, aspects. disease,
Radial, ulnar Thrombosis
Arteries,
Commenceme
nt, Termination,
Main area of
distribution &
drainage,
Anastomosis.
Nerves Nerves - Winging of Nerve injury
Axillary, scapula, Erb’s at various
Median, Ulnar, palsy, sites, Tendon
musculocutane Klumpke’s reflex
ous, radial- palsy, crutch
course, palsy.
distibution, root
value, Brachial
plexus.
Applied
aspects
Thorax Thoracic wall, Importance Barrel chest,
Thoracic inlet, of minor pectus
10 Hours 1st Introduction Boundaries and openings in excavatum
semester contents. outlet,
Thoracic outlet, Accessory
Boundaries and muscles of
contents, major respiration,
openings and Applied
levels, aspects-.
Typical
intercostals
space,
Boundaries and
6
contents,
muscles
Atypical
intercostals
space,
Moverments of
respiration.
Mediastinum Divisions, Coarctation Mediastinitis,

Boundaries and of aorta, mediastinosc
contents. aneurysm, opy. Superior
Aorta-Course, development mediastinal
relation and al anomalies. syndrome,
branches
Pleura Pleural Importance pleural
reflections, of recesses effusion.
recesses,
innervation.
Lungs Gross Postural foreign body
description drainage, inhalation.
including lobes, surgical
fissures and importance
bronchopulmo of
nary segments. bronchopulm
Relations, onary
blood supply, segments
nerve supply
Pericardium Divisions of Referred pericardial
pericardium pain,. effusion
and sinuses.
Heart Anatomical Relations, referred
position, nerve supply, pain,
location, foramen functional
surfaces and ovale, patent end arteries,
borders, interior IV septum, coronaries
of all over-riding of
chambers, aorta, PDA,
conducting Fallot’s
system of tetralogy.
heart, vessels of
heart.
Bones Identification relations, Fracture ribs,
and parts of attachments, flail chest,
thoracic ossification compression,
vertebrae, ribs fracture of
and Sternum. vertebra.
Identification of
7
T1,T9,T10.T11,T1
2, vertebrae
and atypical
ribs-1,2,11,12
Head – 2nd Introduction Regions and Spaces and squint,
Face – semester organs, fasciae spread of surgical neck
Neck of the neck, infections, incisions,
triangles of axillary external
37 Hours neck. sheath, jugular vein-
Dangerous Relations of air embolism,
area of face, contents, LN biopsy,
Damage to JVP, pulse,
accessory Frey’s
nerve, syndrome.
sialogram,
approach to
gland,
bidigital
palpation of
submandibul
ar gland
Glands Thyroid , applied ---
Parathyoid, anatomy of
Parotid, these glands
Submandibular
, sublingual,
Pituitary-
Morphology,
capsule,
relations, nerve
supply, blood
supply.
Face Muscles, nerve internal ear ---
supply, blood
supply of -
Scalp, Palate,
Tongue, Larynx,
Pharynx, Orbit,
Eyeball, Styloid
Apparatus,
Nasal cavity,
Ear-Internal,
Middle&
External,
Meninges.
Bones Identification, hyoid bone ear ossicles
anatomical
8
position, parts,
foramina in the
skull, structures
passing
through them,
Norma basalis,
verticalis,
frontalis,
lateralis,
occipitalis
Interior of
cranial cavity,
Foetal skull,
Mandible-Age
changes.
Cervical
vertebrae
Fontanelles,
Dental formula,
Fractures of the
skull, age of
dentition,
cervical rib,
disc herniation.
Joints TM joint. applied atlanto=occi
Dislocation. anatomy of pital &
TM joint atlantoaxial
joints
Muscles Sternomastoid, applied ---
Digastric,Myloh aspects
yoid,
Hyoglossus,
Muscls of-
facial
expression,
mastication,
larynx, pharynx,
tongue, palate
Extra-ocular
muscles.
Relations,
development,
facial nerve
palsy.
Arteries Origin, parts, Sub- Subclavian
course, branches, steal
relations, distributions syndrome,
9
branches of Subclavian-
subclavian, axillary
Internal anastomosis.
carotid,
External
carotid,
Vertebral,
Lingual, Facial,
Maxillary
Veins External and Thrombosis of formation &
internal Jugular cavernous drainage of
veins, venous sinus. CSF
drainage of
face.
Venous Sinuses-
-Names,
locations,
drainage,
classification,
Emissary Veins,
Cavernous
sinus,
Lymphatic
drainage of
head face
neck.
Nevers Cranial nerves- Cranial Cranial
5th, 7th, 9th ,12th- nerves-3rd, nerves-1st,
Nucleus, 4 ,6th,10th,11th
th 2nd ,8th -
course, - Nucleus, Nucleus,
relations, course, course,
branches, relations, relations,
distribution, branches, branches,
reflex distribution, distribution,
pathways & reflex reflex
applied pathways & pathways &
anatomy, applied applied
Plexus- anatomy, anatomy,
Cervical,
Brachial,
Parasympathet
ic Ganglia,
Cervical
sympathetic
chain.
Neuoroan 2nd Spinal Cord Gross features, Spinal clinical
10
atomy semester Extent, segments, correlation
enlargements, vertebral of lesions,
20 Hours conus correlation, anomalies,
medullaris, significance lamination,
filum terminale, of syringomyeli
spinal enlargements a, PID,
meninges, , nuclei of tumours, TB,
grey matter trauma,
Tracts- at upper & dislocation,
Ascending and lower myelograph
Descending. cervical, mid- y.
thoracic,
Lumbar &
sacral levels
Medulla Gross features, medullary increased
Oblongata Motor syndromes, ICT, Arnold-
decussation, Bulbar palsy Chiari
Sensory malformatio
decussation, n
Inferior olivary
nucleus, cranial
nerve nuclei.
Tuber
cinereum,
pontobulbar
body, Order of
neurons, Details
of nuclei and
organization of
white matter.
Pons Cross sections Relations. Tumours,
at the level of pontine
Facial colliculus haemorrhag
&Trigeminal e
nucleus,
General
features,
Peduncles,
floor of the
fourth ventricle.
Cerebellum Gross features, dysfunction, Functions of
divisions, lobes, dysequilibriu archicerebell
relations, m, ataxia, um,
internal hypotonia, paleocereb
structure. Nuclei, ellum&neoc
Connections of Names of erebellum
cerebellar nuclei and
11
cortex and important
intracerebellar connections,
nuclei, white Peduncles-
matter, Important
classification, tracts in the
Purkinje peduncles.
neuron,
Midbrain T.S. at the level General Weber’s
of inferior features, syndrome.
colliculus & relations,
superior contents of
colliculus. interpeduncu
lar cistern,
connections
of red
nucleus,
Cerebrum cortex, white basal nuclei, Components
matter, limbic lobe, of limbic
Surfaces, cortex- lobe.
borders, major granular/agr handedness,
sulci, gyri, anular, connections
poles, lobes, striate, Basal of limbic
major nuclei- lobe.
functional names,
areas, interior,
gray and white
matter white
matter-
classification
with examples
Diencephalo Dorsal Epithalamus, Boundaries,
n thalamus Metathlamus, parts,
Hypothalamu relations,
s, cavity, major
subthalamus, nuclei.
Gross
connections
Ventricular Parts, Choroid Hydrocephal
System boundaries, fissure, us, VA shunt
foramina, recesses.
correlation with
parts of brain.
Blood Supply Circle of willis, Veins, Blood Hemiplegia,
Of Brain subarachnoid brain barrier End arteries,
space, arteries, CSF
formation.
Meninges Cerebral and Cisterns - Extracerebra
12
spinal Definition, l and
meninges, folds terminology, intracerebral
of dura, cisterna communicat
contents of magna, ion, CSF
subrachnoid Cisternal block,
spaces, puncture, Epidural
arachnoid villi vertebral space.
and venous
granulations, plexus,
direction of choroids
flow of CSF, plexus
lumbar
puncture,
Systemic 2nd Integumenta Skin-Types; Appendages Renewal of
Histology – semester ry System Epidermis and of skin epidermis,
Above dermis; various Albinism,
Diaphragm cells melanoma,
05 Hours Acne.
Alimentary Oral tissues Tooth, ion transport.
System Lip, Tongue, Developing
taste buds, tooth
papillae;,
salivary glands.
Striated duct
Respiratory Olfactory Bronchial Bronchial
System mucosa; smooth asthma,
Epiglottis; muscle Hyaline
Trachea, Lung, membrane
Bronchus, disease,
bronchiole, Heart failure
alveolar duct cells.
sac, alveoli,
pneumocytes
type I and II
cells.
Endocrine Pituitary, Hypothalamo diabetes
System Adenohypoph -pituitary mellitus
ysis, portal system
Neurohypophy
sis, Thyroid;
Follicular,
parafollicular
cells;
Parathyoid,
chief cells,
oxyphil cells
Central Basic --- ---
13
Nervous organization;
System cerebrum;
cerebellum;
spinal cord;
Cervical;
Thoracic;
Lumbar,
Sacral.
Peripheral Sensory peripheral ---
Nervous ganglia, nerve
System Autonomic
ganglia
(sympathetic
ganglion),
peripheral
nerve
Special Cornea: canal of Keratoplasty,
Senses sclerocornel Schlemm eye
junction, , lens, donation,
Visual – Eye Retina, optic glucoma,
Ball nerve retinal
detachment
Auditory Internal ear cochlea, auditory
semicircular pathway
canal,
vestibule
Olfactory Nasal cavity --- olfactory
nerve
Gustatory Tongue with types of taste structure of
taste buds. buds & their taste bud
structure
Systemic 2nd semester Cardiovascul venous system; fetal Veins
Embryolog ar System Heart- circulation abnormalitie
y chambers – changes at s, surgical
sepata- birth, ASD, corrections
10 Hours Truncus-Aortic VSD, PDA,
Arches Fallot’s
Tetralogy
Respiratory Development Tracheo- Malformatio
System of Larynx oesophageal n,Respiratory
Trachea, Fistula Distress
Bronchi, lungs. Syndrome
;Premature
births
Integumenta Development --- ---
ry System of mammary
gland, skin &
14
appendages
Head, Neck Pharyngeal cleft palate, congenital
& Face arches, nerves, cleft lip anomalies of
muscles, face
cartilage,
development
of face, palate
Endocrine Development development Investigation
System of Adrenal, al anomalies
Thyroid,
Parathyroid,
Pituitary
Nervous Neural Tube spina bifida, Retinal
System ;spinal cord Anencephaly detachment
and Brain i.e. , , glaucoma,
Forebrain, Hydrocephal coloboma
Midbrain and us iris,
hindbrain, Myelination
Hypophysis of tracts,
cerebri, neural shortening of
crest, spinal cord,
Peripheral Neural Tube
Nervous Defects.
system, Organs
of the special
senses – eye
and ear,
15
Paper II
1) Inferior extremity
2) Abdomen & Pelvis
3) General Anatomy
4) General histology
5) General embryology
6) Genetics
7) Histology & embryology of parts below diaphragm
REGION SEMESTER TOPIC MUST KNOW DESIRABLE TO NICE TO KNOW

WISE KNOW
DISTRIBUTION
LOWER 1st Semester Introduction Regions, Gluteal Mechanism of
LIMB boundaries, injections, venous return,
16 Hours major Femoral varicose veins,
contents, hernia, Blood Applied aspects of
Gluteal supply to head Adductor canal,
region, of femur, popliteal aneurysm.
femoral Fracture neck
triangle, of femur,
Adductor mechanics,
canal, movement of
Compartmen joints - hip and
ts of thigh, knee joint,
leg, Popliteal Trendelenburg
fossa , sole, ’s test, knee
Arches of joint –
foot, derangement,
injuries to
cruciate
ligaments
Bones Hip bone, Applied walking and
femur, tibia, aspects ,Bony transmission of
fibula, specialization weight, Fracture,
articulated for bipeds, femoral torsion,
foot- neck-shaft angle,
Identification bone grafts.
, region
anatomical
position,
parts, joints
formed,
Identification
16
of individual
tarsals in an
articulated
foot.
2nd Semester Joints Hip, knee, Dislocation of surgical approaches
ankle, hip joint to joint, traumatic
subtalar, (congenital, effusion and bursitis.
tibiofibular traumatic),
joint.
Attachment, action of Calf pump,
Muscles nerve supply, muscles of Antigravity muscles.
lower limb.
Arteries Femoral , profundafemo dorsalis padis
popliteal, - ris,
commencem
ent,
termination,
main area of
supply ,
course,
relation &
applied.
Venous communicatio Intermittent
Veins drainage of n and valves, claudication, clinical
lower limb, variocose significance of
long and veins. anastomosis around
short Lymphatics- knee, venous
saphenous Inguinal group thrombosis
veins, of lymph
nodes.
Nerves Plexus - course, Pes cavus,
Lumbar and equinovarous,
sacral, clauding of toes.
location, sciatica, foot drop
Formation ,
Distribution
Nerves
:sciatic,
femoral,
obturator,
tibial,
common
personal
17
nerves-
origin,
distribution,
root value.
ABDOME 2nd Semester Anterior Rectus Surgical ---

N& Abdominal sheath, incisions,
PELVIS : Wall quadrants inguinal
and regions, hernia,
37 Hours Testes,
epididymis,
spermatic
cord,
scrotum,
Peritoneum,
Lesser
Omentum,
Omental
Bursa,
Epiploic
Foramen.
Spermatic
Cord -Course
and
contents,
coverings,
vasectomy.
Abdominal Morphology, Peptic ulcer, Gastroscopy,
Organs relations, Splenic Achlorhydria,
blood supply, circulation, Splenectomy, Liver
lymphatics, splenic transplant,
nerve supply vascular Pancreatitis,
& applied segments, liver diabetes, Renal
Anatomy of biopsy, transplant, Stones in
following support of ureter, Cushing’s
organs. liver, Gall disease.
Stomach, stones, Duct
18
spleen, liver, system of
billiary pancreas,
apparatus, Surgical
pancreas, approach to
small kidney- stones
intestine, (Renal),
large Ureter- Sites
intestine and of
vermiform constrictions,
appendix, Hydronephrosi
kidneys, s,
ureters, pheochromocy
suprarenal toma,
glands.
Pelvic Viscera Morphology, relations of - applied Anatomy of -
relations, Urinary Urinary bladder &
blood supply bladder & urethra, uterus,
nerve supply urethra, overies and uterine
of - uterus, overies tubes, prostate,
Urinary and uterine rectum and anal
bladder & tubes, canal, urogenital
urethra, prostate, diaphragm.Supports
uterus, rectum and and micturition,
overies and anal canal, stones in bladder,
uterine urogenital
tubes, diaphragm
prostate,
rectum and
anal canal,
urogenital
diaphragm
Perineum Ischiorectal male urethra, Ischiorectal hernia
fossa, penis, perineal
pudendal pouches,
canal,
perianal
spaces,
Urogenital
diaphragm,
Muscles Anterior Thoracolumba Psoas abscess

abdominal r fascia,
wall, Rectus perineal
sheath, spaces &
19
Psoas major, muscles
Quadratus
lumborum,
Thoracoabdo
minal
diaphragm,
pelvic
diaphragm
Bones Lumbar Moverments anatomical basis of
vertebrae, of lumbar disc prolapse, nerve
bony pelvis. vertebrae, compression,
Pelvis-types, lumbosacral, Sacralization,
various sacroiliac Lumbarization.
diameters, &sacrococcyge
al joints.
JointsBlood Origin, Portosystemic development of
Vessels course, communicatio :Portosystemic
termination, ns in detail, communications
relations,
branches &
applied
anatomy of
portal vein,
inferior vena
cava,
abdominal
aorta,
internal iliac
artery.
Nerves Lumbar --- ---

plexus, sacral
plexus
GENERAL 1st Semester Descriptive Definition of --- ---
ANATOM Terms: Anatomy,
Y :05 Subdivisions
hours of Anatomy,
Terms used
for
describing
the
Anatomical
position,
planes,
20
Commonly
used terms in
Gross
Anatomy,
Embryology,
limbs, for
hollow &
solid organs,
to indicate
the side, for
describing
muscle &
movements.
General Definition, Applied Medicolegal &
Osteology Nutrition, anatomy, anthropological
Morphologic aspects in brief.
al
classification,
according to
shape, region
&
macroscopic
structure,
Gross
structure of
long bones.
Distribution
and
functions of
bone-
Appendicular
& Axial
skeleton.
Diaphysis,
Metaphysis,
Epiphysis,
Types of
epiphysis,
Primary
centers,
Secondary
centers, Laws
of
ossification,
21
Epiphyseal
plate, Blood
supply of
long bone.
General Definition, Housemaid’s Adventitious bursa,
Arthrology Related knee, Student’s elbow,
terms, Clergyman’s Weaver’s bottom,
classification knee Porter’s shoulder.
: Structural,
Functional,
Regional,
Structural : a)
Fibrous &
their
subtypes
with example
of each
b)
Cartilaginous
& their
subtypes,
Primary
&secondary
with example
of each.
c) Synovial &
their
subtypes
with
examples.
Functional :
Synarthrosis,
Amphiarthro
sis,
Diarthrosis.
Synovial –
Axis of
movement,
Structure of
typical
synovial
joints,
classification
of synovial
22
joints,
according to
the shape,
axes of
movement
and
morphology.
Simple,
Compound,
Complex
joints, Blood
supply &
nerve supply,
Hilton’s law
General Definition, Functional Bursa - Structure,
Myology types, Origin, classification, Functions, types.
Insertion, Prime movers,
Morphologic Fixators,
al Antagonists,
classification, Synergists
Parts of
muscle,
Blood supply
& Applied
Anatomy,
Actions of
muscles,
nerve supply.
General Introduction, Mechanical Factors limiting
Neurology Parts of properties of range of
Nervous bones, moverment,
system, Synthesis, Kinesiology, Sellar,
C.N.S., P.N.S, histogenesis, Ovoid, Joint
Autonomic growth of position, Loose-
nervous Cartilage, packed, Close
system, packed, Number and
Structure of diameter of fibres,
nervous Range of
tissue, contraction, Active
Neurons, insufficiency, Passive
Synapse, insufficiency, shunt,
Structural & swing, spin.
Functional
types.
23
Classification
of neurons:
According to
polarity and
According to
relative
lengths of
axons and
dendrites,
Neuroglia,
Nerves-
Cranial,
Spinal,
Structure of
typical spinal
nerve,
Autonomic
nervous
system-
Sympathetic-
Sympathetic
ganglia,
postganglioni
c fibres,
Parasympath
etic- Cranial
outflow,
sacral
outflow
MICROAN 1st Light H and E Micro techniques,
ATOMY Semester Microscope microscope- staining
parts,
: 30 Hours magnificatio
n, resolution,
General and.
Histology Cytology Cell, Specializations effect of colchicines
Cytoplasm of cell surface , and anticytotic drugs
10 hours and nucleus, lysosomes, on spindles
Cytomembra residual preventing mitosis,
nces, Unit bodies, Cell mitotic activity,
membrane, Endocytosis, Lysosomal storage
Cell exocytosis, disease ,
organelles, movement of
Mitochondria microvilli;
24
l DNA,
mitochondria
l myopathy,
Nucleus-
Structure,
nuclear
envelope,
chromatin,
Barr body,
nucleolus
Epithelium Definition, cell junction Nutrition, Renewal,
Classification and junctional Innervation,
, structure of complexes. Metaplasia,
various types
& subtypes
of epithelia,
Surface
modifications
, Cilia,
Microvilli,
Sterreocilia;
Glands,
classification,
Unicellular
and
Multicellular;
Exocrine,
Endocrine,
Exocrine,
simple,
compound;
Apocrine,
Merocrine,
Holocrine;
Tubular,
alveolar,
tubuoalveola
r, Serous ,
Mucous,
Mixed.
Connective Fibres, ground Glycosaminoglycans,
Tissue classificationl substance Scurvey, oedema,
oose areolar inflammation
tissue,
25
adipose
tissue.
Reticular
tissue
Bone & Bone, Growth; Bone callus,
Cartilage Compact, Interstitial, Osteomalacia,
cancellous, Appositional; Osteoporosis,
Developing Osteoma,
bone; Chondroma.
ossification,
woven,
lamellar
Systemic bone,
Histology cartilage,
classifiation,
20 Hours types,
perichondriu
m, functions.
Muscle Skeletal Innervation, Hypertrophy,
muscle, plain Red fibres, Hyperplasia, Rigor
muscle, white fibres, mortis, Myasthenia
cardiac gravis.
muscle,
Intercalated
disc,
syncitium;
sarcomere, I
and A bands,
myofibrils,
myofilament
s;
Sarcoplasmic
reticulum.
Nervous Neurons, Synapses ---
System types;
Neuroglia,
types;
Myelinated
nerve fibre,
Non-
myelinated
nerve fibre,
Peripheral
nerve, Nodes
26
of Ranvier.
Vessels Large sized Arteriole, Atherosclerosis,
artery, Capillary, Aneurysm, Infarcts.
Medium sinusoid;
sized artery Medium sized
vein
Lymphoid T cells, B Blood-thymus Organ
Tissue cells; Mucosa barrier, Open transplantation,
Associated and closed Graft rejection,
Lymphoid circulation in Autoimmune
Tissue; the spleen diseases.
Humoral
immunity,
Cell
mediated
immunity;
Lymph node
section;
Thymus,
spleen,
Tonsil.
2nd Semester Systemic Basic Pernicious Hirschsprung’s

Histology: 20 organization- anaemia, disease or
Hours 4 layers, ulcer, gastritis, megacolon.
Oesophagus
Gi Tract with glands,
stomach-
Fundus, chief
cells, parietal
cells, intrinsic
factor;
stomach-
pylorus
Duodenum
Brunner’s
glands; small
intestine-
with Peyer’s
patch,
Appendix,
Large
intestine
Glands Pancreas, Diabetes liver regeneration.
27
Islets of mellitus,
Langerhans; Cirrhosis of
Liver, liver,
Hepatic
lobule, portal
lobule; portal
acinus, Gall
bladder.
Liver as an
endocrine
gland,
Urinary Basic Urethra ---

System organization;
Nephron-
Parts,
podocytes,
collecting
system;
Kidney-
Cortex,
Medulla
Juxtaglomeru
lar apparatus
Ureter;
Urinary
bladder
Male Basic Stages of Motile sperm.
Reproductive organization; spermatogenei
System Gonads, s,
Accessory
glands;
Testis;
Epididymis;
Vas deferens;
Prostate;
Penis;
Seminal
vesicle
Female Basic phases of colostrums, IgA,

Reproductive organization, menstruation,
System Gonads, Placenta,
Tracts, Maternal unit,
28
accessory foetal unit,
glands; Umbilical cord:
Ovary-with Wharton’s
corpus jelly.
luteum;
Fallopian
tube; Uterus;
Cervix;
Mammary
gland active,
Passive,
stages of
maturation
of ovarian
follicle
Endocrine Adrenal; --- pheochromocytoma

System Pancreas,
Testis, Ovary.
Developm 1st Terms &

ental Semester Terminology
Anatomy/ Introduction
Embryolo
gy :
20 Hours Menstrual Teratogenic Alpha –fetoprotein

cycle other influences ; levels.
reproductive fertility and
General cycles, germ sterility,
Embryolo cell surrogate
gy Transport motherhood,
05 hours and social
fertilisation, significance of
sperm “sex –ratio”,
capacitation abortion,
methods of Decidual
contraceptio reaction,
n, sex chorionic
determinatio gonadotropins
n, cleavage –Pregnancy
,Blastocyst, test,
Cytorophobl congenital
ast, malformation,
29
Syncytiotrop Nucleus
hoblast, pulposus,
Implanation : sacrococcygeal
normal sites, teratomas,
Abnormal Neural tube
sites; defects,
Placenta Anencephaly,
Praevia signs of
Extra- pregnancy in
embryonic the first
Mesoderm trimester, role
and coelom; of teratogens,
Bilaminar
disc,
Prochordal
plate,
Primitive
streak,
notochord,
Neural tube
and its fate,
Neural cells,
their fate,
Development
of Intra-
embryonic
coelom,
foetal
membranes,
chorionic
villi, Amnion,
Yolk sac,
Allantois.
Folding of
the embryo:
Derivatives
of germ
layers
Fetal Formation, Placental Uses of amniotic
Membranes function, fate hormones, membranes,
of: chorion, uterine Trophoblastic
Amnion, growth, tumours, Rh
Yolksac, Parturition, lncompatibility,
circulation, Estimation of Haemolytic diseases
30
Placental fetal age, of newborn.
barrier, Types of cord
Twinning . attachments,
chorion villus
biopsy and
Amniocentesis
Systemic 2nd Semester Alimentary Foregut : Malformation- ---
embryolo System Oesophagus, Tracheo–
gy Stomach ; oesophageal
15 hours Duodenum, fistula;
Hepatobiliary Congenital
apparatus, Hypertrophic
Pancreas, Pyloric
spleen, Stenosis,
portal vein, Atresia,
Midgut Omphalocele
rotation and ,Hernia,
fixation, Malformation
caecum and – Fistula, situs
Appendix inversus.
Meckel’s
diverticulum.
Hindgut:
cloaca
;Rectum and
Anal canal
Urogenital Development --- Congenital
System of kidney and malformations,
ureters, Ambiguous genitalia
cloaca, and
urinary hermaphroditism
Bladder and
Urethra,
suprarenal
gland,
Genital
system, testis
and ovary,
Ducts and
associated
glands,
External
genital
organs,
31
Mesonephric
and
paramesone
phric ducts,
uterine tube,
Uterus and
vagina.
GENETICS 2nd Semester Basics i)Cell cycle, Chromosomal Factors influencing
: 05 DNA Aberrations: mutation, Prenatal
hours structure, Types, diagnosis.
Replication
of DNA
ii)Chromoso
mes-
Importance,
Morphology,
classification,
Grouping.
Karyotyping,
Sex-
chromatin.
iii)Chromoso
mal
Aberrations,
Sex
chromosome
s,
Abnormalitie
s.
iv)Genes,
Mutation,
Inheritance.
Non- Didactic:
Strategy Topics
Practical - Dissection Superior Extremity
Thorax
Inferior Extremity
Abdomen, Pelvis and Perineum
Head Neck and Face
Neuroanatomy
Strategy
32
Practical- Histology General histology:
Microscope
Cell
Epithelium
Connective tissue
Muscle
Nervous Tissue
Vascular tissue
Lymphoid tissue
Systemic Histology:
GIT
Respiratory system
Urinary system
Male reproductive system
Female reproductive system
Endocrine glands
Integuments
Organs of special senses
Nervous system
Strategy Topics
Lecture- demonstration Osteology demonstrations
Bones of –
Superior extremity
Inferior extremity
Thorax
Abdomen & pelvis
Head, neck & face
Radiological anatomy
Living surface anatomy
Demonstration of embryology models
Demonstration of soft parts
Strategy Topic
PBL 1. Dehydration
2. Jaundice
3. Thyroid
Strategy Topic
ITP 1.Muscle
2.Kidney
3.Pancreas
33
Strategy Topic
Tutorials Axilla & brachial plexuses
Axillary artery
Cubital fossa
Shoulder joint
Superficial & deep palmar
Arches
Supination & Pronation
Intercostal space
Pleura
Lungs
Pericardium
External features of heart
Internal features of heart
Coronary circulation
Femoral triangle
Gluteal region
Back of thigh
Popliteal fossa
Hip joint
Inversion and Eversion of foot
Lacrimal Apparatus
Posterior triangle
Cavernous sinus
Bony Orbit & its contents
Infratemporal region
Thyroid & parathyroid glands
Cervical fascia
Tongue
Tonsil
Larynx
Pharynx
Nose- lateral wall
Eyeball
Inguinal canal
Liver
Stomach
Small intestine
Pancreas
Spleen
34
Kidney
Urinary bladder
Prostate
Testis
Uterus
Pelvis
Cerebrum - Functional areas
Cerebrum – White matter
Medulla oblongata
Spinal cord
Pons
Circle of Willis
Strategy Topic
Seminars Upper Limb
1. Breast
2. Scapular anastomosis
3. Elbow Joint
4. Brachial plexus
5. Shoulder Joint
6. Cubital Fossa
Thorax
1. Azygous system of veins
2. Internal structure of Heart
3. Coronary Circulation
4. Pleura
5. Root of Lungs
6. Bronchopulmonary Segment
7. Mediastinum
8. Pericardium
Lower limb
1. Ankle joint, Arches of foot
2. Hip Bone
3. Hip Joint,
4. Knee Joint
5. Popliteal Fossa
6. Femoral triangle , Nerve , Canal,
Sheath
7. Hip Joint
Abdomen
1. Male external genitalia
2. Portal Vein &Inf.Vena Cava
35
3. Stomach, Blood supply & Lymphatics
4. Extra Billiary Apparatus
5. Coeliac Trunk & Spleen
6. Pancreas
7. Peritoneum & disposition of viscera
Head neck and face
1. Scalp
2. Lacrimal Apparatus
3. Posterior triangle
4. Cranial dura & its modifications
5. Dural sinuses
6. Cavernous sinus
7. Infratemporal Region
8. Temporomandibular Joint
9. Parotid Gland
10. Thyroid & Parathyroid Gland
11. Cervical fascia
12. Extra ocular muscles
36
7. Scheme of examination
Question Paper Template for 100 marks paper
First M.B.B.S. - Anatomy, Physiology and Biochemistry
8.
Time – 3 Hours Marks
– 100
Must Know Desirable to know Nice to know M Marks
(MK) – 60 % (DK) – 30 % (NK) – 10 %
LAQ (4) (4) - - 10 M x 2

2/4 Level-I – 2 = 20 M
Level-II – 2
SAQ (6) (3) (2) (1) 6Mx5

5/6 Level-I – 2 Level-I – 1 Level-I – 1 = 30 M
Level-II – 1 Level II – 1
BAQ (11) (7) (3) (1) 2 M x 10

10/11 Level-I – 5 Level I – 2 Level-I – 1 = 20M
Level-II –2 Level II – 1
MCQ (30) (18) (9) (3) 1 M x 30

30/30 Level-I – 14 Level -I –7 Level-I – 2 = 30 M
Level-II –4 Level-II –2 Level-II –1
About 60:30:10 (MK:DK:NK) Total 100 M

Level of Learning : 80 : 20 (Level 1 : Level 2)
Level of Questions are mentioned in the Question Bank
Marksheet
37
7. Books recommended:
A) Text Books
B) Reference Books
1. Gray’s Anatomy
2. Cunningham’s manual of practical anatomy–3 volumes
3. Regional Anatomy by R.J. Last
4. Human histology by Inderbir Singh
5. Atlas of human Histology – Di Flores
6. Surgical anatomy –Mc Gregor
7. Histology –by Ham
8. Human embryology –Inderbirsingh
9. Medical Embrylogy –Langman
10. Surface anatomy & radiology – Halim Das
11. Regional anatomy by B.D. Chaurasia 3 volumes
12. General Anatomy – B.D. Chaurasia
13. Text Book of Neuroanatomy-I.B. Singh
14. Central Nervous System – Datta
15. Clinical Anatomy for Medical Students-Richard Snell
16. Grants methods of Anatomy
17. Human genetics – Dr. S.D. Gangane
18. Histology –Dr. G.P. Pal
19. Text book of genetics – Dr. G.P. Pal
20. Clinically oriented Anatomy – Dr. D. K. Kadasane (3 volumes)
38
Section A M.C.Q. MK – All Compulsory 30 x 1 30 Marks
60%
DK – 30
%
NK – 10
%
Section B B.A.Q. MK – Any ten out of 10x 2 20 Marks
60% eleven
DK – 30
%
NK – 10
%
S.A.Q. MK – Any five out of six 5x6 30 Marks
60%
DK – 30
%
NK – 10
%
39
Section C L.A.Q. . MK – Any one out of two- 2 x 10 20 Marks
60% Level I
DK – 30 Any one out of two-
% Level II
NK – 10
%

60%
DK – 30
%
NK – 10
%
60% eleven
DK – 30
%
NK – 10
%
S.A.Q. MK – Any five out of six 5x6 30 Marks
60%
DK – 30
%
NK – 10
%
60% Level I
% Level II
NK – 10
%
40
Attendance Theory Attendance Practical
Below 75% 0% Below 80% 0%
75% 50% 80% 50%
76% to 80% 60% 81% to 85% 60%
81% to 85% 70% 86% to 90% 70%
86% to 90% 80% 91% to 95% 80%
>90% 100% >95% 100%
B) Home assignment/ Seminar/ Projects/Practical Journals

Marks awarded for Home assignment/ Seminar/ Projects shall be 80. While making final
calculations these 80 marks shall be reduced to 08 i.e. divided by factor 10. For calculation of
Internal assessments in practical shall be based upon the practical journal. For these purpose
regularity in completion & timely correction of the practical record by teacher in-charge shall be
considered.
41
42
60%
DK – 30
%
NK – 10
%
60% eleven
DK – 30
%
NK – 10
%
S.A.Q. MK – Any five out of six 5 x6 30 Marks
60%
DK – 30
%
NK – 10
%
60% Level I
% Level II
NK – 10
%
Practical Examination
Practical examination will be of 80 marks. The distribution will be as follows:
Anatomy practical
Exercise 1- Dissected body 25 marks
Exercise 2 –soft parts 15 marks
organs 10 marks
brain 05 marks
43
Exercise 3- Histology 1 slide for discussion 05 marks
Exercise 4- Radiology 05 marks
Exercise 5- Embryology models 05 marks
Exercise 6- Living Surface Anatomy 05 marks
Exercise 7- OSPE 16 marks
Exercise 8- Journal 04 marks
Viva/ Oral/ viva-voce Osteology 40 marks

Axial skeleton 20 marks
Appendicular skeleton 20 marks
Each exercise and viva will be taken by a pair of internal and external examiners.
Practical examination will be of 80 marks. The distribution will be as follows:
Anatomy practical
Exercise 1- Dissected body 20 marks
Exercise 2 –soft parts 15marks
organs 05 marks
brain 10 marks
Exercise 3- Histology 2 slide for discussion 10 marks
Exercise 4- Radiology 05 marks
Exercise 5- Embryology models 05 marks
Exercise 6- Living Surface Anatomy 05 marks
Exercise 7- OSPE 16 marks
Exercise 8- Journal 04 marks
Viva/ Oral/ viva-voce Osteology 40 marks

Axial skeleton 20 marks
Appendicular skeleton 20 marks
Each exercise and viva will be taken by a pair of internal and external examiners.
44
DattaMeghe Institute of Medical Sciences (Deemed University)
Sawangi (M), Wardha
PHYSIOLOGY
Jawaharlal Nehru Medical College

PREAMBLE
The undergraduate medical education programme is designed with a goal to create an “Indian
Medical Graduate” (IMG) possessing requisite knowledge, skills, attitudes, values and
responsiveness, so that he or she may function appropriately and effectively as a ‘physician of
first contact’ of the community while being globally relevant. The IMG must be able to function
in the roles of a clinician, leader, communicator, lifelong learner and professional (MCI
Regulations on GME, 2012). Literature review has pointed out the misalignment of needs of an
Indian Medical Graduate and training. Accordingly, efforts are directed towards making the
curriculum ‘Competency based’; the dictionary meaning of ‘competency’ being “ability to do
something” or ”ability for a task”.
The aim of Physiology is to acquire the deeper understanding of the functions and dynamic inter-
relationship between the different organs so as to ensure the possibility of actively influencing
and maintaining the homeostasis. Curricular revisions in Physiology are systematically addressed,
to have clinically relevant teaching learning strategies which have been revalued and course
content is divided into must know, desirable to know and nice to know in the proportion of
60:30:10. The innovative psychomotor strategies are incorporated, like early clinical exposure
and simulation, for students to develop clinical reasoning and interactive skills. The task of
curricular revision is boosted by active participation of the stakeholders including all the faculty
members of the department and is reviewed by expertise advice. The scheme of examination is
also changed to match the present requirement and to strengthen the medical education and
health care system so that Indian medical graduates become competent at par with the
international standards.
45
Competencies are the organizing units or building blocks of Competency Based Medical
Education and one who possesses these competencies is competent. Many specific
competencies are combined, constituting a broader area of competence, which requires the
learner to apply the abilities in the clinical environment to achieve optimal results.
GOAL
The broad goal of the teaching of undergraduate students in Physiology aims at providing the
student comprehensive knowledge of the normal functions of the organ systems of the body to
facilitate an understanding of the physiological basis of health and diseases.
Broad Competencies: The undergraduates must demonstrate;
i. Understanding of the normal functioning of the organs and organ systems of the body,
ii. Comprehension of the normal structure and organization of the organs and systems on
basis of the functions,
iii. Understanding of age‐related physiological changes in the organ functions that reflect
normal growth and development,
iv. Understand the physiological basis of disease.
OBJECTIVES
A) Knowledge
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Describe the normal functions of all the systems, their regulatory mechanisms and
interactions of the various systems for well coordinated total body functions.
2. Understanding the relative contribution of each organ system in the maintenance of the
milieu interior (homeostasis)
3. Explain the physiological aspects of the normal growth and development.
4. Analyze the physiological responses and adaptation to environmental stress.
5. Comprehend the physiological principles underlying pathogenesis and treatment of
disease.
6. Correlate knowledge of physiology of human reproductive system in relation to National
Family welfare program.
B) SKILL
At the end of the course the student shall be able to:
1) Conduct experiments designed for study of physiological phenomenon.
2) Interpret experimental/investigative data.
3) Distinguish between normal and abnormal data derived as a result of clinical
examination and tests, which he/she has performed and observed in the laboratory.
4) Recognize and get familiar with newer computerized and advanced instruments like
medspiror, semen quality analyzer, EMG and TMT
C) INTEGRATION
The teaching should be aligned and integrated horizontally and vertically in organ systems in
order to provide a context in which normal function can be correlated both with structure
and with the biological basis, its clinical features, diagnosis and therapy
46
1. Various strategies of Teaching learning with distribution of Hours:
Didactic : (1/3rd) = 160 hrs
STRATEGY TOTAL HOURS SEMESTER WISE TEACHING MEDIA
ALLOTED DISTRIBUTION OF
HOURS
Lectures 160 Semester I: 66 LCD, Blackboard, ECE,
Semester II: 94 Role plays, Video
demonstration
Non- didactic: (2/3rd) = 320 hrs

ALLOTTED DISTRIBUTION OF
HOURS
Practicals 240 Semester I: 100 LCD, Blackboard,
Semester II: 140 Demonstration, OSCE,
Simulations
Tutorials 20 Semester I: 08 LCD, Blackboard
Semester II: 12
Seminars 10 Semester I: 4 LCD, Blackboard
Semester II: 6
Projects 20 Semester I: 8 -
Semester II: 12
Problem based 20 Semester II: 20 Handout of case
learning scenarios, SGT
Integrated Teaching 10 Semester I: 10 LCD, Chalkboard
program
47
2. COURSE CONTENT
Diadactic
Paper 1: Cardiovascular, Respiratory, Alimentary, Endocrine, Reproductive Physiology
System/Themes & Semester Topic Must know (60%) Desirable to Nice to
Hours wise know know
Distribution (30%) (10%)
Didactic (D) -
MK/DK/NK
1.Cardiovascular 1st Semester 1.Introductio Introduction and

system n and general general organization
organization of CVS
( MK/DK/NK) of CVS
D-10.8/5.4/1.8
(18 hrs)
2. Structure -Structure of the -Histology
of the heart heart, pericardium, details
myocardium, cardiac
endocardium muscle and
-Nerve supply of -Nodal
heart tissue fibers
-Histological details of cell
of cell junctions, junctions,
syncitium,
-Contractile and
conducting fibers.
3. Properties Properties of cardiac Ionic basis Ion
of cardiac muscle- excitability, of action channels,
muscle conductivity, potential, receptors (
contractility, physiologi
Autorhythmicity, all cal and
or none law and long pharmacol
refractory period. ogical and
Junctional tissue of significanc
the heart, e ), ionic
pacemaker potential, basis of
action potential of cardiac
cardiac muscle. action
potential
and
voltage
clamp
technique.
E
Compariso
ns of
Action
potential
of
different
tissues of
48
the heart
4. Generation Generation and Vectors
and conduction of generated
conduction of cardiac impulse and during the
cardiac process of Cardiac process of
impulse excitation Cardiac
excitation
5. ECG-Lead ECG, ECG in
Electrocardio arrangement, electrical Arrhythmi
gram normal waves and axis of the as and
(ECG ) their significance heart, heart Hypertrop
with reference to blocks, , hy of the
lead II. ischemia, Heart
infarctions
6. Cardiac Cardiac cycle- Mechanism Abnormal
cycle-I pressure volume of heart
changes, heart production sound,
7. Cardiac sounds and their of Heart murmurs
cycle-II clinical significance, sounds
correlation of Cardiac
pressure, volume, cycle-
ECG, heart sounds in pressure
cardiac cycle. volume
changes,
heart
sounds and
their clinical
significance,
correlation
of pressure,
volume,
ECG, heart
sounds in
cardiac
cycle.
Splitting of
heart
sounds
8. Heart rate Heart rate and
regulation of heart Cardiovascu
rate. lar Reflexes.
9. Haemodynamics- Law of
Haemodyna Poiseuille-Hagens Laplace componen
mics principle and ts of
formula, turbulent control
flow and Bernoulli system
principle, control
system, components
of control system
10. Cardiac Cardiac output- Changes
49
output Normal values, during mechanis
physiological exercise m of
variation, factors action of
effecting cardiac drugs
output, details, effecting
regulation, cardiac
measurement Output
principle. Congestive
heart Failure
(Applied physiology
through ECE)
11. Blood Blood pressure- Hypertensio
pressure - I Normal levels, n,
measurement, Goldblatt
12. Blood determinants, short kidney
pressure –II term and long term
regulation-details.
13. Capillary Capillary circulation,
circulation tissue fluid
formation
Starlings forces
effecting the
exchange of fluids
14. Lymphatic system- Oedema
Lymphatic Anatomy structure, and fluid
system formation of lymph, retention
composition of mechanism.
lymph. Functions of
lymphatic system,
lymph flow and
factors effecting it.
15. Coronary Coronary circulation, Special Causes of
Circulation Physiologic anatomy features of Death
of coronary blood cardiac after after
supply, phasic muscle acute
changes in coronary metabolism, coronary
blood flow Nervous Pain in occlusion,
control of coronary coronary Stages of
blood flow and heart recovery,
major factors in disease, coronary
regulation of Myocardial Angioplast
coronary blood flow Ischemia, y, and
myocardial coronary
infarction bypass.
16. Cerebral Physiological aspects Measurem
circulation of cerebral ent of
circulation Cerebral
circulation
Nutrition
and
metabolis
50
m of the
heart
17. Physiological aspects
Pulmonary of pulmonary
circulation circulation
18. Shock Regulation of ECF
volume and
composition in
shock. Haemorrhagic
shock, stages,
compensatory
mechanism, effects
on body.
Physiological basis of
treatment in brief.
Types of Shock and
physiological basis of
treatment
2.Respiratory 1st Semester 1. Physiologic -Introduction
Physiology anatomy of -Tracheobronchial
RS tree
D-8.4/4.2/1.4 -Respiratory
(14 hrs) membrane
-Properties of gases
2. Functions - Functions of ARDS
of respiratory respiratory system & (Acute
system & Non respiratory Respiratory
Non functions of lung Distress
respiratory -Surfactant Syndrome)
functions of
lung
3,4. -Inspiratory & - Work of
Mechanics of expiratory muscles breathing
respiration -Mechanics of -Airway
respiration resistance
- Intra-pleural & -Elastic
intra-alveolar resistance.
pressure
-Surface tension
-Role of surfactant
- lung & thoracic
compliance
- Factors affecting
compliance
5.Lung -Principles of PFT -Method of Concept of

volumes and -Measurement & determinati P50
capacities physiological on of dead
significance of tidal space,
volume, vital residual
capacity, forced vital volume,
51
capacity functional
Obstructive and residual
Restrictive lung capacity
diseases (Applied
Physiology through
ECE)
6.Pulmonary -Alveolar ventilation -Difference
ventilation -Alveolar dead space in
with applied aspects ventilation
-Maximum breathing & blood
capacity & breathing flow in
reserve. different
parts of the
lungs
7.Diffusion of -Exchange of
gases respiratory gases at
alveolar capillary
membrane
-Factors affecting
diffusion.
8,9.Gas -Transport of oxygen -Cyanosis -Effects of
transport -Role of 2-3 DPG
Haemoglobin on fetal &
-Oxygen dissociation stored
curve & factors blood
affecting it.
-Transport of CO2
-Bohr’s & Haldane’s
effect
-Chloride shift
10,11. -Neural centres of -Role of
Control of respiration parieties
Breathing -Neural control of
higher centres
-Factors affecting
respiratory centres
-Role of vagus nerve
-Reflexes
Chemical control : -Buffers in -Effect of

Central & Peripheral respiratory CO2
chemoreceptors system response
-Chemical factors -Respiratory curve to
affecting respiration acidosis & varying
-Dyspnoea, apnea alkalosis amount of
hypoxia &
PH, Co2
narcosis
12.Pulmonar -Characteristics
y Circulation -Ventilation
perfusion ratio,
52
13.Hypoxia -Definition -Oxygen -
-Types therapy : Acclimatiz
-Effects Indications, ation at
-Treatment hazards of high
-Cyanosis hyperbaric altitude
-Physiology of high oxygen &
altitude use.
14. Cardio- -Grading of exercise -

respiratory - Cardio-respiratory Physiologica
adjustments adjustments in l effects of
in exercise & exercise physical
Artificial - Artificial respiration training
respiration
3.Alimentary st
1 Semester 1.General -Organization &
system aspects & general structure of
D-7.2/3.6/1.2 Introduction GIT
(12 hours) -Functions of GIT
-Enteric nervous
system
2.Salivary -Structure, & types -Innervation -Ptaylin
secretion of salivary glands of salivary -Effect of
-Composition ofglands secretory
saliva - rate o
-Functions of saliva Differentiati electrolyte
-Mechanism & ng features compositi
regulation of salivary of salivary on of
secretion glands saliva
-aptyalism,
siallorheoa,
xerostomia
3.Mastication - Muscles of -Aerophagia
& deglutition mastication -
-Mastication Achalasiacar
-Stages of deglutition dia
-Deglutition reflex -
-Deglutition apnoea Incompeten
ce of LES
-Dysphagia
4.Gastric -Physiological -Gastric
secretion-I anatomy of stomach mucosal
-Composition of barrier
gastric juice
-Functions of gastric
juice
-Mechanism of
gastric secretion
5.Gastric -Phases of gastric -Gastric -
secretion-II secretion function Mechanis
-Regulation of gastric tests ms of
juice secretion -Vomiting agents
53
-Gastrin that
-Pathophysiology of increase
gastric ulcer gastric
-Sham feeding secretion
-Pavlov’s pouch -Fractional
meal test
6.Gastric - Gastric filling and - Hunger -
motility emptying contraction Heidenhei
- Migrating motor s m’s pouch
complexes -ZE -Beikel’s
syndrome pouch
7.Pancreatic -Physiological -Feedback -
secretion anatomy control of Pancreatic
-Composition of secretin function
pancreatic juice - tests
-Functions of Steatorrhoe -Effects of
pancreatic juice a pancreate
-Regulation of ctomy
pancreatic juice
secretion
-Acute pancreatitis
8.Liver & Gall -Physiologic anatomy -LFT
bladder of liver & GB
-Functions of liver
-Composition &
functions of bile
-Regulation of bile
secretions
9. Liver & Gall -Entero-hepatic - -
bladder circulation of bile Comparison Cholecysto
-Bilirubin of liver bile graphy
metabolism and GB bile - Critical
-Jaundice -Gall stones micellar
concentrat
ion
10.Intestinal -Structure of SI & LI - Digestion - Intestinal
secretion & - Composition of in SI adaptation
large intestinal juice Malabsorpti -Blind loop
intestine - Functions of on syndrome
intestinal juice syndrome
- Regulation of - Effects of
intestinal juice intestinal
secretion resection
11.Motility of - Intestinal -
GIT movements Hirshsprung
- Defaecation reflex ’sdisease
- Adynamic ileus
-Paralytic ileus
-Peristalic ileus
12.GI -Gastrin - Gastrin -Ghrelin
hormones -Secretin releasing Neurotens
54
-GIP peptide in
-VIP Somatosta
-CCK/PZ tin
-Motilin -Peptide Y
4.Endocrine 2nd 1. -General features of - Transport -
System Semester Introduction endocrinology & Measurem
-Mechanisms of metabolism ent of
D-7.2/3.6/1.2 action of different of different hormones
(12 hours) hormones hormones
2.Hypothala -Hypothalamic
mus & Hormones
Anterior -Hypothalamic
pituitary regulation of
hormones hormones
-Hormones of
anterior pituitary
-Hypothalamo-
pituitary axis
3.Growth - Mechanism of - - GH
hormone action of GH Acromegalic receptors
-Actions of GH gigantism
-Regulation of GH -Loren’s
- Disorders of GH dwarfism
secretion
(Gigantism,
acromegaly &
dwarfism)
4.Posterior - Mechanism of -SIADH
pituitary action of post
hormones pituitary hormones
-Actions of of post
pituitary hormones
-Regulation of of
post pituitary
hormones
- Disorders of GH
secretion
-Diabetes insipidius
5.Thyroid –I - Structure of thyroid - Transport
gland of thyroid
-Synthesis and hormones
secretion of thyroid
hormones
-Mechanism of
action of thyroid
hormones
6.Thyroid –II -Regulation of -Thyroid
thyroid hormones Function
-Functions of thyroid tests
hormones -T/t of
-Hypothyroidism & Hypothyroid
55
Hyperthyroidism ism &
Goitre ( Applied Hyperthyroi
Physiology through dism
ECE)
7.Parathyroid -Secretion of PTH
-Mechanism of
action of PTH
-Regulation of PTH
-Functions of PTH
-
Hypoparathyroidism
&
Hyperparathyroidism
8.Adrenal -Adrenal cortical -Addisonian
cortical hormones crises
hormones I -Secretion of
(Aldosterone) Aldosterone
-Mechanism of
action of
Aldosterone -
Regulation of
Aldosterone
-Functions of
Aldosterone
-Addison’s disease
9.Adrenal -Secretion of - Adreno- -Adrenal
cortical Glucocorticoids genital cortical
hormones II -Mechanism of syndrome function
(Glucocortico action of tests
ids) Glucocorticoids - Stress
-Regulation of and
Glucocorticoids general
-Functions of adaptation
Glucocorticoids syndrome
-Cushing’s syndrome
10.Adrenal -Adrenal medullary -Secretion,
medullary hormones mechanism
hormones -Secretion of of action,
Epinephrine (Epi)& regulation &
Nor-epinephrine functions of
(NE) dopamine
-Mechanism of
action of Epi& NE
-Regulation of Epi&
NE
-Functions of Epi&
NE
11.Pancreatic -Pancreatic - GTT -Insulin-
hormones hormones -Pancreatic glucagon
-Secretion of insulin polypeptide ratio
& glucagon - -Obesity &
56
-Mechanism of Somatostati metabolic
action of insulin & n syndrome
glucagon -Amylin
-Regulation of insulin
& glucagon
-Functions of insulin
& glucagon
-
Hypoglycaemia&hyp
erglycaemia
12. Diabetes - Types of DM
-Pathophysiology of
DM
-C/F of DM
-T/t of DM
5.Reproductive 2nd 1.Introductio - Functional anatomy
Physiology Semester n of male and female
reproductive system
D-6/3/1
(10 hours)
2.Sex -Sex chromosomes -Barr bodies
determinatio - Sex determination
n& & differentiation
differentiatio - Aberrent sexual
n differentiation
3. Puberty -Changes in males & -
females in puberty Hypogonadi
- Control of puberty sm
- Precocious and -
delayed puberty Cryptorchidi
sm
4. - Stages of - Sperm
Spermatogen Spermatogenesis & function
esis & oogenesis tests
oogenesis -Regulation of -Sperm
Spermatogenesis & bank
oogenesis Semen
-Morphology of analysis
sperm
- Semen
5. Ovarian - Histology of ovary - Polycystic
cycle - Phases of ovarian ovarian
cycle disease
- Ovulation Anovulatory
cycle
6. Menstrual -Phases of menstrual -Cervical &
cycle cycle changes
-Regulation of
menstrual cycle
-Menarche &
menopause
57
-Disorders of
menstrual cycle
7.Fertilisation -Sequential events in -Twin
& fertilization pregnancy
implantation - Sequential events
in Implantation
-Structure &
Functions of
placenta
8. Physiology - Physiology of
of pregnancy pregnancy
-Physiological
changes in
pregnancy
9.Parturition -Stages of parturition -
& lactation - Initiation of labour Mammogr
-Mechanism of aphy &
parturition PAP smear
-Milk secretion &
milk ejection
10.Sex - Mechanisms of -Inhibins
hormones action, Functions of
and sex hormones
contraceptio (Estrogens,
n Progesterone &
testosterone)
- Male & female
methods of
contraception
Paper 2 : General Physiology, Hematology, Muscle nerve, Renal, Special senses, Central
nervous system
System/ Themes Semester Topic Must know Desirable to Nice to
& Hours wise know know
Didactic (D) distributio
MK/DK/NK n
1.General 1st 1.1 Introduction Introduction to

Physiology Semester to physiology Physiology.
D-3/1.5/0.5
( 5hrs)
1.2Functional Various systems Dynamic
organization of inter-
human body relationship
2. Homeostasis - General - Control -
regulation systems & Automatic
- Positive/negative Gain ity of body
feedback
mechanisms
3.Body fluid - Distribution of -
58
compartments different body fluid Determinatio
compartments n of body
- Composition of fluid
fluids compartmen
t
- Regulation
of ECF
volume &
composition
4.Cell physiology - Cell organelles - Apoptosis - Genetic
- Functions control
- Cell junctions
5.Transport - Types with -
across cell examples Intercellul
membrane - Factors affecting ar
communic
ation
-
Transcytos
is
2.Hematology 1.Composition & Composition of
functions of blood and its
D-9/4.5/1.5 blood functions
(15hrs)
2.Plasma - Forms - Origin of
proteins - Functions plasma -
- A:G ratio proteins - Plasmaph
Properties eresis
- Relation
with diet
- Variations
3.Erythrocytes - - Structure - Osmotic - Electron
- Composition fragility microscop
- Variation in size , ic
shape & Structure structure
- Indices
4.Haemopoisis - Erythropoiesis -Theories of
& Erythropoiesis - Stages and haemopoiesi
significance s
- Factors affecting - Iron
metabolism
(Historical
perspective
of
modification)
5.Hemoglobin & -Structure - Hb -
Anaemia - Types derivatives Abnormal
-Functions - hemoglobi
- Normal values Polycythemia ns
-Variations
-Fate of
59
hemoglobin
-jaundice
-Anaemia (
definition ,
classification)-
Applied Physiology
through Early
clinical exposure)
6.Leucocytes Types Neutrophil
Structure s under
Functions EM
Phagocytosis
Normal count
7.Granulopoiesis Leukeamia Stages of
&Lymphopoiesis Granulopoies
is and
lymphopoiesi
s
8,9. Immunity -Definition - -
Types Immunologic Complem
-Mechanism al tolerance ent
-Antigen antibody - system
concept Autoimmunit
Immunoglobulins y
-Regulation of -AIDS
immune response
10. Blood -Landstiener’s law Inheritance
Groups - ABO -Determination of
blood groups
-Indications
11. Rh System & Rh blood group Storage of
blood Hemolytic disease blood
Transfusions of newborn
Rh Incompatibility
Transfusion:
Indications
Hazards
12. Platelets & Structure Von-
Hemostasis Functions Willebrandsd
Normal count isease
Variations
Hemostasis
Purpura
13. Coagulation Factors
Pathways
Role of vit K
Role of Calcium
14.Anticoagulan Types of
ts & Hemophilia anticoagulations
and its mechanism
Hemophilia:
60
inheritance, cause,
symptoms and
types.
15. Blood Measuremen
volume t of blood
volume
3.Muscle nerve 1st 1.Resting -Ionic composition -Voltage -
PhysiologyD- Semester membrane of body fluids clamp Goldmann
6.6/3.3/1.1 potential -Gibbs Donnan technique Hodgkin
(11 hrs) equilibrium Katz
-Genesis of equation
membrane
potentials
-Equilibrium
potential
2. Action Definition -Compound Electroton
Potential –I Origin Action ic
Phases Potentials potentials
Ionic basis
3. Action Properties Recording of
Potential -II Significance AP
Clinical Evoked
implications – EEG, potentials
ECG, EMG
4, 5. 4.Structure Degeneratio Neurotrop
Classification of All Classifications n& ins
Nerve fibers Functions Regeneration Multiple
Conduction of nerve sclerosis
fibers
5.Properties
Strength Duration
Curve
6.Skeletal Classification of Length – Metabolis
Muscle-I Muscle tension m of
(Sk,cardiac,smooth relationship muscle.
)
Structure of
Skeletal muscle
7. Skeletal Sarcomere
Muscle-II Sarcotubular
system
8. Definition Miniature Botulism
Neuromuscular Structure end plate
transmission Transmission potential
Myasthenia gravis,
Eaton Lambert
Syndrome, Tetanus
9. Excitation Sequence of Duschene’s
contraction events muscular
coupling Isometric & dystrophy
61
isotonic
contraction
Properties of
motor unit
10. Molecular Theories of muscle Rigor mortis
basis of muscle contraction
contraction
11. Energetics of Energetics of Heat Fenn’s
muscle muscle contraction production in effect
contraction & & O2 debt sk muscle
O2 debt
4. Renal 1.Introduction -General -Histology of

D-6/3/1 introduction, renal tubular
(10 hours) structure & cells
functions of kidney
-Structure &types
of nephron
-JGA
2.Renal blood -Blood supply -Intra renal -
flow - Peculiarities circulation Measurem
- Regulation of RBF ent of RBF
3.Formation of -GFR: Definition, -Filtration -

urine normal GFR, fraction Difference
Factors affecting between
GFR glomerula
- Effective filtration r filtration
pressure &
systemic
filtration
4. Formation of -Reabsorption and -Rabsorption -
urine secretion: of Na+, K+, Thresshol
Transport across HCO3--, H+ d
PCT, DCT and loop etc concentra
of henle -Concept of tion of
-Glucose hypokalemia various
reabsorption & substance
hyperkalemia s
5.Concentration -Counter-current -Osmotic -Free
and dilution of Multiplier diuresis water
urine clearance
6. Concentration -Counter-current -Diuretics

and dilution of exchangers
urine -Role of urea
7.Concept of -Introduction Inulin, PAH

clearance - Significance creatinine,
-Applications basic
-Dialysis principles of
62
radioisotope
method,
renal blood
flow
8.Physiology of -Nerve supply of -Effects of
micturition urinary bladder, spinal cord
-Micturition reflex transaction &
denervation
on
micturition
-Neurogenic
bladder
Cystometrogr
am
9.Acid base -Introduction -Titrable
balance -Role of kidney in acidity
regulation of acid -Anion gap
base balance
-Buffer systems in
kidney
-Acidosis and
alkalosis
10.Regulation of -Normal BT -Types of
body -Regulation of BT fever
temperature -Fever
(BT) -Hypothermia and
hyperthermia
5.Special senses 2nd 1. Introduction -Functional -Movements Retinosco
D-4.8/2.4/0.8 Semester to Eye anatomy of eye of eyeballs py
(8 hours) -Retina -Glaucoma Electroreti
-Optics -Cataract nogram
-Errors of -Strabismus (ERG)
refraction
2.Photochemistr -Rods and cones - Rod -Optic
y of vision -Retinal visual receptor atrophy
cycle potential
- -
Photopic&scotopic Colourblindn
vision ess
-Dark & light
adaptation
-Colour vision
3.Visual -Visual pathway -Monocular -Role of
pathway -Effects of lesion & binocular LGN in
-Pupillary reflex vision thalamus
-Accomodation -Abnormal in vision
reaction papillary
reflexes
4.Introduction -Physics of sound
to Ear -Functional
anatomy of
63
external ear
5.Middle & -Functional -
internal ear anatomy of middle Endocochlaer
& internal ear potential
-Organ of corti -Cochlear
-Functions of microphonics
middle & internal
ear
-Place principle
-Theories of
hearing
6.Auditory -Auditory pathway - Types of -Auditory
pathway -Auditory cortex deafness evoked
- Audiometry potential
7.Taste -Functional - Threshold -Disorders
anatomy of taste for taste of taste
buds -Taste
-Different taste blindness
modalities -Receptor
-Taste pathway potential of
-Factors affecting taste buds
taste sensations
8.Smell -Functional -Receptor -
anatomy of potential of Threshold
olfactory receptors olfactory for smell
and olfactory receptors
membrane -Disorders of
-Olfactory pathway smell
-Factors affecting
smell sensations
7.Central Nervous 1.Introduction, -Introduction and
System Organization of Organization of
D –27/13.5/4.5 Nervous system Nervous system
(45 hrs)
2,3.Receptors Definition,
classification (basis
of classification
with example),
properties ( state
each property with
underlying
mechanism and
significance ),
4,5. -Definition significance Synaptic

Synapse -Physiological of synaptic plasticity
anatomy, transmission
sequence of events Neurotransm
of synaptic itters in
transmission, detail,
properties( state susceptibly
64
the property and of synapse to
hypoxia,
drugs,.
6.Reflexes- Reflexes-
definition,
classification (
basis of
classification with
example ), reflex
arc & its
component,
properties ( state
each property with
basis and
importance.
7.Polysynaptic Polysynaptic
reflex reflex- withdrawal
reflex.
8.Stretch reflex Stretch reflex Decerebrate
definition , muscle rigidity,
spindle ( detail IschaemicDe
with innervations, crebrate
role of gamma rigidity,
motor neuron) role differences.
of supraspinal Explanation
control in brief, of
functions of Decrebrate
stretch reflex Rigidity.
regulation of supraspinal
muscle tone) control of
inverse stretch stretch reflex
reflex. in detail.
9,10,11,12.Asce Ascending and
nding and descending tracts -
Descending Details of each
tracts tract ( situation
and extent in
spinal cord, origin,
course and
termination,
collaterals,
somatotopic
arrangement,
functions, applied
aspect, tests ).
Ascending tracts-
Basic plan of
somatosensory
pathway for
conscious
sensation, pathway
65
from head,
details,Pyramidala
nd Extrapyramidal
tract, differences
between UMN &
LMN lesions.
Hemiplegia
(Applied Physiology
through ECE)
13,14,15.Spinal Complete 3
transaction- stages spinal
spinal animal shock, stage
of recovery,
stage of
reflex failure
details of
each stage,
incomplete
transaction,
Hemisection
16,17.Thalamus Physiological Thalamic
anatomy, syndrome
subdivisions, nuclei
connections and
functions
18,19.Hypothala Hypothalamus- Applied
mus Functional Hypothalami
classification of c obesity
different
hypothalamic nuclei,
connections in brief,
functions in detail.
20,21.Reticular Reticular
formation formation-
Introduction
anatomy in
brief,
functional
divisions,
Ascending
reticular
activating
system details
with
connections
and role in
wakeful cycle,
applied aspect
.
A) Descending
reticular
system role in
regulation of
66
muscle tone
by pontine
and medullary
regions.
Visceral
centres
22.Electroencep -Definition,
halogram different waves,
characteristics and
functional
significance of
each wave,
physiological
variation, clinical
application in brief.
23.Limbic -Parts of limbic Significance
system system, connection of Papez-
in brief, functions. Circuit and
applied
24.Tone Definition, Decerebrate Role of
Regulation, muscle rigidity and cerebellu
spindle ischemic m in
decrebrate regulation
rigidity of tone.
Excitatory
and
inhibitory
areas in
brain
influencin
g the Tone
25.Posture Regulation of Details of
normal posture postural
and in brief reflexes and
postural reflexes writing
reflexes
26.Equilibrium Vestibular VOR reflex
apparatus
27,28.Sleep and Sleep and Neurophysiol Mechanis
Wakefulness Wakefulness- ogical basis m of
Concept of of Sleep, Desynchro
alertness and chemical nization
wakefulness with theory of and
their physiological sleep. synchroniz
basis, Definition of Disturbances ation and
sleep, stages of of sleep role of
sleep, correlated thalamus
with EEG, sleep
cycles, type of
sleep, salient
features of NREM
67
and REM sleep,
physiological
effects of sleep on
different systems
of the body,
29,30.Cerebellu Cerebellum- Cerebellar
m Introduction, Dysfunctions
functional and
classification, demonstratio
intracortical n of
circuit, deep disturbances
cerebellar nuclei, in detail,
connections of
different lobes,
functions of
cerebellum,
cerebellar function
tests and effects of
lesion
31,32.Basal Basal ganglia- Details of
ganglia Introduction, Parkinson’s
classification of disease and
nuclei, treatment.
connections, Details of
interconnections Wilsons
functions lesions disease,
and parkinsonism. choreoathet
osis and
Hemiballismu
s
33.Cerebral 12) Cerebral
cortex cortex- gross
anatomy and
divisons, concept
of Broadmann’s
mapping with
diagram, parietal
lobe, Temporal
Lobe and
prefrontal Lobe
anatomical and
functional divisons,
details of each
functional part as
regards
connections,
topographic
organization and
functions.
34.Prefrontal Prefrontal lobe, Effect of
lobe connections and Ablation of
68
functions prefrontal
lobe and
Applied
35.Frontal lobe , Frontal lobe
Excitomotor ,excitomotor
cortex cortex anatomical
and functional
parts, details of
each part as
regards
connections
topographic
organization and
functions.
36, 37.Speech Afferent and concept of Aphasias
efferent cerebral and other
mechanism role of dominance, disturbanc
cortical centres in development es of
speech, of speech Speech,
and fluent non
vocalization, fluent and
Anomic
aphasiaan
d Dyslexia
38,39.Condition Definition, Development Details of
ed reflexes difference of Experimen
between conditioned t for
unconditioned and reflexes, conditione
Uncoditioned properties d reflexes
reflexes and
significance.
40,41.Memory Definition stages, applied Alzhemers

type, physiological amnesia in dsease
basis, factors brief. and Senile
effecting . dementia
42.vestibular Structure and
apparatus function of
vestibular
apparatus
43,44.Autonomi Organization ,
c Nervous Recpetors, actions
system of sympathetic
system and
parasympathetic
system
45. CSF. - Introduction and Applied
composition, aspect in
normal CSF brief, blood
pressure, brain barrier,
formation and blood CSF
69
circulation, barrier.
functions,.
3. Non Didactic:
A) Practicals:
Unit –I : Haematology
1. Study of Compound Microscope
2. An introduction to Experiments on Blood
3. Estimation of Haemoglobin ( Sahli’s method)
4. Determination of Total Erythrocyte (RBC)Count
5. Determination of RBC Indices ( Blood Standards)
6. Determination of Total Leucocyte (WBC) Count :TLC
7. Preparation of Peripheral Blood Smear and Determination of Differntial Leucocyte
Count (DLC)
8. Determination of Bleeding Time (BT) and Clotting Time(CT)
9. Determination of Blood Groups (A,B,O and Rh system)
10. Determination of Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate (ESR) and Packed Cell Volume (PVC)
11. Determination of the Osmotic Fragility of Red Blood Cells.
Unit-II : Amphibian (Frog) Experiments
1. An Introduction to the Amphibian (Frog) Experiments
2. Gastrocnemius Muscle and Sciatic Nerve Preparation of Frog
3. Recording of a Simple Muscle Twich
4. Effect of Temperature on the simple Muscle Twich
5. Effect of Two Successive Stimuli ( of the Same Strength) on Skeletal Muscle
Contraction
6. Effect of the Increasing Strength of Stimulus on Skeletal Muscle Contraction
7. Effect of the Increasing Frequency of Stimuli on Skeletal Muscle Contraction ( Genesis
of Tetanus)
8. Effect of Load on Skeletal Muscle Contraction ( After and Free –Loaded Conditions)
9. Genesis od Fatigue in Skeletal Muscle
10. Determination of Conduction Velocity of the Sciatic Nerve
11. Recording of Normal Cardiogram and Effect of Temperature on it.
12. Properties of Cardiac Muscle
13. Effect of Stimulation of the Vagus Nerve and White Crescentic Line on the Cardiogram
14. Effects of Variables on the Intact Frog’s Heart
15. Effects of Variables on the Intact Frog’s Heart
16. Perfusion of Blood Vessels in the Frog
Unit –III : Human Experiments

A. Nerve and Muscle
1. Phenomenon of Human Fatigue by Moss’s Ergograph and HandGrip Spring
Dynamometerr
2. Electromyography (E.M.G.)
B. Cardiovascular System
1. Measurement of Blood Flow by Venous Occlusion Plethysmography
2. Recording of a 12-Lead Electrocardiogram (E.C.G.)
C. Respiratory System:
1. Stethography : Study of Respiratory Movements
2. Spirometry : Determination of Lung Volumes and Capacities
3. Measurement of Basal Metabolic Rate: BMR
70
4. Cardio-Pulmonary Cerebral Resuscitation (C.P.C.R.)
D. Reproductive System
1. Semen Analysis : Sperm Count and Motility
2. Pregnancy Diagnostic Tests
E. Special Senses
1. Perimetry : Mapping Out of the Visual Field
2. Retinoscopy : Opthalmoscopy
3. Tests of Hearing , Smell, and Taste
F. Clinical Examination
1. An Introduction to Clinical Examination
2. Clinical Examination of the Abdomen
3. Clinical Examination of the Respiratory System
4. Clinical Examination of the Cardiovascular System (C.V.S.)
5. Clinical Examination of the Nervous System
(A) Examination of Higher Functions
(B) Examination of the Cranial Nerves
(C) Examination of the Motor System
(D) The Reflexes
(E) Examination of the Sensory System
G. Nervous System
1. Reaction Time (Visual and Auditory) and Reflex Time
2. Electroencephalogram : EEG
3. Autonomic Nervous System (ANS) Testing
4. Neuro-Electro Diagnostic Techniques
(A) Nerve Conduction Study
(B) Visual Evoked Potentials (V.E.P.)
(C) Brainstem Auditory Evoked Potentials (B.A. E.P.)
(D) Somatosensory Evoked Potentials (S. E. P.)
(E) Motor Evoked Potential (M.E.P.)
B) List of Tutorial / Seminar
Number of Tutorials: 41
Sr. Semester Title of Sub Topic Learning Objectives
No. Topic
1 I General Transport across • Enumerate various modes
Physiology cell membrane of transport across cell
membrane.
• Describe each type in
detail.
2 I Muscle Nerve Neuromuscular • Define NMJ and
Physiology Junction neuromuscular
transmission
• Describe the structure of
NMJ
• Describe various events in
neuromuscular
transmission
• Enumerate the diseases
associated with NMJ
71
• Describe Myasthenia gravis
3 I Molecular basis • Enumerate the sequence of
of muscle muscle contraction
contraction • Explain the mechanism of
muscle contraction
• Explain the formation of
cross bridge
• Describe the Sliding
filament theory
4 I Hematology Plasma Proteins • Define plasma proteins
• Explain the origin of
plasma protein in embryo
and adults.
• Classify the types along
with its size and functions.
• State the different roles of
globulins.
• Enlist different functions of
plasma proteins.
5 I Anemia • State the definition of
anaemia
• Write the Wintrobe’s and
Whitby’s classification of
Anaemia.
• Write the etiological
classification with two
examples each.
• State the grading of
anaemia on the basis of
Haemoglobin percentage.
6 I Blood Groups • List the indications of
blood groups.
• Enumerate the different
types of classification of
blood groups
• State and describe
Landsteiners law
• Discuss the ABO system
and Rh system.
7 I Coagulation and • Define anticoagulants
Anticoagulants • Enumerate various phases
of coagulation.
• Enlist clotting factors.
• Describe Extrinsic and
Intrinsic mechanism of
clotting.
• List the anticoagulant drugs
to treat thromboembolism.
• List the drug preparations
to reduce clotting
8 I CVS Cardiac cycle • Define cardiac cycle.
• Describe the Mechanical
events in cardiac cycle.
• Describe the Volume and
72
pressure changes during
cardiac cycle.
• Describe the four heart
sounds.
9 I Cardiac output • Define cardiac output.
• Define Cardiac index.
• Explain the factors
affecting cardiac-output.
• Describe the Preload
(venous return) & starlings
Law.
• Describe the Afterload
(peripheral resistance)
• Describe the methods of
measurement.
10 I Blood pressure • Enumerate the factors
affecting BP
• Enumerate the determinants
of BP
• Describe the Regulation of
blood pressure:
11 I Shock • Enumerate the physiologic
causes of shock
• Enumerate Stages of shock
• Explain the types of shock
• Explain physiology of
treatment in shock
12 I ECG • Describe the conducting
system of heart
• Explain Normal ECG :
Recording conventions
• Explain ECG waveforms
and intervals
• Describe unipolar and
Bipolar leads of
Electrocardiography
(Recording of ECG)
13 I RS Mechanics of • Enumerate the muscles of
Respiration inspiration
• Enumerate the muscles of
expiration
• Explain bucket handle
movement
• Explain pump handle
movement
• Describe pressure changes
during respiration
Intra-alveolar pressure
Intra-pleural pressure
Transpulmonary pressure
14 I Lung volumes • List various lung volumes
and capacities and capacities.
• Tell correctly the normal
values of various lung
73
volume and capacities.
• Explain to procedure for
measurement of lung
volume and capacities.
• Discuss various static and
dynamic lung volumes and
capacities.
• Differentiate between
restrictive and obstructive
lung diseases
15 I Regulation of • Enumerate various neural
Respiration centers for regulation of
respiration.
• Draw the diagram of neural
centers
• Describe the nervous
regulation of respiration
16 I Hypoxia • Define hypoxia.
• Enumerate various types of
hypoxia.
• Discuss pathophysiology of
various types of hypoxia.
• Explain effects of hypoxia
• Plan the treatment of
hypoxia.
I GIT Stomach – Juice • Describe in brief general
and motility and functional anatomy of
Stomach with suitable
diagram
• Explain the composition of
gastric juice and functions
of each in detail
• Explain the mechanism of
HCL secretion with
suitable diagram
• Describe the various
experimental pouches
explaining the regulation of
gastric juice secretion
• Describe the various phases
of gastric juice secretion
17 I Liver and Bile • Explain the ultrastructure
of liver and gall bladder
• Describe the blood supply
of liver
• Explain the course of bile
duct with suitable diagram
• Elaborate on the various
constituents of bile.
18 I Pancreatic • Describe the general and
secretion functional anatomy of
pancreas with suitable
diagram
• Explain the composition of
74
pancreatic juice and
functions of each in detail
of pancreatic juice secretion
• Explain the regulation of
pancreatic juice secretion
• Mention few applied
examples with basic
pathology
19 II Endocrinology Ant. Pituitary • Illustrate the anatomy of
and GH pituitary gland
• List the hormones of
anterior pituitary
• Explain the histology
• Describe the regulation of
hormone production.
• Describe Growth hormone
• Describe Secretion of GH
• Describe Regulation of GH
• Enumerate the Factors
affecting the release of GH
• Describe the Actions of GH
• Relate the physiological
aspects of GH in clinical
conditions like gigantism
and acromegaly.
20 II Thyroid hormone  Illustrate the anatomy
of thyroid gland
 Enumerate the
Hormones of thyroid
gland
 Explain the Synthesis
of thyroid hormones
 Discuss Secretion,
transport and
metabolism of thyroid
hormones
 Describe Regulation of
thyroid hormones
21 II Adrenal cortex • Illustrate the anatomy of
and cortisol adrenal glands.
• Enumerate hormones of
adrenal cortex.
• Describe aldosterone.
• Describe mechanism of
action of aldosterone.
• Describe effects of
aldosterone.
• Describe regulation of
aldosterone release.
Relate the physiological aspects of
aldosterone
22 II Reproduction Menstrual cycle • Describe the various phases
of menstrual cycle.
75
of ovarian cycle.
• Relate the hormonal
changes with different
phases of reproductive
cycles.
• List the method of
determination of ovulation
time
23 II Contraceptives • List the various
contraceptive methods.
• Discuss the mechanism of
action of each.
• Enumerate the advantages
and disadvantages of each.
24 II Kidney GFR • Define Glomerular
Filteration Rate and state its
normal values
• Describe the properties of
glomerular capillary
membrane with suitable
diagram
• Explain the various
determinants of GFR
• Describe in detail the
factors affecting GFR
• Define and explain
filteration fraction
• Explain the methods to
measure GFR
25 II Countercurrent  State the Factors resulting
current in concentrated urine
mechanism formation
 Define Countercurrent
mechanism
 Describe in detail the
mechanism of
countercurrent exchange
syatem
 State few disorders of urine
concentrating abilities
26 II Clearance tests • Explain the concepts of
clearance.
• Explain in detail the
clearance tests for renal
plasma flow and
Glomerular filtration rate.
27 II CNS Receptors • Define receptors.
• Classify receptors .
• Enumerate the functions of
receptors.
• Describe the properties of
receptors.
28 II Synapse • Define synapse
76
• Classify synapse
• Differentiate between
Chemical & electrical
synapses
• Explain the mode of
generation of EPSP (
Excitatory post synaptic
potential) & IPSP (
Inhibitory post synaptic
potential)
29 II Reflexes • Draw the Reflex arc.
• Classify reflexes.
• Define Muscle Tone.
• Describe Muscle spindle
&inervation.
• Describe Stretch reflex.
• Describe Length servo
mechanism.
30 II Ascending tracts • Describe somatosensory
cortex
• Enumerate the sensory tract
(ascending tract)
• Classify sensory/ ascending
tracts
• Describe the origin, course,
and functions of different
ascending tracts.
31 II Descending • Enumerate & classify

tracts motor tracts
• Locate the origin of motor
tracts
• Describe the course of
motor tracts
motor tracts
• Explain extrapyramidal
tracts and its functions
• Describe upper motor
neuron lesion & lower
motor neuron lesion
32 II Basal Ganglia • Enumerate the different

parts of basal ganglia
• Describe the relationship of
Important components of
Basal ganglia
• Describe the important
connection of Basal
ganglia.
33 II Cerebellum • Illustrate the physiological
anatomy of cerebellum.
• Describe the cerebellar
cortex with respect to:
77
• A. structure
• B. inputs:afferent fibers
• C.neuralcircuts
34 II Thalamus • Identify the location of
thalamus
nuclei of the thalamus
the thalamus
35 II Hypothalamus • Identify the location of
hypothalamus
nuclei of hypothalamus
• Describe the Connections
of hypothalamus
• Enumerate the Functions of
hypothalamus
36 II Spinal Cord • Enumerate the causes &
Lesion types of spinal cord injury
• Describe the changes after
spinal cord injury
• Differentiate between the
effects in complete &
incomplete spinal cord
injury
• Enumerate the
complications of spinal
cord injury
• Describe the modern
treatment modalities
37 II Sleep • Define sleep
• Describe sleep wake cycle
• Enumerate the factors
affecting sleep
• Describe the types of sleep
• Describe the stages of sleep
38 II Memory • Enumerate types of
memory
• Describe in detail the
molecular basis of memory
39 II Special Senses Photochemistry • Describe photochemistry of
of vision vision.
• Enumerate theories of color
vision.
• Explain Young-Helmholtz
theory.
40 II Visual pathway • Explain processing and
transmission of visual
impulse in visual pathway.
• Enlist causes of defects in
field of vision
41 II Mechanism of • Draw and label parts of
hearing internal ear.
• Explain functions of middle
78
and internal ear.
• Describe physiology of
hearing.
Teaching – Learning Strategies
1) Didactic – 160 hrs
2) Non Didactic – 320 hrs
Total = 480 hrs
Didactic - Lectures
Non Didactic – Practicals, Seminars, Tutorials, ECE, Simulations, PBL, ITP, PAL, Quiz
Assessment Tools
Theory :
 MCQ
 SAQ
 BAQ
 LAQ
Practical :
 Practical examinations
 OSCE and OSPE
 Viva Voce
Examinations
a. Internal Assessment –
1. 1st PCT
2. 2nd PCT
3. Preliminary Examination
b. Summative Assessment
University Examination
Scheme of Examinations
1. Scheme of Internal assessments (1st , 2nd PCT and Preliminary Examination) –
A) For 1st and 2nd PCT
a. THEORY – Maximum Marks - 100
Break up of Marks
Section A: MCQ 30 questions (1M each) 30 Marks
Section B:
BAQ: Any 10 out of 11 (2M each) 20 M
SAQ: Any 5 out of 6 (6 M each) 30 M
Section C:
LAQ: Any 2 out of 4 20 M
b. Viva Voce – 20 M
c. Practicals– 40 M (Including marks of Journals)
Practical PCT 1: 1st Internal Assessment:
79
Exercise: 35 Marks
Journal: 5 Marks
Total – 40 Marks
Viva (Theory): 20 Marks
Practical PCT 2: 2nd Internal Assessment:
Exercise: 35 Marks
Journal: 5 Marks
Total – 40 Marks
Viva (Theory): 20 Marks
Total Marks of 1st PCT = 100 + 40+ 20 = 160 M
Total Marks of 2nd PCT = 100 + 40+ 20 = 160 M
B) For Preliminary Examination: It will be replica or mirror image of University Examination
Calculations of Internal Assessment Marks:
Theory maximum: 40 marks
20 M – Reduced from theory Exams include 1st PCT, 2nd PCT & Preliminary Exam
12 M - for Attendance and
08 M - for Home assignment/ Seminar
Practical maximum: 40 Marks
20 M – Reduced from practical Exams include 1st PCT, 2nd PCT & Preliminary Exam
12 M - for Attendance and
08 M - for Projects
SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
Scheme of University examination:
Maximum marks for the subject : 400
i Theory Maximum Marks : 280
ii. Practical Marks : 120
Break up of Marks:
1) Theory: Max. Marks : 280
a. University Written Exam : 200
(Paper I & Paper II)
b. Grand Oral (Viva Voce) : 40
c. Internal Assessment : 40
2) Practical’s: Max. Marks : 120

a. University Practical Exam : 80
b. Internal Assessment : 40
Theory - Paper I & Paper II (200 marks; 100 Marks each paper)
Each paper shall consist of 3 sections:
Break up of Marks
Section A: MCQ 30 questions (1M each) 30 Marks
Section B:
BAQ: Any 10 out of 11 (2M each) 20 M
SAQ: Any 5 out of 6 (6 M each) 30 M
Section C:
LAQ: Any 2 out of 4 20 M
80
Internal Assessment marks – 40 marks (each for theory and practical)
Viva voce – 40 marks
Practical Total – 80 Marks
Exercise 1- Hematology 15 marks
Exercise 2 Amphibian 16 marks
Exercise 3 Human 14 marks
Exercise 4: Clinical 14 marks
Exercise 5: OSCE/OSPE 16 marks
Journal- 5 Marks
Viva (Theory) Paper I & Paper II 40 Marks
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
Text Books:
1. Guyton- Textbook of Physiology
2. A K Jain- Textbook of Physiology
3. RL Bijlani – Understanding medical Physiology
4. K. Pal- Medical Physiology
5. L. Prakasham Reddy.- Fundamentals of Medical Physiology
Reference Books:
1. Ganong- review of medical Physiology
2. Best & Taylor- Physiological Basis of Medical Practice
81
DATTA MEGHE INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL SCIENCES (DEEMED UNIVERSITY)
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU MEDICAL COLLEGE,
DEPARTMENT OF BIOCHEMISTRY
1. Preamble
Knowledge of biochemistry is vital to the understanding of both health and disease. Biochemistry is the
study of chemical reactions in the human body. Contemporary biochemistry plays a crucial role in the medical
field be it metabolic pathways, minerals, vitamins, tumor markers, mechanism of action of varied biomolecules
or inter and intra cellular communication. Aim of teaching Biochemistry to undergraduate students is to help
them understand the scientific basis of life processes at the molecular level and orient them towards the
application of knowledge acquired in solving clinical problems.
2. Goal
The knowledge acquired in Biochemistry should help the student to integrate molecular events with structure
and function of the human body in health and disease. Towards this, the departments would facilitate:
1. To enable students understand the scientific basis of life processes at the molecular level and orient
them towards the application of knowledge acquired in solving clinical problems.
2. To acquire basic practical skills for biochemical investigations in order to support clinical diagnosis of
common disorders in the community, and
3. To promote research activities for students and staff.
OBJECTIVES:
a) KNOWLEDGE:
At the end of the course, the student shall be able to
1. Enlist and describe the cell organelles with their molecular ad functional organization.
2. Delineate structure, function and interrelationships of various biomolecules and consequences of
deviation from the normal.
3. Understand basic enzymology and emphasize on its clinical applications wherein regulation of
enzymatic activity is disturbed.
4. Describe digestion and assimilation of nutrients and consequences of malnutrition.
5. Describe and integrate metabolic pathways of various biomolecules with their regulatory
mechanisms.
6. Explain the biochemical basis of inherited disorders with their associated sequelae.
7. Describe mechanisms involved in maintenance in water, electrolyte and acid base balance and
consequences of their imbalances.
8. Outline the molecular mechanisms of gene expression and regulation, basic principles of
biotechnology and their applications in medicine.
(b) SKILL:
At the end of the course, the student shall be able to:
(1) make use of conventional techniques / instruments to perform biochemical analysis relevant to
clinical screening and diagnosis;
(2) analysis and interpret investigative data;
(3) Demonstrate the skills of solving scientific and clinical problems and decision making.
c) Attitude:
82
A graduate should develop during the training period the following attitude,
1. Incorporate this knowledge for better patient care in medical practices.
2. Maintain a high standards professional ethics and conduct and apply these in all aspect of
professional life.
3. Seek to improve awareness and provide possible solution to the clinical problems for the
betterment of community.
4. Should participate in CME programme to updates the knowledge and professional skill from time
to time.
1. Teaching learning Strategies
Didactic: (1/3rd)
HOURS
Lectures 80 1st -30 hrs LCD, Blackboard
2nd -50 hrs
Non- didactic: (2/3rd)

ALLOTTED DISTRIBUTION OF
HOURS
Practical teaching 80 -
Demonstrative teaching 20 LCD, Blackboard
(LCD)
Tutorials 20 -
Seminars 16 LCD, Blackboard
Projects & Home 08 -
Assignments
Problem based learning 08 Handout of case
scenarios
Integrated Teaching 08 LCD
program
Total 160 -
2. Course content
Didactic:
Paper I:
System and Seme Topic Must know Desirable to know Nice to know
total hours ster
allotted
General 1st 1. Enzymes 1. Definition, classification, 1. km value, Vmax -
Biochemistry Sem specificity, co-enzymes, co- and their
factors and activators. importance;
Mechanism of enzyme Proenzymes,
action Metallozymes
2. Factors affecting enzyme
activity,
3. Enzyme inhibition:
reversible & irreversible,
competitive, non-
competitive & their clinical
applications.
4. Regulatory enzymes: iso-
enzymes, allosteric
enzymes & feedback
control. Diagnostic &
therapeutic importance of
enzymes.
2. Biological 1. Definition, mitochondrial 1. Enzymes of
83
Oxidation electron transport chain, Biological
Oxidative phosphorylation, Oxidation
uncouples & inhibitors. their classification.
chemiosmotic theory
3. 1. Definition, classifications - -
Mechanism of & general features of
hormone action hormones.
2. Mechanism of action of
hormones (Group-I &-II).
4. Environmental 1. Definition,
biochemistry Air, water,
Noise
pollution,
toxic
compounds
in foodstuff
2. Chemistry 1st 1. Biochemistry of 1. Amino acids: Different 1.Plasma proteins:
& Sem Amino acids: classifications properties separation &
Metabolism peptides & protein (relevant to biochemistry), functions;
of amino functions Electrophoresis &
acids & 2. Proteins: Definition, Chromatography
Proteins; Different classification,
properties (relevant to
Xenobiotics biochemistry), functions.
3. Structural organization of
proteins & denaturation
Biologically active peptides.
2. Metabolism of 1. Breakdown of tissue 1. Amino acid &

Amino acid & proteins, the amino acid protein
protein pool, reactions of amino metabolism
acids – transamination, Digestion of
deamination, proteins and
decarboxylation & absorption of
transmethylation. amino acids
Disposal of ammonia & the
urea cycle, disorders of urea
cycle.
2. Metabolism of sulphur
containing amino acids with
their inherited metabolic
Disorders.
3. Metabolism of aromatic
amino acids with their
inherited metabolic
disorder. Metabolism of
glycine, serine, arginine,
histidine. Synthesis of
creatine and creatinine,
phosphocreatine.
3. Detoxification 1. Phase-1 & -
mechanism and Phase-2 reactions
metabolism of of detoxification.
Xenobiotics.
3.Chemistry 2nd 1. Biochemistry of 1. Purine and pyrimidine
& Sem Nucleotides & bases, nucleosides,
Metabolism Nucleic Acids nucleotides & Functions of
of nucleotides.
Nucleotides 2. DNA: structure,
& Nucleic organization & functions.
84
acids; 3. RNA: Types structure &
functions
Recombinan
t DNA 2. Metabolism of - 1. Sources of -
technology Nucleotide carbon & nitrogen
atoms of purine,
biosynthesis,
breakdown &
disorders of
purines.
2. Sources of
carbon & nitrogen
atoms of
pyrimidine,
biosynthesis,
breakdown &
disorders of
pyrimidine.
3. Metabolism of 1. DNA synthesis 1. Regulation of -
Nucleic acid (replication). gene-expression
2. Transcription, reverse (the lac-operon),
transcription & post Mutations.
transcriptional
modifications.
3. Protein biosynthesis
(translation), post
translational modifications,
inhibitors.
4. Recombinant 1.
DNA technology Applications
of genetic
engineering,
PCR and
Gene therapy
in brief
4.Vitamins, 2nd 1. Vitamins Definition and classification Chemistry, -

Nutrition, Sem of vitamins. sources, RDA,
Cancer, chemistry, sources, RDA, functions,
Radioisotop functions, deficiency, deficiency,
es manifestations and manifestations
hypervitaminosis (if and
applicable) of following hypervitaminosis:
vitamins: 1. Vitamin B5, B6,
1.Vitamin A, E 2. Biotin,
2. Vitamin D, K. Antioxidant
3. folic acid & B12, vitamins & vitamin
4. Vitamin C, B1, B2, B3. antagonists
2. Nutrition - 1. Caloric value of -
foods, RQ, SDA,
balanced diet.
2. Protein energy
malnutrition,
biological value of
proteins, nitrogen
equilibrium.
Dietary Fibers,
Obesity.
3. Diet in various
disorders
3. Biochemistry of - - 1.
85
Cancer Carcinogens
and
Carcinogenes
is. Oncogenes
and Growth
Factors in
brief. Tumour
markers
4. Radioisotopes - - 1.
Radioisotope
s in medicine
and radiation
hazards in
brief.
Paper II:
System and Seme Topic Must know Desirable to know Nice to know
total hours ster
allotted
1.Chemistry 1st 1. Biochemistry of 1. Definition, classification, 1. Isomerism in 1.Structure of
& sem Carbohydrate & biological importance carbohydrates & disaccharides
Metabolism Monosaccharides: mutarotation and
of structure, classification & Polysaccharid
carbohydrat properties relevant to es
es; biochemistry
Molecular 2. c) Disaccharides –their
concept of importance,
defense oligosaccharides.
Polysaccharides – homo -
and hetero polysaccharides-
their functions.
2. Metabolism of 1. Digestion of - 1. Uronic acid
Carbohydrates carbohydrates & absorption pathway,
of monosaccharides. Galactose,
Glucose transporters, Fructose
glycolysis, Rapppport- metabolism,
Leubering cycle. Colorimetry
2. pyruvate oxidation & TCA
cycle.
3. Gluconeogenesis & Cori’s
cycle.
4. Glycogenesis and
glycogenolysis & its
regulation, glycogen
storage diseases.
5. Pentose phosphate
pathway (Hexose
monophosphate shunt).
6. Regulation of plasma
glucose , hormonal control,
GTT, Diabetes mellitus &
importance of glycated Hb.
3. Molecular - 1. Structure and -
concept of defense functions of
immunoglobulins,
Free radicals,
generation and
antioxidants in
body.
2.Chemistry 2nd 1. Biochemistry of 1. Definition, classification, 1. Eicosanoids
& Sem Lipids biological importance &
86
Metabolism properties relevant to
of Lipids 2.Biochemistry.
Simple lipids: Structure and
Functions. Compound
lipids: Structure and
function of phospholipids,
glycolipids,
lipoproteins and
sulpholipids.
3. Derived Lipids: Structure,
Classification, Essential fatty
acids, Steroids – Structure &
Function of cholesterol,
other Steroids
2. Metabolism of 1. Oxidation of fatty acids. 1. Digestion & 1.
Lipids 2. Ketosis, metabolism of absorption of Metabolism
ketone bodies lipids. of
3. Cholesterol biosynthesis 2. Fatty acid phospholipid
(detailed upto mevalonate) biosynthesis, chain s, Adipose
& breakdown of elongation, tissue
cholesterol. desaturation metabolism
Atherosclerosis,
4. Lipid profile &
biochemical tests for
myocardial infarction. Fatty
liver & lipotropic factors
Cell, 2nd 1. Importance of - 1. Introduction and -
Water- Sem Biochemistry & cell scope of
electrolyte Biochemistry, cell
balance, membrane.
Acid-base 2. Cell organelles
balance, and transport
Integration across the cell
of membrane.
metabolism 2. Water and 1. Water metabolism & - -
Electrolyte balance electrolyte balance.
Dehydration and its
correction.
3. Acid- base 1. pH, buffers, regulation of - -

balance blood pH
2. Acidosis, alkalosis, pH
meter.
4. Integration of - 1. Integration of .
metabolism and metabolism.
starvation 2. Starvation
metabolism metabolism
Chemistry & 1.Biochemistry of 1. Structure & functions of - -

Metabolism Hemoglobin Hb, Derivations of Hb and
of Abnormal Hb.
Hemoglobin;
Minerals &
Organ
function
tests
2. Metabolism of 1. Biosynthesis & 1. Porphyrias -

Hemoglobin Degradation of
87
(02 lect.) haemoglobin & Jaundice.
3. Minerals 1. Calcium, phosphorus . 1. Chlorides,

2. Sodium, potassium fluoride,
3. Iron, iodine Copper, zinc,
magnesium,
manganese,
cobalt &
selenium
Toxic
elements:
lead, silver,
mercury,
Flame
photometer
4. Organ Function 1.Liver function tests 1. Thyroid function
Tests 2. Kidney function tests tests
Non- didactic: 160 Hrs

STRATEGY TOPIC
Practicals I. Qualitative Experiments
(80 hrs) 1. Introduction & Calibration of test tube
2. Tests for monosaccharide – glucose & fructose
1st sem- 30 hrs 3. Tests for disaccharides – lactose, maltose & sucrose.
2nd sem- 50 hrs 4. Tests for polysaccharides – starch & dextrin.
5. Identification of unknown carbohydrate
6. Precipitation reactions of proteins.
7. Colour reactions of proteins.
8. Identification of unknown proteins
9. Normal constituents of urine
10. Abnormal constituents of urine
11. Urine report.
12. Spectroscopic examination of Hb & its derivatives
13. OSPE.
14. Spotting.
II. Quantitative Experiments.
1. Estimation of plasma glucose
2. Estimation of serum urea.
3. Estimation of serum creatinine.
4. Estimation of urine creatinine.
5. Estimation of serum total protein
6. Estimation of serum albumin & globulin
7. Estimation of serum calcium and inorganic phosphorus
8. Estimation of serum ALT, AST, ALP.
9. Estimation of serum uric acid.
10. Estimation of serum cholesterol.
11. Estimation of serum bilirubin
12. Estimation of serum amylase.
13. Estimation of CSF glucose
14. Estimation of CSF protein
STRATEGY TOPIC
Demonstrative 1. Colorimetry
Teaching- LCD 2. Flame photometry
(20 Hrs) 3. pH meter
1ST Sem- 5 hrs 4. Paper chromatography (for separation of amino acids)
2ND Sem -15 hrs 5. Serum protein electrophoresis.
88
6. GTT
7. Autoanalyser & students’ visit to Clinical Biochemistry lab
8. Automation
9. Osazones.
STRATEGY TOPIC
Tutorials 1. Factors affecting enzyme activity
(20 Hrs) 2. Isoenzymes, Role of Enzyme as a therapeutic and diagnostic agent
1st sem- 8 hrs 3. Gluconeogenesis
2nd sem-12hrs 4. Regulation of plasma glucose and DM
5. Oxidation of fatty acids
6. Ketone body metabolism
7. Replication
8. Translation and genetic code
9. Vitamin A
10. Vitamin C
STRATEGY TOPIC
Seminar 1. Chemistry of Amino acids & proteins
(16 hrs) 2. Chemistry of nucleotides & nucleic acids
1st sem- 6hrs 3. Enzymes
2nd sem-10hrs 4. Biological oxidation
5. Carbohydrate metabolism
6. Amino acid & protein metabolism
7. Lipid Metabolism
8. Hemoglobin Metabolism
9. Vitamins
10. Minerals
11. Nucleic acid metabolism
12. Acid-base balance
13. Organ function test
14. Mechanism of hormone action
15. Cancer
16.Cell membrane & transport
STRATEGY TOPIC
PBL (08 hrs) -
STRATEGY TOPIC
ITP : (08 hrs) -
STRATEGY TOPIC
Home assignments & Projects: (8 hrs) -
2nd Sem- 8 hrs
3. Scheme of examinations
ASSESSMENT (FA+IA+SA)
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT
Scheme of Ist and 2nd PCT examination:
1) Theory Maximum Marks : 120
2) Practical Marks : 40
Break up of Marks:
d. Written Exam : 100
e. Grand Theory Viva (Viva Voce) : 20
89
Theory - (120 marks)

Paper shall consist of 3 sections.
Section A: 30 marks: MCQ (1 mark each) 30 marks
Section B: 50 marks
1) BAQ- Any ten out of eleven (2 marks each) 20 marks
2) SAQ- Any five out of six (6 marks each) 30 marks
Section C: 20 marks
LAQ- Any one out of two (10 mark each) 10 marks

Exercise 1- Qualitative/Urine 15 Marks
Exercise 2- Quantitative 20 Marks
Journal- 5 Marks
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT
Theory maximum: 40 marks (20 marks for theory Exam including 1st PCT, 2nd PCT & Preliminary Exam + 12
Marks for Attendance + 8 Marks for Home assignment/ Seminar)
Practical maximum: 40 Marks (20 marks for practical exam including 1st PCT, 2nd PCT & Preliminary Exam +
12 Marks for Attendance + 8 Marks for project)
SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT:
Scheme of University examination:
1) Theory Maximum Marks : 280
2) Practical Marks : 120
Break up of Marks:
a. University Written Exam : 200
(Paper I & Paper II)
b. Grand Theory Viva (Viva Voce) : 40
f. Internal Assessment : 40

c. University Practical Exam : 80
d. Internal Assessment : 40
Theory - Paper I & Paper II (200 marks)

Their shall be 2 theory papers of 100 marks each in biochemistry
Each paper shall consist of 3 sections.
Section A: 30 marks: MCQ (1 mark each) 30 marks
Section B: 50 marks
1) BAQ- Any ten out of eleven (2 marks each) 20 marks
2) SAQ- Any five out of six (6 marks each) 30 marks
Section C: 20 marks-

Exercise 1- Qualitative/Urine 25 Marks
Exercise 2- Quantitative 30 Marks
Exercise 3- OSPE 10 Marks
Exercise 4- Spotting 10 Marks
Journal- 05 Marks
Viva (Theory) Paper I & Paper II 40 Marks
90
TEXT BOOKS:
a) Text book of Biochemistry by Rafi
b) Text book of medical biochemistry by D. Puri 2nd edition, pub.Elsevier
c) Biochemistry, U. Satyanarayan.
d) Text book of Biochemistry, Sreekumari & Vasudevan.
e) Manual of Practical Biochemistry - S.K.Gupta, pub. CBS publishers.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
a) Harper’s Biochemistry.
b) Biochemistry by Lubert Stryer Pub: freeman.
c) Lehningers’ Biochemistry by Nelson & Cox.
d) Varely's practical biochemistry
LIST OF JOURNALS
1. S.K. Gupta Journal of Biochemistry

2. Manipal university Journal of Biochemistry
91
(DEEMED UNIVERSITY)

DEPARTMENT
OF
PHARMACOLOGY
92
1. Preamble:
Under graduate students besides giving the patient care are expected to excel in the field
of education and research .They are vital for human resource development and health care
program. The curriculum needs competency based approach. Therefore redefined, need
based curriculum should be followed to develop good scientific component and clinical
competence. In the present curriculum there is more stress on learning, further it
generates initiative and grip amongst students for excelling in their studies.
Adequate time for planning and workout of independent experimental/ practical work.,
Fundamental aspects of laboratory work, Familiarity with different teaching aids,
Correlation between pharmacological knowledge and interpretation of data obtained from
different modem diagnostic tools and The knowledge and training of modem accessible
educational technology is a necessity of the curriculum
2. Goal:
The broad goal of the Pharmacology teaching to under-graduate students is to provide
comprehensive knowledge of drugs and its role in pharmacotherapy of various diseases.
This is essential as a basis for making an exemplary teacher. To achieve this goal, the
postgraduate student in Pharmacology should be given an overall exposure to the subject.
3. Objectives:
A) Knowledge:
1. Describe the Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics of essential and commonly
used drugs.
2. Enlist the indications, contraindications, interactions and adverse reactions of
commonly used drugs.
3. Tailor the use of appropriate drugs in disease with consideration of its cost, efficacy
andsafety for-
a) Individual needs and
b) Mass therapy, under National Health Programs.
4. Integrate the list of drugs of addiction and recommend the management of drug
addiction.
5. Explain pharmacological basis of prescribing drugs in special medical situations such
as pregnancy, lactation, infancy, old age, renal damage, hepatic damage and
immuno
6. compromised patients.
7. Explain the concept of rational drug therapy in clinical pharmacology.
8. State the principles underlying the concept of ‘Essential Drugs’.
9. Evaluate the ethics and modalities involved in the development and introduction of
new drugs.
B) Skills:
1. Prescribe drugs for common ailments.
2. Identify adverse reactions and drug interactions of commonly used drugs.
3. Interpret the data of experiments designed for the study of effect of drugs.
4. Scan information regarding common pharmaceutical preparations and critically
evaluate drug formulations.
5. Appraise the Principles of Pharmacy and Dispense the Medications giving proper
6. instructions.
93
C) Integration:
Practical knowledge of use of drugs in Clinical Practice will be acquired through
Integrated Teaching vertically with Preclinical and Clinical subjects and horizontally
with other Para clinical subjects.

Didactic : (1/3rd)
STRATEGY TOTAL HOURS SEMESTER WISE DISTRIBUTION OF
ALLOTED HOURS
Lectures 100 Semester I : 30
Semester II : 35
Semester III : 35

STRATEGY TOTAL HOURS SEMESTER WISE DISTRIBUTION OF
ALLOTTED HOURS
Practical teaching 90
Demonstrative 25
teaching
Tutorials 25
Seminars 20
Projects 10
Problem based 18
learning
Integrated teaching 12
program
5. Course content
Didactic:
System and total Semester wise Topic Must know(60%) Desirable to know(30%) Nice to
hours allotted distribution know (10%)
General I General  Combined Drug  Introduction :  New Drug

Pharmacology : Pharmacology Administration : Pharmacology : A Developm
10 Hours Indifference,Synergi Foundation to Clinical ent
sm, Antagonism & Practice
Adverse Drug  Pharmacodynamics :
Reactions Principles of Drug
 Factors Modifying Action,Mechanism of
Drug Action Drug Action, Receptors
 Pharmacokinetics :
Absorption,
Distribution,Biotransfor
mation, Elimination
Autonomic I Autonomic  Adrenergic Drugs  Antiadrenergic drugs  General
Pharmacology Pharmacology  Parasympatholytic  Parasympathomimetic Considera
and P.N.S. and P.N.S. drugs drugs tions and
: 10 Hours Neurohu
moral
Transmiss
ion
94
Cardiovascular I Cardiovascular  Antihypertensives  Management of  Diuretics*
and and and Congestive Cardiac and
Nephropharmac Nephropharmac Pharmacotherapy Failure Antidiuret
ology ology of Hypertension ics
: 10 Hours  Antianginal Drugs  Pharmaco
and therapy
Pharmacotherapy of Shock
of Angina Pectoris &
Vassopres
sor agents
Haematological II Haematological  Haematinics  Anticogulants,  Haemato
Pharmacology Pharmacology Thrombolytic, poietic
: 10Hours Antiplatelets and Factors
Coagulants
Endocrine II Endocrine  Corticosteroids  Paratharmone and  Estrogen,
Pharmacology Pharmacology  Thyroxin and Drugs affecting Calcium Progestin
: 15 Hours Antithyroid Drugs Metabolism s and
 Pharmacotherapy of their
Diabetes Mellitus Antagonis
 Hormonal ts
Contraceptives  Testoster
one and
Anabolic
Steroids
General II General  Sulfonamides,  General Considerations  Principles

Chemotherapy Chemotherapy Cotrimoxozole,  Macrolides of Cancer
: 10 Hours Quionolones Chemoth
 Beta-Lactam erapy
Antibiotics
 Aminoglycosides
 Broad Spectrum
Antibiotics
Chemotherapy III Chemotherapy of  Chemotherapy of  Chemotherapy of U.T.I  Chemoth
of Specific Specific Tuberculosis  Chemotherapy of erapy of
Infections Infections  Chemotherapy of Amoebiasis S.T.Is
: 10 Hours Leprosy
 Chemotherapy of
Malaria
 Chemotherapy of
Viral Infection
Neuropsychiat III Neuropsychiatric  Analgesics : Opioids  Antiparkinsonian Drugs  Psychoph
ric and and and N.S.A.I.Ds  General Anaesthetics armacolo
Perioperative Perioperative  Hypnosedatives gy
Pharmacology Pharmacology  Local Anaesthetics
: 15 Hours  Preanaesthetic
Medication
 Pharmacotherapy of
Epilepsy
Gastrointestin III Gastrointestinal  Pharmacotherapy of  Purgatives and  Emetics
al Pharmacology Acid Peptic Disease Management of
95
Pharmacology  Antidiarrhoeals and Constipation
: 10 Hours Management of
Diarrhoea
 Antiemetics and
Management of
Vomiting
Non- didactic:
STRATEGY TOPIC
Practicals / Clinics 1. Human Pharmacodynamics
2. Adverse Drug Reactions
3. Demonstration of Analgesic Action of Drug
4. Demonstration of Anticonvulsant Action of Drug
5. Dosage Forms of Drugs
6. Routes of Drug Administration
7. Drug Interactions
8. Prescription Writing
9. Comment on Pharmaceutical Formulations and Fixed
Dose Combinations
10. Essential Drug Concept
11. Therapeutic Problems
STRATEGY TOPIC
Seminar 1. Treatment of Myasthenia Gravis
2. Management of Hypertension
3. Pharmacotherapy ofAnaemia
4. Pharmacotherapy of D.M.
5. Chemotherapy of Tuberculosis
96
Question Paper Template for 80 marks Paper
( All subjects 2nd MBBS)
Time – 3 Hours Marks – 80
(MK) – 60 % (DK) – 30 % (NK) – 10 %
LAQ (4) (4) - - 10 M x 2

2/4 Level I – 2 = 20 M
Level II – 2
SAQ (6) (3) (2) (1) 4Mx5

5/6 Level I – 2 Level I – 1 Level I – 1 = 20 M
Level II – 1 Level II – 1
BAQ (11) (7) (3) (1) 2 M x 10

10/11 Level I – 5 Level I – 2 Level I – 1 = 20M
Level II –2 Level II – 1
MCQ (20) (12) (6) (2) 1 M x 20

20/20 Level I – 10 Level I –4 Level I – 2 = 20 M
Level II –2 Level II –2 Level II –1

97
MARKSHEET
A) Text Books:
B) Reference Books:
01. Pharmacology and Pharmacotherapeutics (19th Edition )

Satoskar R.S., Bhandarkar S.D., Rege N.N.,Popular Prakashan
02. Essentials of Medical Pharmacology (6th Edition )
K.D. Tripathi, Jaypee Brothers Publications
03.Principles of Pharmacology (2nd Edition )
H.L. Sharma and K.K. Sharma, Paras Publication
04. Quintessence of Medical Pharmacology (3rd Edition )
S.K. Chaudhary, New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd.
05. The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics ,(11th Edition )
Goodman & Gillman, McGraw-Hill
06. Basis and Clinical Pharmacology (11th Edition ) ,
B. G. Katzung, McGraw-Hill
07. Modern Pharmacology (6th Edition ) ,
Craig C. R. and Stitzel R. E., Little Brown and Company
08. Pharmacology (7th Edition ),
Rang and Dale, Elsevier Mosby
09. Clinical Pharmacology ( 10th Edition ) ,
Laurence and Bennett, Churchill Livingstone
10. Essentials of Pharmacotherapeutics ( 3rd Edition )
Barar F.S.K., S. Chand and Company
11. Oxford Text Book of Clinical Pharmacology and Drug Therapy , ( 4 th Edition )
D.G. Grahame-Smith and J.K.Aronson, ELBS Oxford University Press
98
[Note: In addition to existing scheme of assessment, it must include primary question
paper template.]
I - Internal Assessment.
I. Weightage for Internal Assessment shall be 20% of the total marks in each subject.
II. Student must secure at least 35% marks of the total marks fixed for internal assessment in a
particular subject in order to be eligible to appear in final examination of that subject.
Scheme of Internal Assessment
(For Pathology, Microbiology, Pharmacology, and Forensic Medicine)
There shall be two Terminal, and one preliminary examination (in all three
internal assessment examinations) in the subjects of Pathology,
Microbiology, Pharmacology, & Forensic Medicine.
First Terminal examination at the end of third semester
Second Terminal examination at the end of fourth semester
Preliminary examination at the end of fifth semester
Each sessional examination shall have theory, oral and practical / clinical examination in each subject
as under:
Table - I
Pathology. Microbiology & Pharmacology
Examination Theory Oral Theory & Oral Practical
1st Terminal 100 15 115 50
2nd Terminal 100 15 115 50
Preliminary 160 30 190 50
Total 360 60 420 divided by 28 150 divided by 10
Reduced to 15 15
Pattern of Theory Paper of Internal Assessment (Pathology, Microbiology,

Pharmacology & Forensic Medicine)
(A) Terminal Examination
Duration: 03 hours. (Sec. A: 30 min & Section B and C: 2.30 hrs.)
There shall be one theory paper of 100 marks consisting of:
Section A M.C. Q. All Compulsory 30 x 01 30 Marks
Section B B. A. Q. Any ten out of eleven 10x 02 20 Marks
S. A. Q. Any six out of seven 06x 05 30 Marks
Section C L. A. Q. Any two out of three 02 x 10 20 Marks
(At least one Long Question shall be on applied aspects)
(B) Preliminary Examination : -

This examination shall be conducted on the pattern of University examination both in Theory and
Practicals. There shall be two theory papers of 80 marks each in Pathology, Microbiology
&Pharmacology.
Duration: 03 hours. (Sec. A: 20 min & Section B and C: 2.40 hrs.)
99
Section A M.C Q. All Compulsory 20x01 20 Marks
Section B B. A. Q. Any ten out of eleven 10x02 20 Marks
S. A. Q. Any five out of six 05x04 20 Marks
Section C L. A. Q. Any two out of three 02 x 10 20 Marks
100
(DEEMED UNIVERSITY)

DEPARTMENT
OF
PATHOLOGY
101
1. Preamble:
The curriculum in the subject of Pathology for 2nd MBBS shall produce
- Competent
- Confident
- Compassionate and
- Concerned Medical graduates who can deliver ethical medical care with pathology as its
basis.
2. Goal:
The broad goal of teaching Pathology is to provide undergraduate students
comprehensive knowledge of the mechanisms of disease, in order to enable them to
achieve complete understanding of the natural history and clinical manifestations of
disease so as to deliver best possible management.
3. Objectives
a) Knowledge:
At the end of one and half years, the student shall be able to:-
1. Describe the structure and ultra structure of a sick cell, causes and mechanisms of
cell Injury, cell death and repair.
2. Correlate structural and functional alterations in the sick cell.
3. Explain the pathophysiological processes, which govern the maintenance of
homeostasis, mechanisms of their disturbance and the morphological and clinical
manifestation associated with it.
4. Describe the mechanisms and patterns of tissue response to injury so as to
appreciate the pathophysiology of disease processes and their application to clinical
science.
5. Correlate the gross and microscopic alterations of different organ systems in
common disease to the extent needed for understanding disease processes and
their clinical significance.
6. Develop an understanding of steps in neoplastic changes in the body and their
effects in order to appreciate need for early diagnosis and further management of
neoplasia.
7. Understand mechanisms of common haematological disorders and develop a logical
approach in their diagnosis and management.
8. Develop understanding of the blood banking , healthy blood donors & transfusion of
blood & blood products,( components ).
9. Understand pathophysiology of infectious diseases in relation with tissue changes.
10. Describe the various immunological reactions in understanding the disease process
& tissue transplant.
11. Develop an understanding for genetic disorders.
12. Understand the vital organ function test of Kidney, liver & thyroid.
b) Skill :
At the end of one and half years, the student shall be able to:
1. Describe the rationale and principles of routine technical procedures of the
diagnostic laboratory tests & perform it.
2. Interpret routine diagnostic laboratory tests and correlate with clinical ,
haematological and morphological changes.
3. Perform the simple bed-side tests on blood, urine and other biological fluid samples:
102
4. Draw a rational scheme of investigations aimed at diagnosing and managing the
cases of common disorders.
5. Able to understand the microscopic and macroscopic features of common diseases.
6. Develop different type of skills such as observation skills, communication skill and
presentation skill.
7. Understand biochemical/physiological disturbances that occur as a result of disease
in collaboration with preclinical department.
4) Teaching learning Strategies

1. Didactic lecture (1/3 of total duration)
2. Integrated teaching
3. Problem based learning
4. Lecture Demonstrations
5. Practical
6. Tutorials
7. Quiz
8. Home Assignments
9. Student seminar
10. Small Research project
Note:
[Teaching Learning strategies have to be restructured as follows]
Didactic : (1/3rd)
ALLOTED DISTRIBUTION OF HOURS
Lectures 100 Hours Semester – III - 40 Chalk and board
Semester – IV - 40 OHP
Semester – V - 20 LCD projector
Charts and tables
e-museum and
e-demonstration

ALLOTTED DISTRIBUTION OF HOURS
Practical 84 Hours Semester – III - 38 OHP
Semester – IV - 26 LCD projector
Semester – V - 20 Microscopy
Laboratory Test
Demonstrative 26 Hours Semester – III - 13 Charts
teaching Semester – IV - 07 Museum specimens
Semester – V - 06 Charts and tables
e-museum and
e-demonstration
Tutorials 20 Hours Semester – III - 08 Macro groupings
Semester – IV - 07 ( 1 teacher for 20
Semester – V - 05 students), Q & A
sessions
Seminars 15 Hours Semester – V - 15 LCD and record of
marks allotment
103
Projects (Small 15 Hours Semester – V - 15 Separate Records
skill projects) for assignment copy
and valuation grade
Problem 10 Hours Semester – III - 04 Case scenario
based learning Semester – IV - 03
Semester – V - 03
Integrated 10 Hours Semester – III - 04 LCD
Teaching Semester – IV - 03
program Semester – V - 03
Any other – 20 Hours Semester – III - 08 Case photographs ,
Quiz UG Semester – IV - 07 Charts, diagnostic
Semester – V - 05 techniques, Q & A
and Gross &
microscopic
photographs
5) Course content:
System and Semester Sr. No Topic Must Know Desirable to Nice to
total hours wise Know know
allotted distribution
General Introduction to Pathology
Pathology I  Introduction
( 34 hours) Semester – 1.  Definition of
Paper - I III
common terms,
Branches of
Pathology ,
history
General General Pathology

Pathology II. Cell Injury
Paper - I 2.  Cell Injury &  Understan  Cell aging
Cellular d ischemic and
Adaptations reperfusio telomere
(Definitions and n injury
causes of diseases.)
Semester – ( Able to recall
III common definitions
in Pathology and
causes of cell injury)
3.  Modes of cell  Know

injury autophagy
( Able to classify
cell injury and
appreciate various
mechanisms that
govern cell injury
& co-relate them
with the
104
morphological
changes such as
depletion of ATP,
mitochondrial
damage,
generation and
accumulation of
oxygen, derived
free radicals, influx
of calcium and
calcium loss,
defect in
membrane
permeability.)
General Semester – 4.  Necrosis &  Understan
Pathology III gangrene and d
Paper - I apoptosis accumulati
on of
(Able to define metabolic
necrosis and substances
recognize types of & genetic
necrosis with damage
underlying
mechanism and its
microscopic
appearance. Able
to define necrosis
and recognize
gangrene its types,
gross and
microscopic
appearance.)
(Apoptosis-
definition causes,
morphological and
biochemical
changes with its
examples.)
Able to
differentiate
between necrosis
and apoptosis
105
General Semester – 5  Intracellular
Pathology III accumulations
Paper - I and alterations
(Alterations in
reversible
/irreversible cell
injury along with
alterations in cell
organelles and
cytoskeleton,
differences
between
reversible and
irreversible injury,
Fatty change,
Cloudy swelling,
Hyaline change,
Mucin &
Myxomators
degeneration)
General Semester – 6  Cellular

Pathology III Adaptations/Gro
Paper - I wth disturbances
( Define the
various growth
disturbances and
appreciate the
clinical
significance of
each)
General Semester – 7  Disturbances of

Pathology III pigment
Paper - I metabolism &
Mineral
( Define pigments,
State the type of
pigment
disturbances and
describe the
changes
associated with
common
disturbances like
lipofuscin,
melanin,
hemosiderin and
bilirubin)
106
( Calcium
metabolism,
definition of
calcification, its
types, differences
between them,
mechanism and
morphology of
calcification)
III Inflammation
General
Pathology Semester – 8  Acute  Know NO  Neuropep
Paper - I III inflammation & Lipoxin tides
( Define and role in
explain the various inflamma
terms used, tion
describe changes
occurring in Blood
vessels & tissues
in acute
inflammation
including role of
adhesion
molecules,
integrate the
changes with
morphological
patterns of injury.
Define and
differentiate
between exudates
and transudate)
General Semester – 9  Chemical  Know
Pathology III mediators of systemic
Paper - I inflammation effect of
(Definition, inflamma
Classification, tion
description of
each type, their
role in various
phases of acute
inflammation)
 Complement
System
General Semester – 10  Chronic  Understa

Pathology III inflammation nd
Paper - I (including conseque
granulomatous) nces of
defective
107
 Differentiate it or
from acute excessive
inflammation, inflamma
 Enumerate the tion
types of chronic
inflammation.
 Granuloma –
Types etiology
examples and
mechanism of its
evolvement.
IV Healing & Repair
General Semester – 11  Regenerati  Understa
Pathology III on and repair nd role
Paper - I (general): of
(Define & describe macroph
regeneration and age in
repair and chronic
understand the inflamma
mechanism of tion
healing and
describe it,
differentiate
between primary
and secondary
healing. List the
factors influencing
healing)
General Semester – 12  Repair in  Matrix

Pathology III specialized tissues metallo
Paper - I (Describe repair in proteinas
fractures bone and es –
parenchymal understa
organs. list factors nd role in
influencing it and repair &
state its healing
complications)
General V Hemodynamic
Pathology disorders
Paper - I Semester – 13  Edema  Understa
III (Define edema, nd the
describe general
pathophysiology scheme
of edema classify of
and describe laborato
pathogenesis and ry
correlate investiga
morphology with tion of
clinical shock.
108
significance of
each type of
edema. Cardiac
Edema (CCF), renal
edema)
General Semester – 14  Shock
Pathology III (Define, classify
Paper - I and understand
pathogenesis,
recognize the
mediators and
stages of shock,
morphology and
clinical
significance)
 Understand
pathogenesis of
septic shock
General Semester – 15  Thrombosi

Pathology III s
Paper - I (Definition types,
Describe etio-
pathogenesis,
morphology and
systemic effects of
thrombosis and its
fate)
General Semester – 16  Ischaemia

Pathology III & Infarction
Paper - I
(Definition of
ischaemia, causes,
factor determining
its extent,
infarction,
Definition types
pathophysiology
effects, clinical
significance)
General Semester – 17  Embolism  Understa  U
Pathology III (Define & nd nderstan
Paper - I Enumerate types pathogen d
of embolism and esis of pathoge
recognize) pulmona nesis of
(Morphological ry Amniotic
changes and their embolis fluid
effects, correlate m embolis
with clinical m
109
significance)
General Semester – 18  Hyperemi

Pathology III a & Hemorrhage
Paper - I (Definitions,
morphology of
acute and chronic
congestions,
clinical
significance of
hemorrhage)
VI Neoplasia
General Semester – 19  Nomencla  A  Immuno
Pathology III ture & nalyse surveilla
Paper - I classification the nce in
(Define important mechanis neoplasi
terms, classify and m of a
differentiate genetic
between benign changes
from malignant in
neoplasms. carcinoge
Describe each nesis,
character of know the
malignant tumour pathogen
in detail, routes esis viral
and mechanism of carcinoge
Invasion and nesis.
metastasis)
General Semester – 20  Carcinoge  U

Pathology III nesis nderstan
Paper - I (Understand d
carcinogenesis molecula
and its r basis &
classification. Cytogene
Discuss tics of
mechanism of neoplasia
chemical of & tumor
carcinogenesis. antigens
P53, cell cycle)  C
ancer
 Mechanis cachexia
m of viral
carcinogenesis
General Semester – 21  Molecular

Pathology III Biology and Lab.
Paper - I Diagnosis
(Understand
paraneoplastic
110
Syndrome.
Premalignant
conditions and
recommend the
diagnostic workup
for detection of
cancer)
General Semester – 22  Grading

Pathology III and staging
Paper - I ( Grading of
cancer, staging of
cancer)

VII Genetics
Genetics Semester – 23  Genetic  L  Diagnosi
03 Hours III disorders ysosomal s of the
Paper - I (Normal storage disease
karyotype, disorders on
classification of , molecula
genetic disorders, Glycogen r basis.
types of genetic storage
change Down’s disorders
syndrome,
Kleinfelter’s
syndrome,
Turner’s
syndrome,
landmarks of
chromosomes,
Mendelian
disorders,
multigenetic
disorders,
chromosomal
disorders )
Immunopath VIII Immunopathology
ology
03 Hours Semester – 24  Hypersens
Paper - I III itivity reactions
(Classify,
differentiate
between different
types of
Hypersensitivity
reaction)
111
Immunopath Semester – 25  Autoimmu  K
ology III ne diseases now the
Paper - I ( Understand clincopat
mechanisms of hological
autoimmunity , presenta
diagnosis of tion of
common SLE
autoimmune
diseases)
 Rejection
of tissue
transplant /Graft
Vs Host disease

Immunopath Semester – 26  Amyloidos
ology III is
Paper - I ( Definition,
physical
characters,
chemical
characters,
classification,
pathogenesis,
morphology,
clinical correlation
and lab diagnosis)
IX Infectious
Immunopath pathology
ology Semester – 27  Infectious  S
Paper - I III pathology yphilis
 Malaria / (Modes
Filaria & H. pylori of
(Describe Infection
morphology and , Classify
lesions caused by and
Wuchereria describe
bancrofti, H.pylori lesions in
and malarial various
parasite & its stages of
manifestations & syphilis)
diagnosis.)
Immunopath Semester – 28  Tuberculosis

ology III (Appreciate the
Paper - I importance of
tuberculosis in the
112
present day
context, its
causative agent,
pathogenesis and
basic
histopathology.
List and describe
the various types
of lesions of
tuberculosis,
components of
primary and
secondary
tuberculosis and
its fate. Describe
changes in various
organs in TB and
understand their
functional
correlation,
sequelae)
Immunopath Semester – 29  Leprosy

ology III (Classification and
Paper - I differentiation
between different
types of leprosy
and describe the
diagnostic
histological
features and
sequelae_
Immunopath Semester – 30  Fungal

ology III diseases
Paper - I (Basic mycology,
classification of
fungal disease,
morphology of
common fungal
infestations and
tissue responses,
opportunistic
fungal infections,
clinical
correlation,
laboratory
diagnosis.)
113
HIV
Immunopath Semester – 31  AIDS
ology III  (Understa
Paper - I nd the natural
history of the
disease &
pathogenesis)

X Environmental & Nutritional Diseases
Immunopath Semester – 32  Vitamin  Toxicity
ology III deficiencies of
Paper - I vitamin A, C,D chemical
 Obesity and
physical
agents
 I
njury
produce
d by
ionizing
radiation
s
HAEMATOLOGY
33 Hemopoietic
System
I RBC Disorders
HAEMATOLO Semester – a  Introducti  H
GY IV on to hematology emoglobin
16 Hours and hemopoiesis opathies
Paper - I ( Understand the (Definition
importance of ,
hematology in classificati
clinical practice on, Lab
and enumerate diagnosis
the stages of of
hemopoiesis ) Thalassae
mia )
HAEMATOLO Semester – b  Anemia  A
GY IV (general) plastic
Paper - I (Definition, classify Anemias
anemia by various
methods, clinical
features and lab
approach to
anemia)
HAEMATOLO Semester – c  Iron
114
GY IV deficiency anemia
Paper - I Definition, causes,
hematological
features, morbid
anatomical
features,
laboratory
diagnosis and
differential
diagnosis
HAEMATOLO Semester – d  Megalobla
GY IV stic anemia
Paper - I (Define causes,
hematological
features, morbid
anatomical
features,
laboratory
diagnosis and
differential
diagnosis)
HAEMATOLO Semester – e  Hemolytic  H

GY IV anemia aemolytic
Paper - I (Definition, uremic
classification, syndrome
Pathogenesis and ( HUS)
hematological
features and Sickle
cell anemia)
II Platelet disorders
HAEMATOLO Semester – 34  Hemorrha  Antiphos
GY IV gic disorders pholipid
Paper - I ( Classify syndrom
hemorrhagic e,
disorders, describe Heparin
clinical distinction induced
between Purpuras thrombo
and Coagulation cytopeni
disorders and a
laboratory
screening tests for
hemorrhagic
disorders. Normal
coagulation and
fibrinolytic
mechanism.
Describe
etiopathology-
pathogenesis,
clinical
115
significance and
lab diagnosis of
haemophilia and
DIC. Describe
etio-pathogenesis,
morphological
features
(hematological
and morbid
anatomy) clinical
significance and
lab diagnosis of
ITP)
c Leukemias
HAEMATOLO Semester – 35  Acute  I  Myelody
GY IV Leukaemias mmunoph splastic
Paper - I (Classify and enotyping syndrom
differentiate of e
between different lymphocyt
types of acute es
leukaemias with
Emphasis on
Morphological
features and
Cytochemistry)
HAEMATOLO Semester – 36  Chronic

GY IV Leukemia
Paper - I (Definition,
general features,
classification,
etiology,
Hematological
emphasis on Blast
crisis change,
morbid anatomy,
and clinical course
and lab
investigations)
HAEMATOLO Semester – 37  Plasma
GY IV cell dyscrasia
Paper - I ( Definition,
classification,
multiple myeloma,
hematological
changes, diagnostic
criteria and clinical
course and
laboratory
diagnosis)
116
HAEMATOLO d Blood Banking
GY
Paper - I
Semester – 38  Blood  A
IV Transfusion utologous
( Blood group blood
system, transfusio
Indications, ns
selection of blood
donors,
complications of
blood
transfusions,
investigation of
suspected,
transfusion
reaction, Blood
components, its
separation and
indications for its
usage)
SYSTEMIC PATHOLOGY
I CVS
a Disorders of Blood vessels
SYSTEMIC Semester – 39  Blood  T  Develop
PATHOLOGY IV Vessels umors of an index
38 Hours (Atherosclerosis blood of
Paper - II ( Definition, vessels suspicio
epidemiology, n for
etiopathogenesis, vasculitis
gross and
microscopic
description,
complications and
clinical
correlation)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 40  Hypertensi

PATHOLOGY IV on
Paper - II (Definition,
predisposing
factors relate the
mechanisms of the
disease,
classification,
morphology,
117
clinical course
application of
basic knowledge
to clinical science
and sequel)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 41  Other
PATHOLOGY IV diseases of blood
Paper - II vessels
( aneurysms its
pathogenesis and
types)
b Heart
SYSTEMIC Semester – 42  Ischemic  T  Diseases
PATHOLOGY IV heart disease umors of of
Paper - II ( Normal blood Heart pericardi
supply of Heart, um (
Incidence, risk Basic
factors, morphol
Pathogenesis, ogy of
morphological different
changes, clinical forms of
course pericardi
complications and tis)
investigations)  C
ardiomyo
pathies
(
Definition,
classificati
on and
gross
anatomica
l changes)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 43  Rheumatic
PATHOLOGY IV heart disease
Paper - II ( Incidence,
etiopathogenesis,
morbid anatomy,
histopathology,
Cardiac & extra
cardiac lesions,
clinical course and
sequel)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 44  Infective

PATHOLOGY IV endocarditis (
118
Paper - II Classification,
Pathogenesis and
morphology,
differential
diagnosis of
cardiac
vegetations,
etiology)
II Respiratory
system
SYSTEMIC Semester – 45  Pneumoni  A  Interstiti
PATHOLOGY IV as typical al
Paper - II ( Etiology pneumoni pneumo
classification, as nia
gross,
histopathological
description in
different forms
and complications)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 46 .  Lung  T
PATHOLOGY IV Abscess umors of
Paper - II (Etiopathogenesis, pleura
morphological
appearances and
complications)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 47  Chronic  P

PATHOLOGY IV Bronchitis and athogene
Paper - II Emphysema sis of
( Pathogenesis, Bronchie
types of ctasis
emphysema, and
definition of Asthma
chronic bronchitis,
morbid anatomy
and cardiac
sequel)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 48  Occupatio
PATHOLOGY IV nal lung disease
Paper - II ( silicosis,
Asbestosis,
anthrocosis)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 49  Tumours
PATHOLOGY IV of lung and pleura
Paper - II ( Classification,
etiology, gross
appearances,
histological
description of
important forms,
119
natural history,
pattern of spread,
paraneoplastic
syndromes and
secondary
pathology).
III GIT
SYSTEMIC Semester – 50  Lesions of  P
PATHOLOGY IV oral cavity and re
Paper - II salivary glands cancerous
( Differential lesion of
diagnosis of oral cavity
swelling of salivary
glands & its
tumors)
 Oral cancers
etiopathogenesis ,
gross and
histopathological
patterns and their
descriptions
SYSTEMIC Semester – 51  Gastritis  I
PATHOLOGY IV and Peptic Ulcer nvestigatio
Paper - II ( Definition of n of peptic
peptic ulcer, ulcer
etiological factors,
gross and
microscopic
appearances and
sequel.)
 Differentiate
between gastric
and duodenal
ulcer
SYSTEMIC Semester – 52  Ulcers of  C
PATHOLOGY IV Intestines: arcinoma
Paper - II ( Etiological esophagus
classifications
Morphological
appearances of
typhoid
tubercular,
amoebic ulcers
and bacillary
dysentery
differential
diagnosis of
different forms of
ulcers)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 53  Idiopathic
PATHOLOGY IV Inflammatory
120
Paper - II Bowel disease
( Enumerate
similarities and
differences
between the two
component
disorders Viz
Crohn’s disease
and ulcerative
colitis)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 54  Tumors of
PATHOLOGY IV upper GIT
Paper - II ( Etiopathogenesis
morphological
features of
classification and
morbid anatomy
and
histopathology of
gastric
carcinomas)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 55  Tumors of
PATHOLOGY IV lower GIT
Paper - II ( Pathology of
carcinoma colon)
SYSTEMIC Semester – IV Liver, Biliary tract
PATHOLOGY V & pancreas
Paper - II
SYSTEMIC Semester – 56  Viral  A  Acute
PATHOLOGY V Hepatitis utoimmun panc
Paper - II ( Etiology, clinical e hepatitis, reati
source and cholelithia tis
features of sis
histological types
and enzymology &
sequel)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 57  Alcoholic liver  C  Non
PATHOLOGY V disease arcinoma alcoholic
Paper - II (Metabolism of pancreas fatty
alcohol in the and gall liver
body bladder, disease
Pathogenesis, complicati
morphological ons, their
manifestations mechanis
and correlation m
with clinical 
features) Amoebic
liver
abscess
SYSTEMIC Semester – 58  Cirrhosis
PATHOLOGY V (Etiopathogenesis,
121
Paper - II classification,
important
histological
features of each
type and
differential
diagnosis)
PATHOLOGY V of liver, Pancreas
Paper - II and gall bladder
(Pathology of
Hepatocellular
carcinoma)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 60  Pancreas -
PATHOLOGY V Diabetes mellitus
Paper - II (Definition
Classification,
Pathogenesis in
common type,
system
involvement and
their mechanism
and sequel)
complications
V Kidney & Lower

Urinary tract
SYSTEMIC Semester – 61  Nephritic  U  Immunof
PATHOLOGY V Syndrome & GN ltrastructu lorescen
Paper - II ( Understand and re of ce &
integrate clinical glomerulu histoche
and pathologic s mical
features of these stains in
syndromes histologi
Definition, cal
classification Gross diagnosi
& microscopic s of
appearance) glomerul
onephriti
s.
SYSTEMIC Semester – 62  Nephrotic  C
PATHOLOGY V syndrome ystic
Paper - II ( definition, diseases
causes, of kidney
classification and
Integrate clinical
and pathological
features of this
disorder)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 63  Renal
PATHOLOGY V failure
122
Paper - II ( Definitions,
criteria, etiology,
systemic
manifestations and
investigations)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 64  Pyeloneph
PATHOLOGY V ritis and
Paper - II interstitial
Nephritis
( Etiology,
pathogenesis,
morphological
features of acute
and chronic
pyelonephritis and
their clinical
correlation)
PATHOLOGY V of Kidney
Paper - II ( Classification,
Morphological
features, clinical
course including
paraneoplastic
syndromes of
common tumors
(RCC, Wilm’s)
 Cystic
diseases of kidney

SYSTEMIC VI Male Reproductive
PATHOLOGY System & Prostate
Paper - II
Semester – 66  Tumours  M
V testis and orpholog
prostate y of
( Explanation of tumors
Germ cells, of
Classification, dysgermi
salient noma,
morphological Embryon
features of most al cell
common germ cell carcinom
tumors and their a&
clinical course choriocar
123
seminoma, cinoma &
Teratoma). tumors
 Benign Prostatic makers
Hyperplasia. of
 Prostatic testicular
Carcinoma malignan
cies
 B
ladder
Carcinom
a
VII Female Genital
Tract
SYSTEMIC Semester – 67  Tumours  Tumor
PATHOLOGY V of Cervix and marker
Paper - II Uterus of germ
( cell
Etiopathogenesis, tumors
salient of
morphological ovaries.
features of
dysplasia and role
carcinoma cervix)
 Role of
cytological
screening in cervix
cancer

PATHOLOGY V of Ovary and
Paper - II Trophoblastic
tissue
(Classification,
morphological
description of
important types.
Surface epithelial
and germ cell)
VIII Breast
SYSTEMIC Semester – 69  Non-  g
PATHOLOGY V neoplastic and rading of
Paper - II Neoplastic lesions carcinoma
of the breast breast
( Classification,
morphological
features and
differential
diagnosis of breast
swelling.
(fibroadenoma,
FCD, ca. breast)
124
SYSTEMIC IX Endocrine System
PATHOLOGY Semester – 70 Endocrine System
Paper - II V
a.  Thyroid  A  Different
(Colloid goiter, utoimmun ial
adenoma and e diagnosi
carcinoma) thyroiditis s of
thyroid
nodule
b.  Adrenal  MEN
( Neuroblastoma) syndrom
e
 Pheochr
omocyto
ma
SYSTEMIC X Musculoskeletal
PATHOLOGY System
Paper - II Semester – 71  Non-  O
V neoplastic lesions ther bone
of bone and joints tumors
( Etiopathogenesis (mesenchy
and morphological mal,
changes of osteoblasti
common arthritis c and
and chondroge
osteomyelitis.) nic)
PATHOLOGY V of bone, cartilage
Paper - II and joints
( Classification,
radiological and
pathological
features of
important bone
tumours
(Osteosarcoma,
GCT and Ewing’s
sarcoma)
XI Nervous System
SYSTEMIC Semester – 73  Inflammat  demyeli
PATHOLOGY V ory and neoplastic nating
Paper - II conditions of CNS and
( Meningitis, dysmyeli
Meningioma and nating
Astrocytoma, diseases
Neurofibroma,
Schwanoma)
SYSTEMIC Semester – XII Lymphoid System

PATHOLOGY V 74  Hodgkin’s  S
Paper - II
125
Lymphoma arcoidosis.
( Definition,
classification,
salient diagnostic
features and
clinical course)
SYSTEMIC Semester – 75  Non-
PATHOLOGY V Hodgkin’s
Paper - II Lymphoma
( Definition,
classification,
salient diagnostic
features and
clinical
correlation)
Skin & Adnexa
SYSTEMIC Semester –  Squamous cell
PATHOLOGY V carcinoma
Paper - II  Melanocarcinoma
 Basal cell
carcinoma
Clinical Semester – XIII Clinical Pathology
Pathology IV 76 Clinical Pathology
06 hours i  Renal  Pi  Pancreat
Paper - II function test tuitary ic
function func
test tion
test
ii  Liver
function test
iii  Thyroid
function test
Clinical Semester – iv  Lab
Pathology IV investigation in
Paper - II diagnosis of
Diabetes mellitus
& its
complications
Non- didactic:
STRATEGY TOPIC
Practicals / Clinics 1. Urine Examination
2. Urine Examination (Microscopic)
3. Common cytological preparations
4. Examination of body- CSF and serous effusion
5. Collection of specimen, Anticoagulant & Anticoag4. ulants bulb
6. Common hematological test (Hemoglobin)
7. Common hematological test (Total RBC and WBC count)
8. Common hematological test ( DLC)
126
9. Preparation and Interpretation of peripheral smear in haematological disorders
10. Interpretation of ESR
11. Investigation in Haemorrhagic disorder
12. Blood Banking
13. Microscopy & Tissue Processing
14. Intracellular accumulation
15. Acute inflammation
16. Chronic inflammation & Repair
17. Circulatory disturbances
18. Circulatory disturbances
19. Disturbances of pigment metabolism
20. Tuberculosis & Leprosy
21. Disturbances in Growth
22. Neoplasm- benign
23. Neoplasm- malignant
24. Diseases of blood vessel
25. Pneumonias
26. Tumours of lung
27. Diseases of Kidney
28. Diseases of Stomach and intestine
29. Tumours of GIT
30. Diseases of Liver
31. Diseases of Lymph node
32. Diseases of male genital tract
33. Diseases of Female genital tract
34. Diseases of Breast
35. Tumours of the Bone
36. Diseases of Thyroid
37. Revisions
STRATEGY TOPIC
Seminar 1. Cell injury
2. Thrombosis
3. Embolism
4. Infarction
5. Edema
6. Carcinogenesis
7. Chronic inflammation- Granuloma and TB
8. Chronic inflammation- leprosy, syphilis and fungus
9. Rheumatic heart disease and infective endocarditis
10. Myocardial infarction
11. Atherosclerosis
12. COPD
13. Peptic ulcer and carcinoma stomach
14. Viral hepatitis, alcoholic liver disease.
15. Glomerulonephritis
16. Renal function tests
17. Diabetes mellitus
18. Laboratory diagnosis of hemolytic anemia
19. Laboratory diagnosis of leukemia
20. Laboratory diagnosis of meningitis
127
6. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
(MK) – 60 % (DK) – 30 % (NK) – 10 %
LAQ (4) (4) - - 10 M x 2

2/4 Level I – 2 = 20 M
Level II – 2
SAQ (6) (3) (2) (1) 4Mx5
BAQ (11) (7) (3) (1) 2 M x 10
MCQ (20) (12) (6) (2) 1 M x 20
MARKSHEET
7. Books Recommended
 Text book of Pathology- Robbins, 8th edition
 Text book of Pathology- Harsh Mohan, 6th edition
 Boyds Textbook of Pathology
 Essentials of hematology- Kawthalkar
 Clinical Pathology- Talib
 Essentials of clinical pathology- Kawthalkar
 Practical pathology- Harsh Mohan
 Clinical hematology- Dacie
 Anderson’s text book of Pathology Vol . I & II, 10th edition
I. Internal assessment
a. Weightage for internal assessment shall be 20% of the total marks in each
subject.
128
b. Student must secure at least 35% marks of the total marks fixed for internal
assessment in a particular subject in order to be eligible to appear in final
examination of that subject.
Scheme of internal assessment for pathology
There shall be two Terminals and one preliminary examination (in all three
internal assessment examinations
First terminal examination At the end of third semester

Second terminal examination At the end of fourth semester
Preliminary examination At the end of fifth semester
Each sessional examination shall have theory, oral and practical/clinical examination in each
subject as under-
Table-1
Examination Theory Oral Theory and oral Practical
1st terminal 80 15 95 50
2nd terminal 80 15 95 50
TOTAL 320 60 380 divided by 25.33 150 divided by 10
Reduced to 15 15

1st terminal 100 20 120 40
2nd terminal 100 20 120 40
TOTAL 280 60 340 divided by 34 140 divided by 14
Reduced to 10 10
PATTERN OF THEORY PAPER OF INTERNAL ASSESSMENT

A. Terminal examination
Duration: 3 hours (Section A: 30 mins & Section B and C: 2.30 hour)
Section A M.C.Q All compulsory 30 × 1 30 Marks Distribution of
question
TQ* MK DK NK
30 18 09 03
Section B B.A.Q Any ten out of eleven 10 × 2 20 Marks 11 07 03 01
S.A.Q Any six out of seven 6×5 30 Marks 07 04 02 01
Section C L.A.Q Any two out of three 2 × 10 20 Marks 03 03 - -
*Total No. Of Question

Preliminary Examination
129
This exam shall be conducted on the pattern of university examination both in Theory and
Practicals. There shall be two theory papers of 80 marks in Pathology consisting of:
Section A M.C.Q All compulsory 20 × 1 20 Marks Distribution of question

TQ* MK DK NK
20 12 06 02
Section B B.A.Q Any ten out of 10 × 2 20 Marks 11 07 03 01
eleven
S.A.Q Any four out of 4 × 5 20 Marks 05 03 01 01
five
Section C L.A.Q Any two out of 2 × 10 20 Marks 03 03 - -
three
*Total No. Of Question

CALCULATION OF INTERNAL ASSESSMENT MARKS:

1. Out of total marks allotted for internal assessment (60), 50% marks shall be allotted
to I.A. theory (30) and remaining 50% to Internal Assessment Practicals (30).
2. Marks for Theory(out of 30) shall be distributed as under:
a. 50% marks (i.e. 15 out of 30) shall be based on performance in Theory
examinations.
b. 30% marks (i.e. 9 out of 30) shall be based on regularity/ attendance of the
students in practicals.
c. 20% marks (i.e. 6 out of 30) shall be based on practical journals.
The records of the above shall be maintained by the concerned HOD in the format given
below-
Internal Assessment
Heads of Sessional Regularity Symposia/ Practical Total

marks Examination Attendance Home Records
Assignment
Theory 15 9 6 N.A 30
Practical 15 9 N.A. 6 30
DISTRIBUTION OF 50% OF MARKS TO OTHER CRITERIA-

a. Attendance
Percentage of Theory Marks of Percentage of Practical Marks of
Attendance Allotment Attendance Allotment
Below 75% 0.0 Below 80% 0.0
75% 5.0 80% 5.0
76 to 80% 6.0 81 to 85% 6.0
81 to 85% 7.0 86 to 90% 7.0
130
86 to 90% 8.0 91 to 95% 8.0
More than 90% 9.0 More than 95% 9.0
b. Home Assignment/ Symposia/Projects/Practical Journals

Marks awarded to Home assignment/ Symposia/Projects/Practical Journals shall be
60. While making final calculation these 60 marks will be reduced to 6 i.e. divided by
a factor of 10.
PROCEDURE FOR ALLOCATION OF SYMPOSIA, SKILL BASED PROJECT AND HOME

ASSIGNMENTS:
i. Symposia, Small Skill Based Projects and Home Assignment shall be assigned
in the beginning of the course i.e third semester by Double Blind Method of
Allocation
ii. Equal number of slips for each group of exercise i.e. Symposia, Small Skill
Based Projects and Home Assignment shall be prepared in accordance to the
number of students. Each student shall draw one slip by double blind
technique.
iii. By this procedure, students shall be divided in three groups of 50 each which
will be assigned the learning method as under:
 Symposia: Students shall be further divided into 5 subgroups of 10 students
each by the double slip withdrawal. Each subgroup shall be allotted one topic
for symposia by lottery system. All the 10 students shall prepare the allotted
topic. On the day of presentation, the presenting student shall be selected
again by the Double Blind Method of Allocation.
 Skill Based Project: Students shall be further divided into 5 subgroups of 10
students each by the double slip withdrawal. Each subgroup shall be allotted
one topic for Skill Based Project by the Double Blind Method of Allocation.
 Home Assignments/ Community Assignments: Topics for Home Assignment
shall be allotted by the Double Blind Method of Allocation.
UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION
University examination shall be held after the end of second phase i.e. at the end of fifth
semester on the following pattern:
A. Theory Examination
 There shall be 2 theory papers of 80 marks each in the subject of Pathology
 The paper-wise distribution of topics shall be as under:
Paper-I
General Pathology : Cell Injury, Inflammation, Circulatory disturbance, Neoplasm
Immunopathology , Genetics , Infections diseases , environmental
pathology.
Hematology : Anemia, Leukemia, Bleeding disorders, Blood Banking & Transfusion
Medicine.
Paper-II
Systemic Pathology : Cardiovascular System, Respiratory System, Gastro Intestinal System,

Liver, Kidney, Male Genital System, Female Genital System, Bone &
Bone Tumor, CNS, Thyroid, Breast, Reticuloendothelial System, Skin
Clinical Pathology : Liver Function Tests, Kidney Function Tests (Investigation in
Nephritic & Nephrotic Syndrome), Investigations in Diabetes,
131
Investigations in Meningitis, Investigations in Jaundice
The pattern of the theory papers shall be as under:
Duration: 3 hours (Section A: 30 Mins & Section B and C: 2.30 hour)
Section A M.C.Q All compulsory 20 × 1 20 Marks

Section B B.A.Q Any ten out of eleven 10 × 2 20 Marks
S.A.Q Any four out of five 4×5 20 Marks
Section C L.A.Q Any two out of three 2 × 10 20 Marks

B. Practical Examination
Duration: 2.30 hours Max. 50 marks
Exercise-I: Objectively Structured Practical 20 Marks
Exercise (OSPE) on
Slides- histopathology and hematology-I each,
Instrument- I charts-I specimen-I
Exercise- II: Blood Examination
 Prepare and stain the peripheral blood smear. 05 marks
Focus a white cell and show to examiner
 Do the hemoglobin from given sample of blood 05 marks
Or
Do the Total Leukocyte Count
Or
Do the blood grouping from a given sample of blood
Exercise-III: Carry out chemical examination of urine from 10 marks

the given sample. Preserve at least 2 positive findings and
show to examiner
Exercise-IV: Examine the histopathology slides. Write salient features and 10 marks
draw diagrams. Write the diagnosis
ORAL/VIVA- 5minutes for each candidate 30 marks
ORAL-I 15 marks
On topics included in paper-I
ORAL-II
15 marks
On topics included in paper-II
Shall be conducted in 2places with a pair of examiners, one internal, one external.
Marks will be out of 15 each and total of two orals (oral I & II) shall be entered in the mark
list.
1. JOURNAL – Printed Practical pathology journal are supplied to students to note their
observations at practical under the course curriculum
132
(DEEMED UNIVERSITY)

DEPARTMENT
OF
MICROBIOLOGY
133
1. Preamble:
The aim of this course is to train the students of Medicine in the field of Medical
Diagnostic Microbiology. Knowledge and practical skills shall be acquired by the
candidates in the sub-specialities of Bacteriology including Mycobacteriology, Virology,
Parasitology, Immunology, Serology & Mycology so as to be able to deal with diagnosis
and prevention of infectious diseases in the community. They will be trained in basic
research methodology including molecular biology so that they are able to conduct
fundamental and applied research. They will also be trained in teaching methods so that
they can take up teaching assignments.
 The Undergraduate course in Microbiology was started in the year 1990 under
Nagpur University.
 The curriculum for Undergraduate in microbiology was prepared extensively in
the year 1990.
 The knowledge of Microbiology has vastly changed with addition of new topics in
the teaching curriculum.
 The MCI has now stressed on Competency based curriculum even in UG course.
 Hence the revision of UG curriculum is undertaken.
2. Goal:
The goal of teaching Microbiology to MBBS student is:
 To provide the student a comprehensive knowledge of bacteria, fungi, parasites &
viruses which can cause infection to the human being, their pathogenesis and how to
diagnose infectious diseases by laboratory tests.
 To facilitate and understanding of the defence mechanism of the host (human) to
resist those infectious agents by immunology.
3. Objectives
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
1. Explain how the different microorganisms can cause human infection.
2. Understand commercial, opportunistic and pathogenic organisms and describe host
parasite relationship.
3. Describe the characteristics (morphology, cultural characteristics, resistance,
virulence factors, incubation period, mode of transmission etc.) of different
microorganisms.
4. Explain the various defence mechanisms of the host against the microorganisms
which can cause human infection.
5. Describe the laboratory diagnosis of microorganisms causing human infections and
disease.
6. Describe the prophylaxis for the particular infecting microorganisms
134
Note:[ Teaching Learning strategies have to be restructured as follows]
Didactic : (1/3rd)
STRATEGY TOTAL HOURS SEMESTER WISE DISTRIBUTION OF HOURS
ALLOTED
Lectures 84 hrs. 3rd Semester – 21 hrs.
4th Semester – 31 hrs.

STRATEGY TOTAL SEMESTER WISE DISTRIBUTION OF HOURS
HOURS
ALLOTTED
Practical Teaching 100 hrs. 3rd Semester – 24 hrs.
Demonstrative 20 hrs. 3rd Semester – 10 hrs.
teaching 4th Semester – 6 hrs.
Tutorials 20 hrs. 3rd Semester – 4 hrs.
Seminars 10 hrs. 3rd Semester – 2 hrs.
Home Assignment 4th Semester – 3 hrs.
(Student will submit 5th Semester – 5 hrs.
home Assignment)
Problem based 8 hrs. 4th Semester
learning
Integrated 8 hrs. 4th Semester
Teaching program
Total hrs. 166
135
5. Course content:
Note: [Course content would also be divided into didactic and non didactic and would
include the listing of topics. Didactic course content have to divided into paper I
and paper II for the departments in which it is applicable]
Didactic:
Paper-I
System and total hours Semester wise Topic Must know Desirable to know Nice to know
rd
General Bacteriology 3 Semester General Introduction & Bacterial Genetics & Normal
9 hrs. Bacteriology Historical back ground Drug Resistance Microbial
Flora
Morphology & Biomedical Waste Bacteriology

Physiology of Bacteria Management of Water,
Milk & Air
Sterilization &
Disinfection -
Culture Media
Culture Method
Infection
Systemic Bacteriology - 32 3rd Semester – Systemic Staphylococci
hrs. Bacteriology Streptococci
Pneumococci
Neisseria
4th Semester – Corynebacterium- Bacillus
diphtheria
Clostridia Non-sporing
anaerobes
Enterobacteriaceae –I, Haemophilus,
II, III Bordetella
Vibrio Atypical
mycobacteria
Pseudomonas
Mycobacterium
tuberculosis
Mycobacterium leprae
Spirochetes
5th Semester – Nosocomial infection Brucella, Yerinia, Miscellaneou
Pasturella, s Bacterium
Francisella
Chlamydiae,
Mycoplasma &
Rickettsiaceae
Actinomycetes &
Nocordia
Didactic:
Paper II
System and total hours Semester wise Topic Must know Desirable to know Nice to know
136
Immunology - 9 hrs. 3rd Semester Immunology Immunity Immune Response Complement
system
Antigen Structure &
Functions of
Immune
system
Antibodies Immunodefici
Immunoglobulins ency, Autoim-
-munity
Antigen Antibody
Reactions
Hypersensitivity
Reaction
Parasitology - 13 hrs. 4th Semester Parasitology Introduction to Free living amoebae Trypanosome
Parasitology & & Flagellates s
Entamoeba histolytica
Leishmania Toxoplasma gondii Cestode:
Crytoporidium, Hymenolepis
Isospora, nana,
Cyclospora Diphyllobothr
ium latum
Malaria Intestinal Trematodes:
Nematates: Schistosomes
Strongyloides , Liver Fluke,
stercoaliis Trichuris Lung Fluke
trichiura &
Trichinella spiralis
Cestode: Taemia Dracanculus
Saginata, T.Solium, medinensis
Echinococcus
granulous
Nematodes : Ascaris
lumbricoides,
Ancylostoma
duodenale, Necafor
americanus,
Enterobius
vermicularis
Tissue nematodes -
Filariasis
Virology – 14 hrs. 5th Semester Virology Introduction, General Virus Host Oncogenic
Properties of Viruses, Interaction viruses
cultivation of viruses;
lab. Diagnosis
Herpesviruses Pox viruses,
Molluscum, EBV,
Papova, Parvo,
CMV
Orthomyco viruses & Arbo viruses
Paramyxov
Picorna viruses Miscellaneous
Viruses
Rhabdo viruses
Hepatitis viruses
137
Human Immuno
deficiency virus (HIV)
Mycology – 7 hrs. 5th Semester Mycology Introduction to Opportunistic Subcutaneou

Mycology fungal infection, s Mycosis -
Otomycosis Mycotic Sporotrichasi
Keratifis, s,
Mycotosins Rhinosporidio
sis,
Chromoblast
o-mycosis
etc.
Superficial Mycosis -
Dermatophytes &
surface infection
Subcutaneous
Mycosis-Mycetoma
Systemic mycosis-
Crytococcus &
Histoplasma
Candida
Non- didactic:
STRATEGY TOPIC
Practicals – 25 Topics Microscope
100 hrs. Culture media
Culture method ( Aerobic)
Culture method ( Anaerobic)
Gram staining
Identification of Bacteria
Staphylococci
Streptococci
Pneumococci
Neisseria
Corynebacterium-diphtheria
Clostridia
ZN staining
Mycobacterium tuberculosis
Mycobacterium leprae, Atypical Mycobacteria
E.coli
Klebsiella & Proteus
Salmonella, Shigella
Vibrio , Pseudomonas
Spirochetes
Parasitology (Specimens + Slides)
Mycology
Virology
Practical Revision
STRATEGY TOPIC
Lecture Demonstration with Sterilization & Disinfections – 6 hrs.
138
Practical - 20 hrs. Infection control practices (Hand hygiene practices, Use
of personal protective equipment) - 2 hrs.
Collection and transport of specimens- 2 hrs.
Antigen, antibody reactions – 6 hrs.
Stool examination – 4 hrs.
STRATEGY TOPIC
Tutorial - 20 III – Semester Sterilization Disinfection
hrs. Immune response
IV – Semester Upper respiratory tract infections
Lower respiratory tract infections
V – Semester Meningitis
Urinary Tract Infections (UTI)
Sexually transmitted infections (STI)
Diarrhoea and dysentry
Pyrexia of unknown origen (PUO)
Blood stream infections
STRATEGY TOPIC
Seminar - 13 hrs 1. Staphylococci
2. Clostridium - perfingens
3. Clostridium - tenani
4. Salmonella – I
5. Salmonella –II
6. Vibrio
7. Hypersensitivity – I
8. Hypersensitivity –II
9. Leishmania
10. Hepatitis – I
11. Hepatitis –II
12. HIV – I
13. HIV –II
The other non-didactic strategies also have to be listed in the similar manner.
Note : 1 ITP and 1 PBL will be conducted in 4th Semester
[Note: In addition to existing scheme of assessment, it must include primary
question paper template.]
6. Scheme of Examination
(MK) – 60 % (DK) – 30 % (NK) – 10 %
139
LAQ (4) (4) - - 10 M x 2
2/4 Level I – 2 = 20 M
Level II – 2
SAQ (6) (3) (2) (1) 4Mx5

BAQ (11) (7) (3) (1) 2 M x 10

MCQ (20) (12) (6) (2) 1 M x 20


140
MARKSHEET
A) Text Books:
1. Textbook of Microbiology - R. Ananthanarayan, C.K. Jayaram Panikar
2. A Textbook of Microbiology - P. Chakraborty
3. Textbook of Medical Microbiology - Rajesh Bhatia & Ichapujani
4. Textbook of Medical Microbiology - Arora and Arora
5. Textbook of Medical Parasitology - C.K. Jayaram Panikar
6. Textbook of Medical Parasitology - Arora and Arora
7. Textbook of Medical Parasitology - S.C. Parija
8. Microbiology in clinical Practice - D.C. Shanson
9. A Textbook of Parasitology - Dr.R.P.Karyakarte and Dr. A.S.Damle
B) Reference books :
1. Mackie McCartney practical Medical Microbiology – Colle JG, Fraser AG
2. Principles of Bacteriology, Virology & Immunology Vol.1,2,3,4,5 - Topley Wilsons
3. Medical Mycology (Emmons) - Kwon-Chung
4. Review of Medical Microbiology (Lange) - Jawetz
5. Immunology - Weir DM
6. Medical Microbiology -David Greenwood, Richard Stack,John Pentherer
7. Parasitology - KD Chatterjee
8. Medical Virology - Timbury MC
9. Mackie McCartney Medical, Microbiology Vol.I - Duguid JP
10. .Microbial infections -Marmion BP,Swain RHA
141
A) Internal assessment
I. Student must secure at least 35% marks of the total marks fixed for internal
Scheme of internal assessment for Microbiology

There shall be two Terminals and one preliminary examination (in all three) internal
assessment examinations
First terminal examination At the end of third semester

Second terminal examination At the end of fourth semester
Preliminary examination At the end of fifth semester
Each sessional examination shall have theory, oral and practical subject as under-
Table-1
1st terminal 80 15 95 50
2nd terminal 80 15 95 50
TOTAL 320 60 380 divided by 25 150 divided by 10
Reduced to 15 15
142
PATTERN OF THEORY PAPER OF INTERNAL ASSESSMENT
(A ) Theory examination (I PCT, II PCT& Prelim)
Section A M.C.Q All compulsory 20 × 1= 20 Marks MK 12 : DK 6 : NK 2
Section B B.A.Q Any ten out of eleven 10 × 2 = 20 Marks MK 7 : DK 3 : NK 1
S.A.Q Any five out of six 5 × 4 = 20 Marks MK 3 : DK 2 : NK 1
Section C L.A.Q Any two out of four 2 × 10 = 20 Marks MK 4
(B) Practical Examination

Duration : 3 hours
Exercise (OSPE)
Exercise-II: Gram’s staining /Ziehl Neelsen’s staining 20 Marks
Exercise-III : Practical Record 10 Marks
Total 50 Marks
OSPE : Contents :
- Microscopic slides
- Mounted specimen
- Instruments used in laboratory
- Serological tests
- Inoculated culture media
- Sterile culture medium
- Vaccines / Antisera
- photographs
ORAL / VIVA 15 marks
University examination will be held after the end of fifth semester on the following pattern:
 There shall be 2 theory papers of 80 marks each in the subject of Microbiology
 The paper-wise distribution of topics shall be as under:
Paper-I
General Bacteriology , Systemic Bacteriology, Related applied Microbiology
Paper-II
Parasitology , Mycology , Virology , Immunology , Related applied Microbiology.
The pattern of the theory papers will be according to MK-60, DK-30, NK-10 and as follows:
Section A M.C.Q All compulsory 20 × 1= 20 Marks MK 12 : DK 6 : NK 2
Section B B.A.Q Any ten out of eleven 10 × 2 = 20 Marks MK 7 : DK 3 : NK 1
S.A.Q Any five out of six 5 × 4 = 20 Marks MK 3 : DK 2 : NK 1
Section C L.A.Q Any two out of four 2 × 10 = 20 Marks MK 4
Practical Examination Duration : 3 hours

143
Exercise (OSPE)
Exercise-II: Gram’s staining 10 Marks
Exercise-III : Ziehl Neelsen’s staining 10 Marks
Exercise-IV : Stool Examination 10 Marks
Total 50 Marks
OSPE : Contents :
- Microscopic slides
- Mounted specimen
- Instruments used in laboratory
- Serological tests
- Inoculated culture media
- Uninoculated culture medium
- Vaccines / Antisera
- Photographs
ORAL / VIVA - 30 marks

ORAL - I (On topics included in Paper-I) 15 marks
ORAL-II (On topics included in Paper – II) 15 marks
Oral I & II will be conducted in 2 places with a pair of examiners, one internal, one external.
Marks will be out of 15 each and total of two orals (oral I & II) will be entered in the mark
list.
144
DATTA MEGHE INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL SCIENCES
(Deemed University)
UPDATED CURRICULUM
OF
DEPARTMENT OF FORENSIC MEDICINE
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU MEDICAL COLLEGE, SAWANGI (MEGHE) WARDHA
FOR
II M.B.B.S
(2016-17)
Name of Department - Forensic Medicine
Course - II M.B.B.S.
1. PREAMBLE-
Forensic medicine is that branch of science which deals with the Medical aspects of
Law i.e. application of medical knowledge to the administration of law. It is usually
associated with the detection of violent crime. Medical jurisprudence is a multidisciplinary
science. It embraces all questions which affect the civil or social rights of Individuals as well
as cases of injuries to persons, and brings the medical practitioner in contact with the law,
thus it deals with the legal aspects of practice of medicine in the society. The core value of
curriculum is to produce competent, confident, compassionate and concerned humane who
can deliver ethical medical and legal care.
2. GOAL-
The broad goal of teaching undergraduate students Forensic Medicine is to
produce a physician who is well informed about Medico-legal responsibility during
his/her practice of Medicine. He/She will also be capable of making observations and
inferring conclusions by logical deductions to set enquiries on the right track in criminal
matters and associated medico-legal problems. He/She acquires knowledge of law in
relation to Medical practice, Medical negligence and respect for codes of Medical ethics.
3. OBJECTIVES -
(a) Knowledge
i) Identify the basic Medico-legal aspects of hospital and general practice.
ii) Define the Medico-legal responsibilities of a general physician while rendering
community service either in a rural primary health centre or an urban health
centre.
iii) Appreciate the physician’s responsibilities in criminal matters and respect for the
codes of Medical ethics.
iv) Diagnose, manage and identify legal aspect of common acute and chronic
poisonings.
v) Describe the Medico-legal aspects and findings of post-mortem examination in
cases of death due to common unnatural conditions and poisonings.
145
vi) Detect occupational and environmental poisoning, prevention and epidemiology
of common poisoning and their legal aspects particularly pertaining to Workmen’s
Compensation Act.
vii) Describe the general principles of analytical toxicology.
(b) Skill
As recommended by Medical Council of India Regulation, 1997 desirable for Bachelor of
Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS) Graduate for Forensic Medicine and Toxicology.

i) Make observations and draw logical inferences in order to initiate enquiries in
criminal matters and Medico-legal problems and be able to -
a. Carry on proper Medico-legal examination and documentation/Reporting
of Injury and Age.
b. Conduct examination for sexual offences and intoxication.
c. Preserve relevant ancillary materials for medico-legal examination.
d. Identify important post-mortem findings in common unnatural deaths.
ii) Diagnose and treat common emergencies in poisoning and chronic toxicity.
iii) Make observations and interpret findings at post-mortem examination.
iv) Observe the principles of medical ethics in the practice of his profession.
(c) Integration
Department shall provide an integrated approach towards allied disciplines like Pathology,
Radiology, Forensic Sciences, Hospital Administration etc. to impart training regarding
Medico-legal responsibilities of physicians at all levels of health care. Integration with
relevant disciplines will provide scientific basis of clinical toxicology e.g. Medicine,
Pharmacology etc.
4. TEACHING LEARNING STRATEGIES-
Didactic Teaching (1/3rd of Total Hours)
Strategy Total hours Semesterwise Teaching Media

Allotted distribution of hours
Lectures 48 III Semester- 14 LCD, Blackboard, White board
IV Semester- 18 LCD, Blackboard, White board
V Semester- 16 LCD, Blackboard, White board
Total Hours 48 Hours
Non Didactic Teaching (2/3rd of Total Hours)

Sr.No Strategy Total hours Teaching media
allotted
01 Practical teaching 40 LCD, Blackboard, White board
02 Demonstrative teaching 10 LCD, White board
03 Tutorials 10
04 Seminars 18 LCD, Blackboard, White board
05 Projects 16
06 Problem based leaning 08 Hand outs
Total hours 102 Hours
146
5. COURSE CONTENT-
a) Distribution of teaching hours
Didactic lectures should not exceed one third of the time schedule, two third schedule should
include Practicals, Demonstrations, Group discussions, Symposia & Seminars, Tutorials,
Preparation of small projects and PBL sessions.
Learning process should include living experiences and other case studies to initiate
enquiries in criminal matters and Medico-legal problems.
Theory (Lectures, Integrated Teaching) 48 hrs.

[A]
[B] Others (Tutorials, Seminar, Symposia, 52 hrs.

PBL session, Quiz, Puzzles etc.)
[C] Practicals (including Autopsy Demonstrations) 50 hrs.
Total 150 hrs
The period of training is minimum suggested. Adjustments whenever required, depending on

availability of time, are made.
Contents & Division: MK: DK: NK= 60:30:10

Didactic –
Lectures (48 Hours) -
III Semester: (14 Hours)
Sr. Name of Topic Core Area
No (Hours Must Know (MK) Desirable to Know(DK) Nice to Know (NK)
allotted)
01 Definition, 1. Need, scope, 1. History of Forensic
scope relevant importance and Medicine
to subject probative value of
( 1 Hour) Medical evidence in
Crime Investigation
02 Personal identity 1. Data useful for identity of 1.Other methods of 1. DNA finger printing and
need and its Living and Dead establishing identity : Corpus its Medico legal aspects
importance 2. Age estimation and its Delicti, Dactylography, 2. Role of Forensic Science
Legal medico-legal importance Tattoo marks, Deformities, Laboratory in crime
Procedures 3. Sex determination and it’s Scars and other relevant investigations
( 3Hours) medico-legal importance factors
4. Identification of 2.Recent advances in crime
decomposed, Mutilated investigation
bodies and skeletal remains 3. Medico legal aspect of
5. Mass disaster DNA fingerprinting – a brief
6. Consumer protection act introduction
4. Medico – legal aspect of
blood and blood stains
5. Collection, Preservation
and dispatch of Specimen of
Blood and other ancillary
material for identification
147
and Medico-legal
examination.
03 Legal 1.Inquest and its types, 1. Dying declaration and 1.Relevant Sections from
procedures type of offences Dying deposition the Indian Evidence Act,
2. Criminal courts and 2. Subpoena, conduct Indian Penal code and
( 2 Hours) their powers, punishments money Criminal Procedure code
prescribed by law, kinds of Legal & Ethical issues in
witnesses, Evidence and Bio Medical research
types of evidence
04 Medico-legal 1. Definition and concept of 1.Late changes after death - 1.Preservation and disposal
aspects of death death, stages, modes, Signs Putrefaction, Saponification, of dead body
of death and its importance Mummification 2.Deaths from starvation,
( 2 Hours) 2. Changes after death, 2.Obscure causes of death, cold and heat and their
Postmortem cooling, 3.Presumption of death and medico-legal importance
Hypostasis, Changes in eye, survivorship 3. Introduction to The
Muscle changes, Estimation 4.Sudden unexpected death Anatomy Act, The Human
of time since death ,Brain stem death organ transplantation Act.
3. Causes of Death and death 5.Organ donation 1994
Certification
05 Medico-legal 1.Autopsy : Objectives, 1.Exhumation, examination 1.Post-mortem artifacts

autopsy Facilities, Rules and Basic of mutilated remains 2.Virtual autopsy
techniques, Proforma for 2.Obscure autopsy and 3. Psychological autopsy
( 2 Hours) reporting medico-legal Negative autopsy
autopsy 3.Torture, Custodial deaths
2. Preservation & dispatch of
Viscera
06 Legal and ethical 1.The Indian Medical Council, 1. Euthanasia and malingering 1. Social, ethical, moral and
aspects of practice the Act, Formation and 2. Infamous conduct, medico-legal aspect of AIDS
of medicine Functions; State Medical Professional secrecy and 2. Indemnity insurance
Council; Formation, Functions, privileged communications 3. Legal and ethical issues in
and Registration biomedical research
Acts and 2. Rights and obligations of
schemes related Registered Medical 1.Workmen’s
Practitioners and patient, Duties compensation Act, Mental
to medical
of physicians and patients. Health Act, Medical
profession (in 3. Medical Ethics
Brief) Practitioner Act, Protection
4. Medical Negligence and
of human rights Act, 1993,
contributory negligence,
( 4 Hours) Precautionary measures and National Human Rights
defences for Medical Commission, Human Organ
Practitioners against legal Transplantation Act and
actions other relevant sections of
5. Certification : Sickness, I.P.C., Cr.P.C. and I.E. Act.
Fitness and Death Maharashtra civil medical
6. Consumer Protection Act. code, Hospital
and Medical/Doctors administration manual
IV Semester ( 18 Hours)
No (Hours Must Know (MK) Desirable to Know(DK) Nice to Know (NK)
allotted)
01 Mechanical and 1. Definition and 1. Regional injuries 1. Fire arm injury
thermal injuries classification of (Thoracic & 2. Explosion injury
injuries: Abrasions, Abdominal Injuries) 3. Railway, aircraft
Contusions, 2. Fabricated and injuries
( 6 Hours) Lacerations, Incised Defence injury 4. Relevant Sections
and Stab injury. 3. Injuries due to of I.P.C. Cr.P.C
148
2. Medico-legal aspect Electricity, 5. Physical method of
of injury/hurt, simple Lightening Torture and
and grievous hurts, custodial death
Ante – mortem,
Postmortem wounds,
Age of the injury,
cause of death
3. Reporting on
Medico-legal cases
of Injury. (injury
report format)
4. Regional injuy:
Head injury and
Road traffic accident
injuries
5. Thermal injuries:
Injuries due to heat
and cold, Frostbite
and Bride burning
02 Asphyxial 1. Drowning – 1. Smothering- Causes , 1. Diatoms- Its MLI

Deaths Definition, Types PM findings & its 2. Patho physiology
And Mechanism MLI of salt water &
( 5 Hours) 2. Hanging- Definition, 2. Choking- Causes , fresh water
Types, Postmortem PM findings & its drowning
features & Its MLI MLI
3. Strangulation- 3 Violent Asphyxial
Definition, PM Deaths
Findings and
Difference between
Hanging &
Strangulation
4. Suffocation
5. Traumatic Asphyxia
Postmortem features
& MLI
03 Sexual 1. Sexual Offences: 1. Unnatural sexual 1. Sexual
jurisprudence Natural (Rape, offences Perversions
Adultery, and (Sodomy, 2. Relevant
( 6 Hours) incest) Bestiality and sections of
2. Fertility, Buccal coitus, I.P.C. and
Impotence, Lesbianism) Cr.P.C
Sterility, 2. Nullity of 3. M.T.P. Act of
Virginity marriage and 1971 and foetal
3. Pregnancy and divorce on sex
Delivery Medical ground determination
4. Abortions, 3. Paternity & Act
Medical Legitimacy 4. Medico legal
Termination of 4. Battered Baby aspect of
pregnancy Syndrome, Cot sterilization
(MTP), Criminal deaths(SIDS) 5. Collection,
abortions 5. In vitro Preservation
5. Legal aspects of fertilization and Dispatch of
assisted 6. Cloning and Test Specimen:
reproductive tube baby Hair, seminal
techniques – 7.Medico legal fluid / stains
Artificial aspects of and other
insemination sterilization ancillary
6. Infant death 8 .Signs of live-born, material for
149
(Infanticide) stillborn and dead Medico-legal
7. Definition, born child examination
Causes, Manners
and Autopsy
features
8. Determination of
age of Foetus
and Infant
04 Forensic 1. Definition, General 1. Restraint and admission to 1. Mental health act.

psychiatry: terminology and mental hospital
(Basic concepts) Basic concept of true
and feigned insanity,
( 1 Hour) Civil and Criminal
responsibility
V Semester: (16 Hours)

No Must Know (MK) Desirable to Know(DK) Nice to Know (NK)
01 Poisons and 1. Definition and 1. Routes of 1. Laws in relation
their medico- General administration and to
legal aspects consideration of factors modifying poisons/Narcotic
poison effects of poisons drugs and
( 3 Hours) 2. Common poisons 2. Diagnosis of psychotropic
and their poisoning (Clinical substances Act,
classification, and Confirmatory), Schedules H and
identification of Treatment / L drugs,
common poisons Management of Pharmacy Act
cases of acute and 2. Occupational and
chronic poisonings environmental
3. Duties and 3. Addiction and poisoning,
responsibilities of Habit forming prevention and
attending physician drugs, drug Epidemiology of
4. Medico-Legal dependence common
aspects and poisoning and
findings of their legal aspects
postmortem
examination in
cases of death due
to poisonings
02 Poisons to be 1. Corrosive: Sulfuric 1. Nitric Acid and 1. Tear gases
studied Acid Hydrochloric Acid 2. War gases
2. Carbolic Acid 2. Oxalic Acid 3. Sodium and
( 13 Hours) 3. Non-metallic - 3. scorpions and Potassium Hydro-
Phosphorus and poisonous insects Oxide
organophosphorou 4. Asphyxiant & 4. Food poisons
s compounds Gaseous Poisons : 5. Peripheral
4. Metallic Poisons- Carbon Monoxide, poisons – conium
compounds of Hydrocyanic acid, , curare
Lead, Arsenic, and Cyanides
Mercury, Copper 5. Plant Poisons:
5. Agricultural Castor, Croton,
poisons- Semicarpus
150
Insecticides, Anacardium
Pesticides, (Bhilawa),
herbicides, Calatropis,
Rodenticides Gigantea, Abrus
Precatorius (Ratti),
6. Plant Poisons: Aconite, Yellow
Dhatura, Cannabis Oleander,
Indica, Cocaine, Strychnine
Opium, 6. Kerosene,
7. Animal Poisons: Barbiturates
Snakes 7. Organo-Chloro
8. Alcohol Compounds,
(Drunkenness) Carbamates
Ethyl Alcohol, (Carbaryl)
Methyl Alcohol 8. Collection,
Preservation and
forwarding of
evidence, remains
of poison, body
discharges and
viscera etc. to
Forensic Science
Laboratory in cases
of poisoning 1. General
principles of
Forensic 1. Aims, objects,
analytical
science general
toxicology
laboratory: knowledge
(Basic about Forensic
concepts) Science
Laboratory
(1 Hour)
Non Didactic – (Total 102 Hours)

Practicals – (50 Hours)
III Semester-
Strategy Topic
Practicals 1. Examination of Mutilated body- Bones and teeth
a. Skull and Mandible
( 16 hours) b. Scapula, Sternum, Clavicle
c. Upper limb bones – Humerus, Radius & Ulna
d. Lower limb bones – Femur, Tibia and Fibula
e. Sacrum and hip bone/Pelvic bone
2. Recording & Examination of fingerprints. ( Dactylography)
3. Determination / Certification of Age.
4. Examination of Fetus to opine about age.
Study of: 1. Medical certification of cause of Death as per Birth and

Death registration Act. [Prescribed Form]
151
2. Skiagrams for estimation of age.
3. Summons, photographs, Models & Specimens.
4. Instruments:
[Standard Human Autopsy Dissection Box/Set]
IV Semester-
Strategy Topic
Practicals 1. Examination & certification of an Injured patient.
{Prescribed Forms}
(16 Hours) 2. Examination of the Weapon in cases of Injuries (e.g. Weapons,
Instruments).
a. Hard and blunt weapons
b. Light Sharp cutting pointed weapon
c. Heavy Sharp cutting weapons.
d. Firearm weapons
3. Sexual offences :
a. Examination & Certification of Victim
b. Examination & Certification of Accused
Study of: 1. Skiagrams for bony injury, foreign body, and pregnancy.
2. Photograph & Models of different events of Medico-legal
importance and post-mortem changes.
3. Various museum specimens of medico-legal significance.
4. Various slides of medico-legal significance.
Autopsy  Each student shall, as far as possible, attend and record as
demonstrations clerk at least 10 cases of medico legal autopsies after
(10 Hours) demonstration by members of faculty.
 The record of post mortems seen shall be maintained by the
Students in their practical journals.
 The Journal shall be scrutinized by the Teacher concerned and
presented for the inspection and evaluation.
V Semester-
Strategy Topic
Practicals 1. Examination & Certification of Alcoholic.
(08 Hours) 2. Study of Common poisons, Articles & Instruments
Study of the 1. Consent form –for surgery Anesthesia and other Medical
various services,
prescribed 2. Authorization for Autopsy.
Forms: 3. Dead body Challan used for sending a dead body for post-
mortem examination.
4. Request for the second inquest by Magistrate on the dead
body.
5. Provisional post-mortem certificate, Post-mortem form.
6. Pictorial Post-mortem form.
7. Form for the Final cause of death.
8. Labels for viscera bottles
9. Forms for dispatch of exhibits other than the viscera to
chemical analyzer.
152
10. Forms for dispatch of Viscera for Histopathological
Examination.
11. Form for dispatch of viscera to chemical analyzer.
12. Summons to witness.
13. Forensic science laboratory form
14. Medico legal case information form
Tutorials - (10 Hours)

III Semester-
Strategy Topic Sub Topic
Tutorials Legal Procedures  Court & its types and powers
 Dying declaration and deposition.
( 3 Hours)  Evidences & its types
 Witnesses
 Relevant sections of IPC CrPc
 Recording of Evidence
Identification  Age estimation, sex determination & Medicolegal
aspects
 Other methods of identity.
 Identification of decomposed/Mutilated/skeletal
remains
 Recent methods of Identification
Medicolegal Aspect of  Definition, concept, stages & modes
Death  changes after death
 Organ transplantation
IV Semester-
Tutorials Medical Jurisprudence  Indian Medical Council
 State Medical Council
( 3 Hours)  Duties of Doctors
 Consumer Protection Act
 Consent in Medical Examination
Mechanical & Firearm  Definitions, Classification, types of Mechanical
injuries & Firearm injuries
Thermal & Chemical  Burns/Lighting, Chemical, Electrocution
injuries  Frost bite, trench foot
V Semester-
Tutorials Asphyxial Deaths  Asphyxia: Classification Pathophysiology.
 Hanging, Strangulation,
( 4 Hours)  Drowning, Throttling, Suffocation
 Traumatic asphyxia
Sexual Jurisprudence  Abortion
 MTP
 Infanticide
Toxicology  General consideration

 Preservation of Viscera
 Duties of RMP
Toxicology  Irritant: Organic animal poison
 Definition , classification, identification of Snakes
and first aid in Snake bite.
Seminars - (28 Hours)

III Semester
153
Strategy Topic Sub topic
Seminars & Death & the Medico legal concept  Definition of Death, types.
Projects  Changes after death,
classification.
 Time since death.
 Duties of doctor.
Mass Disaster o Types
(5 hours) o Preparedness
o Role of Forensic Expert in
Management
o Legal & Social aspects
DNA Fingerprinting  Scope
 Collection of Material
evidence.
 Procedure for preservation.
 Technique of detection.
 Medico legal aspect.
Age & Its Medico legal aspects  Methods of Age determination
 Medico legal aspects of Age
Biological stain examination  Definition
 Various stains
 Examination
 Methods of
collection/preservation
 Medicolegal importance
IV Semester
Seminars & Head Injury  Definition, Types
Projects  Brain/Brain stem death
 Role of doctor
 Medico legal aspect.
Firearm injury o Definition and types.
(11 hours) o Wound examination
o Distance of firing.
o Dermal nitrate test.
Thermal Injury  Definition, Rule of 9
 Ante mortem or postmortem
 Cause of death.
 Role of RMP, Dowry death.
Road Traffic Accidents  Definition
 Types
 MLI
 Role of RMP
Assisted Reproductive Techniques o Definition
o Various Techniques
o Legal aspects
o Surrogacy
Feticide & Infanticide o Definition
o Viable/Non viable fetus
o S/o live birth
o Causes
o Medico leal aspect
MTP & PCPNDT Act  Definition
 Indication
 Precaution
 MLI
154
Natural Sexual Offences o Definition,
o Types
o Examination of Victim &
Accused
o Medico legal aspect.
V Semester
Seminars & Hanging & Strangulation o Definition
Projects o Types
o Postmortem findings
o Medico legal aspect
Violent Asphyxial Deaths o Definition

(12 hours) (Suffocation & Traumatic asphyxia) o Types
o Postmortem findings
o Medico legal aspect
Medical Negligence  Definition , Types

 Ingredients.
 Defenses & Precautions.
 Duties of doctor.
Insanity o Definition
o Causes
o Classification
o True & feigned insanity
o Medico legal importance
HIV/AIDS  Definition
 Preventive measures
 Social & ethical aspects
 Medico legal aspects
General treatment of poisoning o Classification of poisons
o Primary treatment
o Antidote
o Medicolegal importance
PBL / ITP - (14 Hours)

IV Semester
Strategy Topic
PBL / ITP
Tuberculosis
(14 hours) HIV /AIDS
Ischemic Bowel Disease
Forensic Medicine Clinics
155
6. SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS
(A) Terminal Examination:
Duration: 3 hrs. (Section-A: 30 minutes & Section-B & C: 2½ hrs.)
___________________________________________________________
Section-A (M.C.Q.) 20 x 1 M 20 marks
Section-B (B.A.Q.) 10 x 2 M 20 marks

(Any ten out of eleven)
(S.A.Q.) 5x4M 20 marks
(Any Five out of Six)
___________________________________________________________
Section-C (L.A.Q.) 2 x 10 M 20 marks
(Any two out of Four)
(All long questions must be from Must Know area)
___________________________________________________________
(B) Preliminary Examination:
Practicals.
Section A : 30 minutes
Section B and Section C : 2 hours & 30 minutes
________________________________________________________________
Section A: MCQ-(Multiple Choice Questions) 20 x 1M = 20 marks
Section B: BAQ- (Brief Answer Questions) 10 x 2 M= 20 marks

SAQ-(Short Answer Questions) 5x 4 M = 20 marks
(Any Five out of Six)
Section C: LAQ-(Long Answer Questions) 2 x 10 M= 20 marks

(All long questions must be from Must Know area)
________________________________________________________________
Internal Assessment: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT

I. Weightage for Internal Assessment shall be 20% of the total marks in each subject.
II. Student must secure at least 35% marks of the total marks fixed for internal assessment in a
Forensic Medicine & Toxicology

st
1 Terminal 80 20 100 60
156
2nd Terminal 80 20 100 60
Total 240 60 300 180
Reduced to 10 (total divided by 30) 10 (total divided by 18)
Out of total marks allotted for Internal Assessment (40), 50% marks shall be allotted to I.A. Theory
(20) and remaining 50% to Internal Assessment Practicals (20).
Theory : Marks for Theory (out of 20) shall be distributed as under:

a. Marks based upon performance 10 Marks
in theory examinations
b. Marks based upon regularity 06 Marks
(Attendance) of students
c. Marks based upon Seminar/ 04 Marks
Home Assignments/Projects
Practicals: Marks for Practicals (out of 20) shall be distributed as under:
a. Marks based upon performance 10 Marks
in practical examinations
b. Marks based upon regularity 06 Marks
(Attendance) of students
c. Marks based upon Practical Journals 04 Marks
Internal Assessment
(Forensic Medicine)
Heads of Sessional Regularity Seminar/ Practical Total

Marks Examination Attendance Home Assignment Records
(10) (06) (04) (04) (20+20)
Theory
(20) 10 06 04 N.A. 20
Practical
(20) 10 06 N.A. 04 20
Distribution of 50% marks to other criteria:

Marks for Attendance shall be computed as under:
(i) Attendance Theory (out of 6 marks)
% of Attendance % of marks allotted Marks

Below 75% 0% 0
75 % 50 3
76% to 80% 60 3.5
81% to 85% 70 4
85% to 90% 80 5
>90% 100 6
(ii) Attendance Practical (out of 6 marks)
157
% of Attendance % of marks allotted Marks
Below 80% 0% 0
80 % 50 3
81% to 85% 60 3.5
86% to 90% 70 4
91% to 95% 80 5
>95% 100 6
University Examination: (Theory)
Forensic Medicine & Toxicology -shall have one paper of 80 marks.
The pattern of the theory papers shall be as under:

 Each paper shall consist of three sections
 Duration of each paper shall be 3 hours
Section A – MCQ: 30 minutes
Section B and Section C: 2 hours & 30 minutes
________________________________________________________________
Section–A
It shall consist of Twenty (20) Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs), carrying 1 mark each and
shall be covering whole of the syllabus prescribed for the said paper
(20 x 1M = 20 Marks)
(MK- 12 DK- 06 & NK – 02)

________________________________________________________________
Section–B
Brief Answer Questions (BAQ) (10 x 2M = 20 Marks)
(MK- 07 DK- 03 & NK – 01)
Short Answer Question (SAQ) (5 x 4M = 20 Marks)

(Any Five out of six)
(MK- 03 DK- 02 & NK – 01)
________________________________________________________________
Section–C
Long Answer Questions (LAQ) (2 x 10M = 20 Marks)
2 Questions from Level I and 2 from level II
________________________________________________________________
(All long answer questions must be from Must know area
Core area wise weightage of the question paper shall be MK:DK:NK – 60:30:10 )
University Examination: (Practical)

Duration: 2.30 hrs.
Nature of practical
Max. Marks 60
1. Exercise – I: 20 Marks
158
Examination of an injured person / child for determination of age /
examination of an Alcoholic / Accused of sexual offences or Hypothetical
case with data for interpretation and logical conclusion.
2. Exercise – II: 15 Marks

Preparation of Certificate of Sickness / Fitness or death based on given
data.
3. Exercise – III: 15 Marks

Examination of the given weapon and preparation of the report.
OR
Examination of a given foetus for determination of the intra-uterine age.
4. Exercise – IV: 10 Marks

Objectively structured Practical Exercise (OSPE) on:
Poisons / Bone / Skiagrams (x-rays) / Photographs /
Models/Specimen/instruments.
ORAL / VIVA 20 marks
ORAL – I
On Topics: Forensic Medicine & Legal Procedures. (10 marks)

ORAL – II
On Topics: Medical Jurisprudence & Toxicology (10 marks)
Shall be conducted at two places consisting of a pair of examiners, one internal, one external. Marks
shall be awarded out of 10 each and total of the two orals (oral I & II ) shall be entered in the mark
list.
Datta Meghe Institute of Medical Sciences (Deemed University)

SECOND M.B.B.S. EXAMINATION
MARKSHEET
Heads of Theory Oral IA Total (Theory Practical IA Total Total Result

Passing +Oral+IA) Practical Practical
Maxi 160 30 30 220 50 30 80 300

mum
Mini 110 40 150
mum
Pharma
cology
Pathology
Micro
biology
159
Heads of Theory Oral IA Total Practical IA Total Total Result
Passing (Theory Practical Practical
+Oral+IA)
Maxi 80 20 20 120 60 20 80 200
mum
Mini 60 40
mum
Forensic
Medicine &
Toxicology
Max : Maximum marks F: Fail Ex: Exemption

Min : Minimum marks Ab : Absent # : Distinction
IA : Internal Assessment
Pass : In each subject a candidate must obtain 50% in aggregate with minimum of 50% in theory
including orals and internal assessment of theory and minimum 50% in practical including internal
assessment of practical.
Forensic Medicine & Toxicology

University Examination Paper
Question Paper Template:
Must Know Desirable to know Nice to know (NK) Marks
(MK) – 60 % (DK)–30 % – 10 %
LAQ (4) (4) - - 20 M

2/4 Level I – 2
Level II – 2
SAQ (6) (3) (2) (1) 20 M
5/6 Level I – 2 Level II – 1 Level I – 1
Level II – 1 Level II - 1
BAQ (11) (7) (3) (1) 20 M
10/11 Level I – 5 Level I – 2 Level I – 1
MCQ (20) (12) (6) (2) 20 M
20/20 Level I – 10 Level I –4 Level I – 2
Level II –2 Level II –2
Template - Table of specification

(4LAQ, 6SAQ, 11BAQ, 20MCQ)
160
Sr Topic Weightage % Marks LAQ SAQ BAQ MCQ
no (10M) (4M) (2M) (1M)
1 Forensic 09 18.75% 14 10 02 02
Identification
2 Legal 06 12.5 % 10 04 04 02
procedures &
Medical Juris
3 Injury 06 12.5% 10 04 04 02
4 Asphyxial 05 10.42% 08 04 02 02
deaths &
Psychiatry
5 Sexual 06 12.5% 10 04 02 04
Jurisprudence
6 Toxicology 16 33.33 % 28 10 04 06 08
Total 48 Hrs 100 % 80M 20 20 20 20
Template - Table of specification

(4LAQ, 6SAQ, 11BAQ, 20MCQ)
Sr Topic Weightage % Marks LAQ SAQ BAQ MCQ
no (10M) (4M) (2M) (1M)
1 Forensic 09 18.75% 14 1 - 1 2
Identification
2 Legal 06 12.5 % 10 - 1 2 2
procedures &
Medical Juris +1
3 Injury 06 12.5% 10 +1 1 2 2
4 Asphyxial 05 10.42% 08 - 1+ 1 1 2
deaths &
Psychiatry
5 Sexual 06 12.5% 10 +1 1 1 4
Jurisprudence
6 Toxicology 16 33.33 % 28 1 1 3 8
Total 48 Hrs 100 % 80M 4 6 11 20
7. REFERENCES-
Books recommended
1. Modi’s Textbook of Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology
2. The Essentials of Forensic Medicine & Toxicology by K.S. Narayan Reddy
3. Parikh’s Textbook of Medical Jurispsrudence and Toxicology.
4. Text Book of Forensic Medicine – J.B. Mukherjee Vol. 1 & 2
5. Principles of Forensic Medicine – A. Nandy
6. Cox’s Medical Jurisprudence & Toxicology by P.C.Dikshit
161
7. Textbook of Forensic Medicine & Toxicology by Krishan Vij.
8. Principles of Forensic Medicine and Toxicology by R. Bardale
9. Medical Jurisprudence, Toxicology and Forensic Science by A. Deoskar.
10. Forensic Medicine by B. Umadethan
11. Textbook of Forensic Medicine & Toxicology by V.V. Pillay
Reference books
1. Russell S. Fisher & Charles S. Petty : Forensic Pathology
2. Keith Simpson: Forensic Medicine
3. Jurgen Ludwig: Current Methods of Autopsy Practice.
4. Gradwohl – Legal Medicine
5. A Doctors Guide to Court – Simpson
6. Polson C.J. : The Essentials of Forensic Medicine
7. Atlas of Legal Medicine (Tomro Watonbe)
8. A Hand Book of Legal Pathology (Director of Publicity)
9. Taylor’s Principles & Practice of Medical Jurisprudence.
10. Ratantal Dhirajlal, The Indian Penal Code; Justice Hidayatullah & V.R. Manohar
11. Ratanlal & Dhirajlal, The Code of Criminal procedure; Justice Hidayatullah &
S.P. Sathe
12. Ratanlal & Dhirajlal, The Law of Evidence; Justice Hidayatullah & V.R. Manohar
13. Medical Law & Ethic in India – H.S. Mehta
14. Bernard Knight : Forensic Pathology
15. Code of Medical Ethics : Medical Council of India, approved by Central
Government, U/S 33 (m) of IMC Act, 1956 (Oct 1970)
16. Krogman, W.M.: The Human Skeleton in Legal Medicine.
17. FE Camps, JM Cameren, David Lanham : Practical Forensic Medicine.
18. V.V. Pillay : Modern Medical Toxicology.
19. A.C. Mohanty’s Legal Medicine
20. Colour atlas of Forensic Medicine by Govindiah.
21. MCQs in Forensic Medicine and Toxicology by KSN Reddy
22. MCQs in Forensic Medicine and Toxicology by R. Sharma.
23. Jhala and Raju’s Medical Jurisprudence by R.Jhala & K.Kumar
9. List of Journals:
Foreign Journals
1. TOXICOLOGY INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL
2. HUMAN AND EXPERIMENTAL TOXICOLOGY
3. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF LAW AND MEDICINE
4. FORENSIC SCIENCE INTERNATIONAL
Indian Journals
5. MEDICO LEGAL - UPDATE
6. JR OF PUNJAB ACADEMY OF FORENSIC MEDICINE & TOXICOLOGY.
7. JR OF INDIAN MEDICAL ETHICS
8. JR OF RESEARCH IN MEDICAL EDUCATION & ETHICS
162
SR Name of Topic Core Value Method of Level Domain Teaching
No. Evaluation Learning Method
1 National / MCQ ,BAQ Desirable to Cognitive Expository
Torture International know Exploratory
2 National / MCQ ,BAQ Desirable to Cognitive Expository

Custodial Deaths International know Exploratory
3 Medico legal aspects LAQ, MCQ, Must know Cognitive Expository

of sterilization National BAQ
4 Obscure causes of MCQ ,BAQ Desirable to Cognitive Expository

death National know
5 Virtual Autopsy National / VIVA VOCE Desirable to Psychomotor Expository

International OSPE know Exploratory
Simulation
6 Mental health act & National BAQ, SAQ Nice to know Cognitive Expository
restrain of insane.
7 Recent advances in National / MCQ, BAQ, Desirable to Cognitive Expository
crime investigation International know Exploratory
Self Directed
8 Consumer protection National MCQ, BAQ, Must know Cognitive Expository
act SAQ
9 War gases National / MCQ, BAQ, Desirable to Cognitive Expository

International SAQ know
10 Legal & Ethical National / MCQ, BAQ Nice to know Cognitive Expository
issues in Bio Medical International Exploratory
research Self Directed
163
(DEEMED UNIVERSITY)

DEPARTMENT
OF
COMMUNITY MEDICINE
164
1. Preamble:
The purpose of this programme is to standardize the teaching in community medicine at
undergraduate level. The present undergraduate medical curriculum and the internship
are inadequate to turn out well trained and competent medical professionals to serve the
community needs. Preventive, Promotive and Rehabilitation aspects, which form an
integral part of healthy living, have lost focus with most of the medical practitioners.
More than 80% of our population comprises of either the rural or the urban poor. They
are unable to get access to adequate medical care facilities from the exiting hospitals.
Moreover, to practice holistic medicine, the treating physician should also understand
the social, cultural and economic conditions of the family. Family physicians need to
make the optimal use of the resources and judiciously select the investigations for
diagnosis. They can form the back bone of health care delivery system and can play a vital
role in fulfilling the Rural Health Mission announced by the Government of India
2. Goal:
1. Perceive & recognize that health is the fundamental right of all citizens
and be responsive to fulfill social obligations towards health equity.
2. Learn, understand and practice aspects related to National Health
Policies and National Rural Health Mission.
3. Achieve the highest degree of competence in comprehensive health care
with a holistic view.
4. Display and practice ethical professionalism to promote healthy life style
for optimal health.
5. Be a part of national health as an eminent health professional.
6. The broad goal of the teaching of undergraduate students in community
medicine is to prepare them to function as community and first level physicians in
accordance with the national and institutional goals.
3. Objectives:
A) Knowledge:
At the end of the course the student shall be able
1. Explain the principles of sociology including demographic population dynamics.
2. Identify social factors related to health, disease and disability in the context of urban
and rural societies.
3. Appreciate the impact of urbanization on health and disease.
4. Observe and interpret the dynamic of community behaviors.
5. Describe the elements of normal psychology and social psychology.
6. Observe the principles of practice of medicine in hospital and community settings.
7. Describe the health care delivery systems including rehabilitation of the disabled in
the country.
8. Describe the National Health Programmes with particular emphasis on maternal and
child health programmes, family welfare planning and population control.
9. List the epidemiological methods and techniques.
10. Outline the demographic pattern of the country and appreciate the roles of the
individuals, family, community and socio-cultural milieu in health and disease.
11. Describe the health information systems.
12. To acquire, understand, integrate, apply and manage information in context to
health care problems and health care delivery system in various communities, health
care settings and hospitals.
13. Enumerate the principles and components of primary health care, National Rural
Health Mission and the national health policies to achieve the goal of “Health for all”
165
with regards to Identify the environmental, bio-waste and occupational hazards and
their control.
14. Describe the importance of water and sanitation in human health.
15. To understand the principles of health economies, health administration, health
education in relation to community.
16. To critically analyze the problem (s) and apply his/her knowledge to solve the
problem in holistic manner.
17. To understand and apply principles of prevention, promotion and maintenance of
health.
B) Skills:
At the end of the course, the student shall be able to –
1. Use the principles and practice of medicine in hospital and community settings
and familiarization with elementary practices.
2. Use the Art of communication with patients including history taking and medico
social work.
3. Use epidemiology as a scientific tool to make rational decisions relevant to
community and individual patient intervention.
4. Organize health care services for vulnerable and disadvantages groups.
5. Organize health care services in case of calamities.
6. Collect, analyze, interpret and present simple community and hospital base data.
7. Diagnose and manage common health problems and emergencies at the
individual, family and community levels keeping in mind the existing health care
resources and in the context of the prevailing socio-culture beliefs.
8. Diagnose and manage common nutritional problems at the individual and
community level.
9. Plan, implement and evaluate a health education Programme with skill to use
simple audio-visual aids.
10. Interact with other members of the health care team and participate in the
organization of health care services and implementation of national health
programmes.
11. Perform Administrative functions of health centres.
C) Integration:
Develop capabilities of synthesis between cause of illness in the environment or
community and individual health and respond with leadership qualities to institute
remedial measures for this.
166
4. Teaching Learning Strategies
Total hours of teaching in community medicine and humanities are 375.
The distribution of them shall be as follows.
Phase Semester Hours Theory Practical / Exam
visits
I I & II 60 30 30
II III, IV ,V 200 60 140 4th term
III - I VI, VII 115 50 65 6th term + 1 preliminary exam in
7th semester
Total 375 140 235

All field visit / community posting should be minimum 3 hours each.
Lectures 140 hours
Clinical / community posting 180 hours
Practical 20 hours
Seminar/ Home assignment / project 16 hours
PBL/ ITP 4 hours
Tutorials 15 hrs
Total 375 hours
Didactic: (1/3rd):
STRATEGY TOTAL HOURS ALLOTED SEMESTER WISE
DISTRIBUTION OF
HOURS
Lectures 140 hours Semester-I 15
Semester- 15
IISemester-III 15
Semester- 21
IVSemester- 15
V 41
Semester- 18
VISemester-
VII
Non- didactic: (2/3rd):
STRATEGY TOTAL HOURS ALLOTTED SEMESTER WISE
DISTRIBUTION OF
HOURS
Demonstrative teaching / 144 Semester- 65
Community posting IIISemester- 35
IV 44
Semester-VI
Practical teaching 94 Semester- 15
ISemester- 15
IISemester-III 32
Semester-IV 32
Tutorials 15 Semester-VII 15
Seminars 32 Semester- 16
VISemester- 16
VII
167
Projects 67 Semester- 30
IVSemester- 21
VI 16
Semester-VII
Problem based learning 4 Semester-VI 4
Integrated Teaching program 6 Semester-VI 6
Any other 8 8 hr /
(communication skill) student
5. Course content
Didactic:
Paper-I
System and total Semester Topic Must know Desirable to Nice to know
hours allotted wise know
distribution
CONCEPT OF I & II Concept, dimensions of Positive health Concept of International
HEALTH AND health Positive health Determinant of health wellbeing – classification
DISEASE (4 hrs.) Determinant of health Concept of disease and urban rural of disease
Concept of wellbeing - causation equity, gender population
urban rural equity, gender Natural history of equity medicine
equity Concept of disease disease
and causation Concept of control and
Natural history of disease prevention
Concept of control and Modes of intervention
prevention Community
diagnosis and International
classification of disease
and medical record section
Medical ethics I & II Introduction, moral, Introduction, moral, Professional & Global hunger
(2 hrs) Customs & law, Norms, Customs & law, Norms, personal ethics index
and health values Professional & values Bedside Poverty
economics (1 hr) personal ethics, Human Human rights , manners reduction
rights , Hippocrates oath Hippocrates oath strategy
Doctor Patient Doctor Patient National HE
Relationship, Doctor nurse Relationship, Doctor income
relationship nurse relationship
Bedside manners & Consumer Protection
Consumer Protection act act
NON VI & VII Introduction , Obesity , Introduction & Obesity, IHD & RHD Stroke
COMMUNICABLE Diabetes mellitus DM Accidents & Integrated
DISEASES Hypertension & Stroke Injuries national
(6 hrs.) IHD & RHD HT programme
Blindness Blindness & NHP for NCD
Accidents & Injuries Cancer
Cancer and environment
Mental Health and NMHP
Addiction
BIOSTATISTICS III, IV & V Introduction to Bio- Introduction to Bio- Test of

(14 hrs.) statistics & its uses. statistics & its uses significance - II
Data - Types, collection. Data – Types Collection Correlation &
Presentation of data Presentation of data Probability, regression
Sampling Methods & Sampling Methods & Variability
Sampling Sampling Statistical
168
Measures of central Measures of central Fallacies
tendencies (Centering tendencies Computers in
Constants) Measures of Variation Medicine with
Measures of Variation HIS Normal Distribution demonstration
Normal Distribution & & Normal Curve.
Normal Curve. Test of significance –I
Probability, Variability.
Tests of Significance – I , II
Correlation & regression
Statistical Fallacies
Computers in Medicine
with demonstration
EPIDEMIOLOGY III, IV & V Introduction, Definition, Definition & concepts Causation & Experimental
(14 hrs.) types, Measurements in Basic Measurements in Association epidemiology
Epidemiology. Rates, Ratio, Epidemiology Disinfection – RCT
Proportions etc Epidemiological sensitivity ,
Epidemiological Methods – methods specificity
Descriptive Epidemiology - immunity and Integrated
Distribution of diseases, immunization Disease
disease trends - seasonal Uses of epidemiology Surveillance
variations & secular and investigation of Programme
trends. epidemic AEFI
Analytical Studies – Case concept of Screening
Control & Cohort Studies definition, criteria
Experimental Studies – RCT Control of Hospital
& Clinical trails acquired infections
Causation and Association
Uses of Epidemiology &
Investigation of an
epidemic.
Control of Hospital
acquired infections
Disinfection and
sterilisation
Immunity and
Immunization
Adverse effect following
immunization
Integrated Disease
Surveillance Programme
Screening for disease
OCCUPATIONAL VI & VII Health of the workers & Occupational Hazards Occupational Sickness
HEALTH Ergonomics Pneumoconiosis cancers & Absenteeism
(8hrs.) Occupational Hazards Lead Poisoning Dermatitis Workman
Pneumoconiosis Occupational Hazards of Health of the compensation
Occupational cancers & Agriculturists workers & act
Dermatitis Health problems due to Ergonomics
Occupational Hazards of Industrialization
Agriculturists Prevention of
Health problems due to occupational diseases
Industrialization & Sickness Legislative measures –
Absenteeism and lead ESIS & factory Acts
poisoning
Prevention of occupational
diseases
169
Legislative measures – ESIS
& Acts, Occupational
Health in India
COMMUNICABLE III, IV, V, VI Airborne infections- Measles & mumps Enteric fever plague,
DISEASES & VII chicken pox & small pox. Diptheria& Pertussis Hepatitis Leptospirosis
(23 hrs.) Measles and mumps ARI Soil &ricketsial
Diphtheria and pertussis Tuberculosis transmitted disease
A R I and Gastroenteritis Malaria helminthes Emerging &
Bronchopneumonia & National Antimalaria Chicken pox & remerging
Influenza / Swine/Bird flu Programme small pox diseases
Tuberculosis and RNTCP Filaria& National Health Food
Acute Gastro Enteritis & programme positioning
NHP Poliomyelitis &National Dengue, JE,
Dysentery ( amoebic & Health programme Yellow fever &
bacillary) and cholera Leprosy &National Chikungunya
Enteric Fever Health programme &National
Food Poisoning & its HIV & NACP Health
Investigation RTI/STI programme
Poliomyelitis and NHP Dysentery &
Viral Hepatitis Rabies Cholera
Arthropods borne diseases Influenza
– Malaria & NHP Tetanus
Filaria and NHP
Arboviral infections –
Dengue & Chikungunya
Fever, Japanese
Encephalitis and KFD ,
yellow fever
Leprosy and National
Leprosy Programme
Reproductive Tract
Infections and Sexually
Transmitted infection and
NHP
HIV / AIDS and NHP, PEP
Tetanus
Rabies
zoonotic diseases – plague
, Leptospirosis , recketisial
disease
Emerging & re-emerging
diseases
Paper II:
System and Semester Topic Must know Desirable to Nice to
total hours wise know know
NUTRITION & III, IV & V Proteins & Epidemiology Introductions to Therapeutic Nutritional
HEALTH of PEM nutrition - food, diet, diet surveillance,
(13 hrs.) .New treatment classification of foods Food toxins, National
guidelines for control of Nutritional Problems additives, nutritional
MAM and SAM in India fortification, policy
LBW & nutritional New treatment adulteration
Anaemia. guidelines for control Endemic
170
Xerophthalmia& IDD. of MAM and SAM flurosis and
endemic flurosis and Epidemiology of PEM lathyrism
lathyrism and prevention and
Nutritional assessment control
and surveillance LBW & nutritional
Anaemia
food pyramid, balanced Xerophthalmia& IDD.
diet for pregnant and Nutritional
lactating mother, infants assessment
and children National nutritional
Food surveillance and programs
food borne diseases
Food toxins, additives,
fortification,
adulteration
National nutritional
programs.
DISASTER VI & VII Disaster Management Introduction, Manmade Meterologic
MANAGEMENT definition , cycle and disaster al and
(1 hr.) common effect application
in field area
ENVIRONMENT III, IV & V Air composition, Introduction to Thermal
& HEALTH & pollution, & Prevention, environmental Comforts. Nuclear
MEDICAL Air Act sanitation and Ventilation & hazards
ENTOMOLOGY Thermal pollution common health lighting Role of
(15 hrs.) Comforts & Ventilation problems(1hr) information
& lighting Water pollution, Insecticide, technology
Noise Pollution & water borne diseases, repellants in
Prevention , Nuclear hardness of water and environment
Hazards Water purification - rodenticides and human
Housing & health. large scale & small Noise health and
medical entomology scale. Pollution & telemedicine
Insecticide, repellants Refuse & methods of Prevention
and rodenticides solid waste disposal
Role of information Excreta disposal
technology in Air composition, Water quality
environment and human pollution, & standards,
health and telemedicine Prevention of Air surveillance
pollution for drinking
Housing & health water quality
Hospital Waste
Management
INTERNATIONAL VI & VII Introduction, WHO & UN Introduction, WHO & UNDP, FAO, Organisation
HEALTH agencies UN agencies ILO,fordrockf preceeding
(2 hrs.) Other international Indian red cross ellar WHO
health agencies society USAID, SIDA,
DANIDA,
COLOMBO
Other non
government
171
al agencies
HEALH VI & VII Health Planning Planning cycle Recommenda Five year
PLANNING & Health Management Management tions of plans
MANAGEMENT Health Committees methods and various
(4hrs.) Five Year Plans and 12th techniques committees
planning Commission health committees
12 th five
year plan
PREVENTIVE VI & VII Introduction to MCH, Introduction to RCH CSSM Child

MEDICINE IN CSSM, RCH.(Components ANC, INC & PNC Behavioral rights
OBSTETRICS,PAE & Services ) Neonatal care Problems Child
DIATRICS AND And Antenatal care Growth chart Baby Friendly guidance
GERIARTRICS Intra natal, postnatal School health service Hospital clinic Child
(15 hrs.) care. RMNCH +A Initiative Labor
Neonatal care ,BFHI and RCH 2 RCH/MCH Evaluation
IYCF Demography and indicators of family
Under five clinics & demographic cycle Geriatric planning
rights of children. population trend and health services
WHO new growth chart, explosion,urbanizatio Fertility
School health services n indicators
and Behavioral problems family planning
RCH / MCH indicators –I methods
RCH / MCH indicators – II NPP
RCH2
RMNCH +A ,JSY, JSSK,
RBSK
Geriatrics & Health care
SOCIOLOGY I & II Sociology and Social Social
(5 hrs.) Concept in sociology and factors effecting Psychology Hospital
psychology health. Social sociology
Social psychology and Types of family & its security
organizations role in health &
Family and its function disease
Cultural factor in health Cultural factor in
and disease health and disease
Social problems and
social security
HEALTH I & II Communication process, Communication Functions of Planning
EDUCATION & types , health process, types health and
COMMUNICATI communication Definition , principles, communicati managemen
ON Health Education and Practice of HE on Contents t
(2 hrs.) Communication – II (
Models of health
education, concept,
principles , practice &
evaluation)
HEALTH CARE VI & VII Health care delivery in Concept of HFA and M D G and IPHS
OF THE India – rural & urban National Health Policy NRHM ,voluntary
COMMUNITY Levels of Health Care , Health status and NHM , health
(6 hrs.) Primary health care health problems in Newborn agencies
172
,model of health care India action plan
system Levels of Health Care , Health care
Primary health care systems for
health care system in secondary
India and tertiary
health care
MENTAL VI & VII Mental Health Mental health Rehabilitatio mental

HEALTH Addiction n health
(2 hrs.) programme
GENETIC AND VI & VII Genetics and Health concept of genetics syndromes Rehabilitatio
HEALTH sickle cell and laws related to n
(2 hrs.) thalessemia common genetic genetics
diseases
Sickle cell and
thalessemia
HEALTH VI & VII Health Tourism Concept and
TOURISM need
(1 hr.) areas of
health
tourism in
India
Provision
Non- didactic:
STRATEGY TOPIC
Practicals / Clinics FIELD VISIT
Field visit / Community Care programme to adopted the villages and shall be
continued in Phase – II and III.
Collection and interpretation of socio- economic data of allotted families
Collection and interpretation of environmental data of allotted families
Collection and interpretation of demographic data of allotted families
Collection and interpretation of nutritional data of allotted families
HOSPITAL VISIT
Hospital visits - O.P.D., Casualty, Immunization clinic, different wards, Central
Sterilization Department Kitchen, Blood Bank, Infectious disease (Isolation)
ward, Hospital Waste disposal system (etc.)
173
ENVIRONMENT& HEALTH
Disinfection of well, Horrocks& O.T. test
Visit to water purification plant.
Entomology - I – Mosquitoes & flies
Entomology II - other arthropods
Meteorological Instruments
Visit to incinerator, water recycling plant
Visit to milk diary
Antiseptics & Disinfectants
Visit to slum area
EPIDEMIOLOGY
Calculations of specificity and sensitivity
Drawing of Epidemic Curve and spot maps
Calculation of Rates , Ratios and Proportions
Calculating R R , AR and OR
Writing a protocol
Calculations of requirement of vaccines
BIOSTATISTICS
( a ) Graphical Presentation - I
( b ) Graphical Presentation - II
Measures of Central Tendencies & Variation
S. E. of Sample Mean ,S. E. of Sample Proportion
S. E. of difference between two sample means.
S. E. of difference between two sample proportions
Paired ‘t’ test & Unpaired ‘ t’ test
Chi-square test
COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAMME
History taking and Examination of adult male
History taking and Examination of adult female
History taking and Examination of Under five children
History taking and Examination of school going children
Follow up examinations
Collection of village data
174
CASES DISCUSSION
Case history taking in relation to
Community Medicine
Antenatal Case including high risk management and therapeutic diet
Postnatal Case including infant care
Under five Child & Under nutrition plan a therapeutic diet
Diarrhea
Acute Respiratory Infections & Bronchopneumonia
Exanthematous fevers (, chickenpox, Measles)
Tuberculosis
Leprosy
Vector borne diseases (Malaria , Filaria etc)
Viral Hepatitis
HIV/ AIDS
Blindness and nutritional blindness
Anemia including nutritional anemia
Hypertension and plan a therapeutic diet
Diabetes and plan a therapeutic diet
Disabled Child
Addictions
PBL/ ITP
Nutrition deficiency disorders
Tuberculosis case and management
Pollution case studies
PEM treatment of MAM and SAM
Contraceptive case studies and counseling
Leprosy
COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAMME
Follow up examinations
Analysis of morbidity,mortality, immunization status, contraceptive prevalence
rate of adopted village
Health talks :community, school children, adolescents etc
A. Environment :
Pollution control
Water conservation
Rain water harvesting
water purification
food pyramid
Soakage pit
Sanitary disposal of excreta
Sanitary well
B. Health and factors affecting it
C. Addiction
D. Diseases
E. National Health programmes
F. other relevant activities
Seminar TUTORIALS/ SYMPOSIUM
Concept of health & disease
Epidemiology
Environment & Health
Occupational heath
175
Reproductive & Child Health
Adolescent health initiative
Nutrition
Non communicable Diseases
Communicable Diseases
National population policy
Health Care planning & delivery
National Health Programmes
National Health Policies
IMNCI- FIMNCI
Global warming,
Climate and health
Malaria drug policy 2013
Urbanization and its implication on health
National health mission and national urban health mission
India new born action plan
Organ transplantation and brain death
Important act related to health
Adverse effect following immunization
Role of Information technology /telemedicine
Role of individual in pollution control
Therapeutic diet
Telemedicine
The other non-didactic strategies also have to be listed in the similar manner.
6. Scheme of examinations:
176
(Community Med. 1 & 2, Medicine 1 & 2 and Surgery 2)
(MK) – 60 % (DK) – 30 % (NK) – 10 %
LAQ (4) (4) 15 M x 2
2/4 Level I –2 - - = 30 M
Level II – 2
SAQ (6) (3) (2) (1) 6Mx5
BAQ (11) (7) (3) (1) 3 M x 10
MCQ (30) (18) (9) (3) 1 M x 30
Level of learning : 80 : 20 (Level 1 : Level 2)
177
MARKSHEET
A) Text Books:
 Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine, J. E.Park and Park, M/s
BanarsidasBhanot, Jabalpur, 2014, 23rd Edition.
 Textbook of Community Medicine, Kulkarni A. P. and Baride J. P., 3rd edition 2006
 Principles of Preventive and Social Medicine, K. Mahajan and Gupta 3RD edition
 Textbook of Community Medicine, B Shridhar Rao.
 Essential of Community Medicine, Suresh Chandra
 Text book of Biostatistics – B K Mahajan. 6th Edition
B) Reference Books:
1. Principles and practice of Biostatistic- By J V Dixit
2. Oxford Textbook of Public Health, By Roger Detels, James McEwen, Robert
Beaglehole, Heizo Tanaka By Oxford University Press.
3. Epidemiology and management for health care for all. P V Sathe and A P Sathe
4. Essentials of Preventive Medicine O P Ghai and Piyush Gupta
8. Journals
1. Indian journal of Community Medicine
2. ICMR
3. National journal of Community Medicine
4. Indian journal of public health
178
A. Internal Assessment.
I. Weightage for internal Assessment shall be 20% of the total marks in the
subject.
II. Student must secure at least 35% marks of the total marks fixed for internal
assessment in the subject in order to be eligible to appear in final examination.
There shall be two terminal and one preliminary examination.
First Terminal examination at the end of fourth semester

Second Terminal examination at the end of sixth semester
Preliminary examination At the end of seventh semester
Clinical & oral (practical) examinations:
First clinical examination at the end of the second clinical posting

Second clinical examination at the end of the third clinical posting
Preliminary examination at the end of the seventh semester

1st Terminal 100 -- 100 40
2nd Terminal 100 -- 100 40
Total 440 460 140
Reduced to -- -- 20 (total divide by 23) 20 (total divide by 07)
(A) Terminal Examination

Section Type of Questions Marks to Marks
question each type of allotted
question
A MCQ All Compulsory 30 x1 30
B BAQ Any 10 out of 11 10 x2 20
SAQ Any 6 out of 7 6x 5 30
C LAQ Any 2 out of 4 2 x 10 20

Total 100
CLINICAL/PRACTICAL
Sr.No. Particulars Unit Total

1. OSPE 05 spots x 2 mark 10 marks
2. Epidemiological and statistical 05 exercise x 2 marks 10 marks
179
exercises
3. Public health skill assessment: 2 exercises x 5 marks 10 marks
(OT Test, horrock’s test,
Disinfection of water, ORS,
preparation of Peripheral Blood
Smear, HB estimation , Family
health exercises etc
4. Oral viva 1 table x 10 marks 10 arks
B) Preliminary Examination:
There shall be two theory papers of 120 marks each consisting of:
Section Type of question Questions Marks to each Marks allotted

type of question
A MCQ All compulsory 30 x1 30
B BAQ Any 10 out of 11 10 X 3 30
SAQ Any 5 out of 6 5X6 30
C LAQ Any 2 out of 4 2 X 15 30

Level 1(one out of two)
Level 2 (one out of two)
Total 120
Calculations of Internal Assessment marks:
1. Out of total marks allotted for Internal Assessment (80), 50% marks shall be allotted
to I.A. Theory (40) and remaining 50% to Internal Assessment Clinical / Practical (40).
2. Marks for Theory (out of 40) shall be distributed as under:
a. 50% marks (i.e. 20 out of 40) shall be based on performance in Theory
examinations.
b. 30% marks (i.e. 12 out of 40) shall be based on regularity / attendance of the
students in theory.
c. 20 % marks (i.e. 8 out of 40) shall be based on Preparation and Presentation
of Symposia / Home Assignments/ Projects.
3. Marks for Practical (out of 40) shall be distributed as under:
a. 50% marks (i.e. 20 out of 40) shall be based on performance in
Clinical/Practical examinations.
students in Practical.
c. 20 % marks (i.e. 8 out of 40) shall be based on Practical journals / clinical case
records/ projects/surveys.
The record of the above shall be maintained by the concerned HOD’s in the format given
below:
Heads of Sessional Regularity Symposia / Practical Total

Marks Examination Attendance Home Records/research
Assignment /survey
(20) (12) (8) (8) (40 + 40)
Theory N.A.
180
(40)
Practical N.A.
(40)

(i) Attendance
a) Theory:
Percentage of % of total marks Allocation of marks
attendance allotted (Total – 12 )
Below 75% 0 0.0
75 % 50 % 6.0
76 to 80 % 60 % 7.0
81 to 85% 70 % 8.0
86 to 90% 80 % 9.5
> 90% 100 % 12.0
b) Practical
Percentage of % of total marks Allocation of marks
attendance allotted (Total – 12 )
Below 80% 0 0.0
80 % 50 % 6.0
81to 85 % 60 % 7.0
86 to 90% 70 % 8.0
91 to 95 % 80 % 9.5
> 95% 100 % 12.0
c) Home Assignment / Symposia / Projects / Practical Journals

Marks awarded for Home assignment / Symposia / Projects shall be 80. While
making final calculation, these 80 marks shall be reduced to 08 i.e. divided by factor
10for calculation of Internal Assessment in practical, shall be based upon the
practical journal. For this purpose regularity in completion and timely correction of
the practical record by teacher –in-charge shall be considered.
181
Procedure for Allocation of Symposia,Skill Based Project and Home Assignments:
1. Symposia, Small Skill Based Project and Home Assignments shall be assigned in the
beginning of the course i.e. third semester by the method of Double Blind Method of
Allocation.
2. Equal number of slips for each group of exercises i.e. Symposia, Skill Based Projects,
Home Assignment shall be prepared in accordance to the number of students. For
example: If there are 150 students in the term, 50 slips of each group shall be
prepared. Each student shall draw one slip by double blind technique.
3. By this procedure students shall be divided in 3 group consisting of 50 students each.
Student in each group shall be further assigned the learning method as under :
a. Symposia
students shall be further divided into 10 subgroups of 5 students each by Blind
Slip withdrawal. Each subgroup shall be allotted topic. On the day of
presentation the presenting students shall be selected again by Double Blind
Method of Allocation.
b. Skill Based Project:

50 students shall be divided into 10 subgroups consisting of 5 students each
byDouble Blind Method of Allocation and 10 Skill Based Projects shall be allotted
byDouble Blind Method of Allocation.
c. Home Assignments / Community Assignments:

Topics for Home Assignments shall be allotted by Double Blind Method of
Allocation.
182
FINAL UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION:
COMMUNITY MEDICINE: - Syllabus for theory
Paper – I
1. Concept of Health & Diseases
2. Epidemiology including screening of the diseases
3. Communicable Diseases and National Health Programme
4. Non communicable diseases and National Health Programme
5. Medical ethics
6. Occupational Health
7. Health information and Biostatistics
8. Health economics
Paper – II
1. Preventive medicine in Obstetrics, Pediatrics and geriatrics include related National
Health programme
2. Environmental Health include related National Health programme
3. Disaster Management
4. Demography and Family welfare include related National Health programme
5. Nutrition & Health include related National Health programme
6. Sociology including humanities
7. Mental Health and National Mental Health programme
8. Health care delivery system
9. Health planning & Management
10. Communication and Health Education
11. Genetic and health
12. International Health
13. Health tourism
These are broad Divisions. There is always a chance of overlapping
183
THEORY
Section Type of question Questions Marks to Marks

each type of allotted
question
A MCQ All compulsory 30 x1 30
B BAQ Any 10 out of 11 10 X 3 30
SAQ Any 5 out of 6 5X6 30
C LAQ Any 2 out of 4 2 X 15 30

Level 1(one out of
two)
Level 2 (one out of
two)
Total 120
Note:
Out of four long answer questions, two questions shall be on applied aspect of concerned
subject
CLINICAL/ ORAL (PRACTICAL) EXAMINATION:

Total = 60 + 20 oral = 80 marks
Sr. no. Particulars Unit total
1. Spots 05 spots x 2 10 marks
mark
2. Epidemiological and statistical 06 exercise 18 marks
exercises x 3 marks
3. Medico-social epidemiological case One case 20 marks
in community/hospital
4. Public health skill assessment: (OT Four 12 marks
Test, horrock’s test, Disinfection of exercises x
water, ORS, preparation of 3 marks
Peripheral Blood Smear, HB
estimation , etc
5. Oral viva 2 table x 10 20 marks
marks
184
(DEEMED UNIVERSITY)

DEPARTMENT
OF
GENERAL MEDICINE
185
1. Preamble:
Knowledge of medicine is vital to the practice of both health and disease. Medicine is the
study and practice of health and disease in the human. Contemporary practice of
medicine is changing fast and emerging diseases are to be taught and practiced to remain
globally competitive. Aim of teaching medicine to undergraduate students is to help
them understand the scientific basis of diseases, clinical and laboratory evaluation of
them and latest guidelines to manage them effectively.
2. Goal:
The broad goal of the teaching of undergraduate students in Medicine is to have the
knowledge, skills and behavioural attributes to function effectively as the first contact
physicians.
3. Objectives:
A) Knowledge:
1. Diagnose common clinical disorders with special reference to infectious diseases,
nutritional disorders, tropical and environmental diseases;
2. Outline various modes of management including drug therapeutics especially
dosage, side effects, toxicity, interactions, indications and contra-indications;
3. Propose diagnostic and investigative procedures and ability to interpret them;
4. Provide first level management of acute emergencies promptly and efficiently and
decide the timing and level of referral, if required;
5. Recognize geriatric disorders and their management.
B) Skills:
1. Develop clinical skills (history taking. clinical examination and other instruments of
examination) to diagnose various common medical disorders and emergencies;
2. Refer a patient to secondary and/or tertiary level of health care after having
instituted primary care;
3. Perform simple routine investigations like hemogram, stool, urine, sputum and
biological fluid examinations;
4. Assist the common bedside investigative procedure like pleural tap. Lumbar
puncture, bone marrow aspiration/biopsy and liver biopsy.
C) Integration:
1. With community medicine and physical medicine and rehabilitation to have the
knowledge and be able to manage important current national health Programmes,
also to be able to view the patient in his/her total physical. Social and economic
milieu;
2. With other relevant academic inputs which provide scientific basis of clinical
medicine e.g. anatomy, physiology, biochemistry, microbiology, pathology and
pharmacology.
186
4.Teaching learning Strategies
Didactic & Non Didactic : 873 hrs.
STRATEGY TOTAL HOURS ALLOTED SEMESTER WISE DISTRIBUTION
OF HOURS
Lectures 257 III Semester : 23
IV Semester : 21
VI Semester : 42
VII Semester : 31
VIII Semester : 68
IX Semester : 72
Tutorials 30 III Semester : 5
IV Semester : 5
VI Semester : 5
VII Semester : 5
VIII Semester : 5
IX Semester : 5
Seminars 26 VII Semester
Problem based learning 14 VIII Semester
IX Semester
Integrated Teaching 04 VIII Semester
program IX Semester
Any other (Quiz) 16 IX Semester
Demonstration/ simulation 10 IX Semester
Clinical meet 48 VIII Semester
Clinical Posting 468 III Semester : 78
IV Semester : 78
VI Semester : 78
VII Semester : 78
VIII Semester : 78
IX Semester : 78
5. Course content
A) Theory
Paper I
System and Semester Topic Must know Desirable to Nice to know
total hours wise know
Introduction III Introduction To Concept & objectives History of
to Medicine Semester Medicine of history taking Medicine
(23 hours)
Symptomatology Dyspnoea + chest pain,
of Cardiovascular Edema + Palpitation
Diseases. + syncope
Clubbing + Cyanosis
Jugular Venous Pressure +
Pulse + Blood Pressure.
Symptomatology Cough + Hemoptysis
of Respiratory
187
diseases.
Symptomatology Motor weakness Sensory
in Nervous Ataxia disturbances
system. Lobe dysfunction +
Speech
Vertigo + Headache
Symptomatology -Abdominal pains +
in Diarrhoea
Gastrointestinal + Constipation
and Hepatobiliary -Jaundice
diseases. -Vomiting + Ascitis
-Approach towards a
patient with Fever
- Approach towards a
patient with
Lymphadenopathy +
Splenomegaly
Investigations -Peripheral smear -Bone Marrow -Lymph node
-Liver biopsy - Secretions biopsy-
-Lumber puncture examinations FineNeedle
-X-ray, Ultrasound Aspiration
Cytology.
Endoscopies
-C.T./M.R.I.
Scan
System and Semester Must know Desirable to know Nice to know

total hours wise
Infectious IV Tetanus -Introduction -Ebola
Diseases Semester Malaria Infections – types, Modes of Hanta virus
(21 hours) Gastroenteritis + Cholera Infection transmission, infection
Human Incubations period, Host -Swine flu
ImmunodeficiencyVirus defenses, Immunity &
Infection & AIDS Immunization & Management
Exanthematous fevers including prevention.
Worm infestations -Rabies:Typhoid fever
Round worms - Plague
Hook worms -Dysentry
Tape worms
Filariasis
Dengue
Leptospirosis
Fever of Unknown origin
, Swine Flu, Severe acute
respiratory syndrome
Cardiovascula VI -Introduction Methods of evaluation - Angiography
r system Semester Functions/Anatomy/Physio Non-invasive: - Pulmonary
(29 hours) logy and its applications Electrocardiogram Hypertension
various terminologies - Arrhythmias -Deep Venous
188
used. - Congenital Heart Disease Thrombosis
- Cardiac arrest Atrial Septal Defect,
- Heart failure Ventricular Septal Defect,
- Rheumatic fever Patent Ductous Arteriosus.
- various Valvular heart Coarctation of Aorta
disease lesions Fallot’s Tetralogy
- Pulmonary embolism -Pericardial diseases,
- Hypertension – Essential -Cardiomyopathy
& Secondary
- Infective endocarditis
-Coronary artery disease
-Metabolic syndrome
Gasteroentero VI Gasteroenterology Acute and Chronic gastritis Introduction to
logy and Semester Dysphagia Small and large intestine Gastrointestinal
hepatobiliary Dyspepsia diseases tract
system and Gastroesophageal reflux Secretions & functions
pancrease disease Mal-absorption-syndrome
( 25 hours) Upper Gastrointestinal
Bleeding
Peptic ulcers
Tuberculosis of Abdomen
Ulcerative colitis & Crohn’s
disease Drug induced liver injury
Hepatobiliary Gall bladder

Introduction diseases
Liver Function Test & their
interpretation
Hepatitis – Acute
Hepatitis – Chronic
Cirrhosis of liver + Hepatic
Encephalopathy (Liver Chronic. Pancreatitis
transplant)
Portal hypertension
Alcoholic Liver Disease
Pancreatic Disease
Acute Pancreatitis
Hematology VIII -Introduction to -Investigation for Hemolytic -Multiple
(21 hours) Semester haematology anaemia myeloma and
-Approach to a patient of -Hypoplastic/Aplastic anaemia Myelofibrosis
Anaemias including introduction to bone -Amyloidosis
-Iron deficiency anaemia marrow transplantation Buffer
-Megaloblastic anaemia -Agranulocytosis,
-Hemolytic anaemia – Polycythemia, Thrombocytosis
Classification -Blood groups & Blood
Sickle cell anaemia Transfusion & Component
Thalassemia Therapy
Other Hemolytic -
anaemia
-Acute Leukemia –
Classification
189
Approach and
Management
-Chronic Myeloid
Leukaemia
-Chronic Lymphatic
Leukaemias,
-Lymphomas
-Hodgkin’s disease/NHL
(Non- Hodgkin’s
lymphoma)
-Coagulation and
Hemostasis Mechanism
and approach
-Hemophilia, Von
Willebrandts diseases
-Purpur
Endocrinology VIII Introduction – Hormones Adrenal gland Conn’s syndrome
(17 hours) Semester Thyroid Regulation Multiple
Anatomy Pituitary Endocrine
Regulation Anatomy Neoplasia
Hyperthyroidism Regulation Syndrome and
Hypothyroidism Disorders of Anterior. Pituitary paraneoplastic
Addison’s disease Disorders of Posterior Pituitary syndrome
Pheocromocytoma
Cushing syndrome
Vitamin D. Metabolism
Calcium Metabolism and
its relations to
parathyroid
-Diagnosis & management
of
Related Parathyroid
Disorders
-Diabetes Mellitus
Genetics VIII Introduction Engineering in Medicine –
(3 hours) Semester Common genetic disorders Recombinant
– Klinefelters syndrome, D.N.A. technique and Gene
Turners syndrome, therapy
X-linked recessive
disorders.
Application of Genetic
Miscellaneous VIII -Introduction Poisoning – Methyl Alcohol & barbiturate Biological
(13 hours) Semester General Principles poisoning Drowning, hanging warfare.
Symptomatology, (Bioterrosism)
Suspicion,
Evaluations, Management
Insecticide Poisoning
Organophosphorous,
Organo-chlor, Carbamate.
Aluminiumphosphide
Snake bite,Scorpion & Bee
190
sting
Hyperpyrexia and Heat
exhaustion
Electrical injury, Lightening
Shock
Paper-II
(includes Psychiatry, T.B. & Chest Diseases, Dermatology, Venereology & Leprology)
System and Semester wise Must know Desirable to know Nice to know
total hours distribution
allotted
Nephrology VII - Anatomy & Physiology of - Urinary tract -
(12 hours) Semester Urinary system, R.F.T. infections
(Renal Function Tests) Upper +
- Approach towards Lower
commonproblem: - Buffer
Proteinuria,Hematuria
- Glomerulonephitis /
interstitial nephritis
- Nephrotic syndrome
- Acute renal failure
- chronic renal failure
Nutrition VII - Concepts of carbohydrate, - Anorexia -
(10 hours) Semester proteins, fats, vitamins and nervosa +
minerals Balanced Diet. Bulimia
- Vitamin deficiency state - Trace elements
Scurvy/Beribery/Pellegra/ + Antioxidants
Vit.A/Vit.D/Vit.K - Buffer
- Hypervitaminosis
- Obesity –Diagnosis
- Complications and
management
- Water + electrolyte
imbalance
Neurology VIII & IX -Introduction to central - Cerebellar Imaging
(30 hours) Semester nervous system syndrome - Electromyography
- Cerebrovascular - Muscle - Electroencephalog
Disease:Types & its disorders – r-aphy
differential Classification, - Space Occupying
diagnosis,Predisposing Symptomatolog Lesions
factors,Diagnosis and y, - Muscle disorders –
management - Duchenne + Periodic Paralysis,
- Encephalitis Bakers Myositis
- Meningitis – Myasthenia - Muscle
- Epilepsy Gravis disorders
- Parkinsonism - -Motor Neuron
- Peripheral neuropathy Disease (Basic
- Spinal cord disorders introduction)
191
- Headache – Migraine - -Multiple
- Bell’s Palsy + Trigeminal sclerosis
Neuralgia - -Brain abscess
- Approach to a patient of - -Dementia
coma - Buffer
- Syncope
A) Non- didactic
Strategy Topics
Seminar 1.Headache
2.Vomiting
3.Shock
4.Gastrointestinal Bleed
5.Hemoptysis
6.Jaundice
7.Chronic Diarrhoea
8.Chronic Arthritis
9.Hemolytic Anemia
10.Approach to the Patient of Lymphadenopathy
11.Edema
12.Electrolytic imbalance
13.Ascitis
14. Fever of Unknown Origin
15.Seizures
16.Dyspnoea
17.Coma
18.Chest Pain
19.Syncope
20.Heart failure
21.Hemorrhagic disorders
22.Approach to the Patient of Anemia
23.Approach to the patient of Hepato splenomegaly
24.Obesity
25.Water imbalance
26.Cyanosis
Problem based learning Approach toward a patient of thyroid disease.
Integrated teaching programe Enteric fever
Tutorials 1. Evaluation of Dyspnoea
2. Evaluation of Edema
3. Approach to Cough and Hemoptysis
4. Approach to a case of motor weakness
5. Approach to a case of Jaundice
6. Approach to a patient of Fever
7. Malaria
8. Typhoid
9. HIV
10. Dengue
11. Infective Endocarditis
12. Rheumatic Fever
13. Rhythm Disorders
192
14. Systemic Hypertension
15. Inflammatory Bowel Disease
16. Peptic Ulcer Disease
17. Acute Viral Hepatitis
18. Cirrhosis of Liver and its Complications
19. Rheumatoid Arthritis
20. SLE
21. Deficiency Anemia
22. Approach to hemolytic anemia
23. Diabetes Mellitus
24. Thyroid Disorder
25. Chronic Kidney disease
26. Nephrotic Syndrome
27. Approach to a case of paraparesis
28. Stroke
29. Hypovitaminosis
30. Approach to poisoning
Clinical meet (24) Cardiovascular system
1. Rheumatic heart disease
2. Infective endocarditis
3. Congestive cardiac failure
4. Acyanotic congenital heart disease
5. Cyanotic congenital heart disease
6. Cardiomyopathy
Abdomen
1. Hepatomegaly
2. Splenomegaly
3. Ascites
4. Pancreatitis
5. Generalised lymphadenopathy
6. Haemolytic jaundice
7. Hepatocellular jaundice
Respiratory system
1. Pleural effusion
2. Consolidation
3. Fibrosis and bronchiectasis
4. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Diseases
5. Collapse
6. Hydropneumothorax
Central Nervous System
1. Hemiplegia
2. Paraplegia
3. Peripheral neuropathy
4. Bell’s palsy
5. Cerebellar syndrome
Demonstration/ simulation - Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
- ACLS
- Intubation
- RT Insertion
- Intravenous catheterization
- Bone marrow aspiration
193
- Lumbar puncture
- Central venous catheterization
- Pleural fluid aspiration
- Ascitic tapping
B) Clinics
Strategy Topic
Clinics History taking and general examination
Examination of Cardiovascular System
Examination of Abdomen System
Examination of Central Nervous System
Examination of Respiratory System
Presentation of long cases
Presentation of short cases
Instruments
X- Rays
Electrocardiogram
Drugs
Medical Emergencies
Scheme of Examination
194
(MK) – 60 % (DK) – 30 % (NK) – 10 %
LAQ (4) (4) 15 M x 2
2/4 Level I –2 - - = 30 M
Level II – 2
SAQ (6) (3) (2) (1) 6Mx5
BAQ (11) (7) (3) (1) 3 M x 10
MCQ (30) (18) (9) (3) 1 M x 30
MARKSHEET
195
A) Text Books
1. Davidson's Principles and Practice of Medicine, 22nd edition.
2. Hutchison's Clinical Methods, 22nd edition.
3. API Text book of Medicine, 10th edition.
4. Clinical Medicine by Kumar & Clarke, Eighth Edition
B) Reference books
1. Harrisons Principles of Internal Medicine, 19th edition.
2. Macleod's clinical examination, 12th edition.
3. Text book of Medicine by Cesil Loeb
196
Scheme of examinations
University Examination shall be held at the end of 9th semester as per following scheme in
the subject of General Medicine. There shall be 2 theory papers of 120 marks each in the
subject of Medicine & Allied Specialties.
Paper I : General Medicine

- Cardiovascular system
- Gastrointestinal tract
- Hepatobiliary System, Pancreas
- Hematology
- Genetics
- Endocrinology
- Infectious and tropical diseases
- Miscellaneous.
Paper II : General Medicine

- Neurology
- Collagen disorders
- Nutrition
- Nephrology
- Psychiatry
- Dermatology, Venereology & Leprology
- TB & Chest Diseases.
(Shall contain one question on basic sciences and allied subjects in Section B)
 Each paper shall consist of three sections

 Duration of each paper shall be 3 hours
Section A – MCQ: 30 minutes
Paper I & Paper II
Section A
It shall consist of Thirty (30) multiple choice questions (MCQs), carrying 1 mark each and shall be
covering whole of the syllabus prescribed for the said paper.
(1x30=30Marks)
Section: B
Question 1: Brief answer questions (BAQ) any 10 out of 11)
(3 x 10=30 Marks)
Question 2: Short Answer Questions (S.A.Q.) (Any 5 out of 6) (6 x5=30 Marks)
Section :C
Question 3: Long Answer Questions (Any1 out of 2 ,Level 1)
Question 4:
Question 5: Long Answer Questions (Any1 out of 2 Level 2) (15x2=30Marks)
Question 6:
GENERAL MEDICINE MBBS
Primary template
197
Question Type of Question Must Know Desirable to Nice to Know 10% Total
No. 60% Know 30% No. of Questions Marks
No. of Questions No of Questions
1 MCQ (30) 18 09 03 30
Level I 15 Level I 08 Level I 3
Level II 03 Level II 01
2 BAQ (11) 7 3 1 30
10 out of 11 Level I 05 Level I 02 Level I 1
3 SAQ 5 out of 6 3 2 1 30
Level I 2 Level I 1 Level I 1
4 LAQ 2 out of 4 4 - 30
Level I 2
Level II 2
CLINICAL AND ORAL EXAMINATION
CLINICAL 200 Marks

Clinical:
One long case : 100 Marks
Short case : 50 Marks
OSCE : 50 Marks
Total : 200 Marks
ORAL / VIVA-VOCE – : 40 Marks

(To be added to Theory)
ORAL – I : 20 Marks
ECG
X-ray
Clinical Exercise
ORAL – II : 20 Marks
Emergencies
Instruments
Drugs
Total : 40 Marks
Final Result:
Theory Oral InternalAs Total Clinical / Internal Total
sess. (Theory Practical Assess. Clinical/ Total Result
Heads of Theory +Oral+ Clinical/ Practical
Passing Internal Practical
Asses.
Maximum 240 40 60 340 200 60 260 600
Minimum 170 130 300
Max : Maximum marks FFF: Fail Ex: Exemption

Min : Minimum Marks Ab : Absent # : Distinction
198
(DEEMED UNIVERSITY)

DEPARTMENT
OF
PSYCHIATRY
199
1. Preamble:
The training programme endeavours to give the UG students a general exposure to
psychiatry. An under graduate student having undergone the required training should be
able to identify signs and symptoms and recognize and the common psychiatric
conditions like alcohol withdrawal, depression, BPAD and schizophrenia. The period of
posting gives them a firsthand experience in the care of mentally ill patients. They should
be able to manage most common co-morbid psychiatric symptoms in other medical
conditions and when need be refer to a specialist for further management. The UG
student should acquire basic knowledge, skills and desirable attitudes in the principles
and practice of psychiatry and gain confidence in handling general psychiatric
presentations.
The UG student should develop a basic interest in the field of Psychiatric research and the
specialty as a whole.
2. Goal:
The aims of teaching of undergraduates in psychiatry is to impart such knowledge & skills
that may enable them to diagnose common psychiatric disorders, handle psychiatric
emergencies & to refer complications/ unusual manifestations of common disorders &
rare psychiatric disorders to the specialist.
3. Objectives:
A) Knowledge:
At the end of the course the student shall be able to:
1. Understand the comprehensive nature & development of different aspects of
normal human behaviour like learning, memory, motivation, personality &
intelligence
2. Recognize differences between normal & abnormal behaviour
3. Classify psychiatric disorders
4. Recognize clinical manifestations of the following common syndromes & plan their
appropriate management of organic psychosis, functional psychosis, schizophrenia,
affective disorders, neurotic disorders, personality disorders, psycho physiological
disorders, drug & alcohol dependence, psychiatric disorders of childhood &
adolescence
5. Describe rational use of different mode of therapy in psychiatric disorders.
B) Skills:
The student shall be able to:
1. Interview the patient & understand different methods of communications in
patient-doctor relationship
2. Elicit detailed psychiatric case history & conduct clinical examination for assessment
of mental status
3. Define, elicit & interpret psychopathological symptoms & signs
4. Diagnose & manage common psychiatric disorders
5. Identify & manage common psychological reactions & psychiatric disorders in
medical & surgical patients in clinical practice & in community setting
200
C) Integration:
Training in psychiatry shall prepare the students to deliver preventive, promotive,
curative & rehabilitative services for the care of the patients both in the family & the
community & to refer advanced cases for a specialized psychiatry/ mental hospital.
Training should be integrated with the departments of medicine, neuroanatomy,
behavioral & forensic medicine.

Didactic: (1/3rd)
STRATEGY TOTAL HOURS SEMESTER WISE TEACHING
ALLOTED DISTRIBUTION OF MEDIA
HOURS
Lectures 18 th
6 Semester/18 LCD, Blackboard

ALLOTTED DISTRIBUTION OF MEDIA
HOURS
Case 45 6th Semester-45 hrs LCD,
Discussion/Bedside Blackboard,
Skill Role play,
Demonstration Demonstration,
Tutorial,
Seminar
Tutorials 5 th
6 Semester-5 hrs Small group
discussions
Modified Problem 2 th
6 Semester-6 hrs Case Vignettes,
based Group
learning(MPBL) discussions,
LCD, Black board
5. Course content
Note:
[Course content would also be divided into didactic and non didactic and would
include the listing of topics. Didactic course content have to divided into paper I
and paper II for the departments in which it is applicable]
Didactic
Paper I: Not Applicable
System and total Semester wise Topic Must Desirable Nice
hours allotted distribution know to know to
(Theory Classes) know
13 (Didactic 6th Semester
Lectures) Total: 20 Hrs
2 (MPBL)
5 Tutorials/Seminars
201
Sr. Name Of Topic Must To Know Desirable To Know Nice To Know Time
No. allotment
Introduction to Yes Yes
1) Psychiatry Record the evolution of Enumerate basic
psychiatry as a Medical classification Origin of
specialty system of Psychiatry, Is it
Identify the importance of psychiatric really a science? 1 hour
the subject in Under- disorders
graduation
Specify the models of
psychiatric Disorders
2) Biology of Psychiatry Yes Mythical concepts Yes
and stigma related to Understand Medical model of and stigma related Follow the 1 hour
psychiatric illnesses Psychiatric illnesses to psychiatric concept of Mind
Illustrate the different models illnesses and body
and causative factors in treatment relationship
Psychiatry
3) History taking and Yes Yes 1 hour
Counselling skills in Define Counselling Apply the holistic
Psychiatry Distinguish how the approach in clinical
psychiatric History is different history taking
than usual medical History Enlist the various
Describe the need for techniques and
counselling in Psychiatry and skills of counselling
other branches of medicine
4) Stress and coping in Yes Demonstrate the 1 hour
Psychiatry Describe the implications of relaxation
stress in psychiatric illnesses methods and
and importance of coping in problem solving
mental wellbeing skills
5) Mental status Yes
examination Outline the basic schemata of 1 hour
MSE
Specify the importance of
MSE
Justify the principles of
assessment in different
psychiatric disorders
6) Signs & symptoms in Yes Yes Yes 1 hour
psychiatry Name various Outline the Distinguish
psychopathological signs and coherent meanings between
symptoms of psychiatric and patterns of normality and
disorders these signs and abnormality
symptoms
7) Psychopharmacology Yes Yes 1 hour
202
Classification of the Historical
psychopharmacological drugs development of
and indications of the
psychotropic medications psychopharmacolo
gical drugs
Integrate the pharmaco-
dynamics and
pharmacokinetics of
psychotropic medications
8) Mood disorder Yes 1 hour
Clinical features and
etiopathogenesis of spectrum
of mood disorders
Normal versus abnormal
mood presentations
Illustrate approach in the
management of mood
disorders
9) Schizophrenia Yes Yes 2 hour
Symptoms, subtypes of (MPBL)
Schizophrenia Epidemiology and
etiology of
Identify the principles of schizophrenia
management and prevention
of schizophrenia
10) Alcohol and other Yes 1 hour
substance related Criteria for alcohol
disorders dependence, harmful use and
alcohol induced disorders
Illustrate approach in the
management of alcohol and
related disorders
Relate medical and
psychiatric presentations
secondary to alcohol
11) Women and Mental Yes Yes 1 hour
Health Describe the gender influence Elaborate on the
on mental health treatment of the
Enlist the various mental same
health disorders in women
12) Sleep Disorders Yes Yes 1 hour
Classification of sleep Normal sleep wake
disorders cycle & Circadian
Identify common sleep Rhythm
disorders like Insomnia and
circadian rhythm sleep
disorders
203
Describe diagnostic measures
and steps in management of
Insomnia
13) Memory Yes Yes 1 hour
Specify types of memory Integrate the
principles of
Illustrate the mechanism of assessment of
memory memory
14) Disorders of sexual Yes 1hour
dysfunction Describe normal sexuality
and common sexual
dysfunctions
Elaborate the management of
sexual dysfunctions
Suicide Yes Yes 1 hour
15) Risk factors of suicide Know its
Basic things regarding its epidemiology
legal aspects especially relevant
to Indian context
16) Organic Psychiatry Yes 1hour
Describe the medical co
morbidities of psychiatric
illnesses and neuro-
psychiatric aspects of medical
illnesses
17) Neurological aspects of Yes 1hour
Delirium Etiological factors and clinical
features of delirium
Differential diagnosis of
delirium
Principles of management
18) Child and Adolescent Describe the various 1 hour
Psychiatry psychiatric disorders of
childhood and adolescent
period.
Enumerate the management
plan
19) Dissociative Yes 1 hour
Conversion and Enumerate the spectrum of
Somatoform disorder presentation
Principles of management of
conversion and somatoform
disorders
204
Non- didactic:
Practical / Clinics
TOPIC STRATEGY
History taking Case discussion and demonstration
Mental status examination Case discussion and demonstration
Schizophrenia Case discussion and demonstration
Schizoaffective disorder Case discussion and demonstration
Depression Case discussion and demonstration
Women and Mental Illness Case discussion and demonstration
Mania Case discussion and demonstration
Organic Psychiatry Case discussion and demonstration
Alcohol and other substance related Case discussion and demonstration
disorders
Cannabis and other substance related Case discussion and demonstration
disorders
Counselling skills Bedside Skill Demonstration
Psychological interventions in psychiatry Skill Demonstration
Psychopharmacology Case discussion
Ward leaving Exam
Number of Hours 45
6. Scheme of Examinations:
Ward leaving examination will be conducted at the end of the clinical postings. Students
will be objectively assessed with the help of case presentation, skill demonstration and
viva voce.
Student must secure at least 35% of the total marks fixed for internal assessment in a
The percentage of marks to be included in Medicine Paper 2----------------
7. Books Recommended:
A) Text Books
B) Reference Books:
Undergraduate Textbook of Psychiatry by Neeraj Ahuja

Textbook for Under Graduates by M.S. Bhatia
Oxford Text book of Psychiatry by Michael Gelder, Nancy C. Adearson, Juan Lopez,
John Geddes
205
(Year 2016-2017)
Department of Dermatology Venereology & leprosy
CURRICULUM FOR UNDERGRADUATES

1.Preamble:
Knowledge of medicine is vital to the practice of both health and disease. Medicine is the study and
practice of health and disease in the human. Contemporary practice of medicine is changing fast and
emerging diseases are to be taught and practiced to remain globally competitive. Aim of teaching
medicine to undergraduate students is to help them understand the scientific basis of diseases, clinical
and laboratory evaluation of them and latest guidelines to manage them effectively.
2. Goal:
The aim of teaching the under graduate students in Dermatology, Venereology and Leprosy is
to impart such Knowledge and skills that may enable him to diagnose and treat common
ailments and to refer rare diseases or complications and unusual manifestations of common diseases
to the specialist.
3. OBJECTIVES :
A) Knowledge :
At the end of the course of Dermatology, Venereology & Leprosy the student shall be able to :
1. demonstrate sound knowledge of common diseases, their clinical manifestations, including
emergent situations and of investigative procedures to confirm their diagnosis:
2. demonstrate comprehensive knowledge of various modes of therapy used in treatment of cutaneous
,Sexually transmitted diseases and leprosy .
3. describe the mode of action of commonly used drugs, their doses, side effects/toxicity, indications
and contra-indications and interactions;
4. describe commonly used modes of management including the medical and surgical procedures
available for the treatment of various diseases and to offer a comprehensive plan of management for a
given disorder;
B) Skills:
The student shall be able to
1. Interview the patient, elicit relevant and correct information and describe the history in a
chronological order:
2. Conduct clinical examination, elicit and interpret physical findings and diagnose common
disorders and emergencies .
3. Demonstrate simple, routine investigative and laboratory procedures required for making the
bed-side diagnosis, especially the examination of scrapings for fungus, preparation of slit
smears and staining for AFB for leprosy patients and for STD cases and take a skin biopsy
for diagnostic purposes .
4. Manage common diseases and recognizing the need for referral for specialized care, in case
of inappropriateness of therapeutic response.
206
C.) INTEGRATION:
The broad goal of effective teaching can be obtained through integration with departments of
Medicine, Surgery, Microbiology, Pathology, Pharmacology and Preventive & Social Medicine.
4. TEACHING STRATEGY
1. Lectures
2. Modified PBL
3. Seminars
4. Bed side clinics
5. Demonstrations
Didactic ( 1/3rd )
STRATEGY TOTAL SEMESTER WISE TEACHING
HOURS DISTRIBUTION OF HOURS MEDIA
ALLOTED
Lectures 20 Hours Semester – VI -10 LCD, Blackboard,
Semester – VII -10 White board
Non-didactic (2/3rd )

HOURS
Modified PBL 4 VI Hand outs of Case
scenario
Seminars 6 VII LCD, Blackboard,

White board
Bed side clinics 45 Days(135 hrs.) IVth , VIth & VIIth OPD and ward
/demonstration postings
Tutorials 5 LCD, Blackboard,
White board
COURSE CONTENT - Contents & Division: MK: DK: NK= 60:30:10
1- Didactic teaching topics - 20 hrs
Sr Topic Must know Desire to know Nice to know

Duration
no. (hrs)
01 Anatomy of skin Describe structure of Describe basic Describe the 01
epidermis, epidermal structure of nail & phases of hair
appendages, and hair. cycle .
dermis.
Enumerate functions
of skin.
02 Basic lesions Describe basic skin Identify and interpret 01
terminologies and various basic skin
skin lesions lesions .
207
morphology.
Recognize the pattern
of distribution of skin
lesions .
03 Bacterial infections Classify the Enumerate the 01
pyodermas. diseases caused by
Cornybacterium
Describe types, bacteria .
various clinical List the causes of
manifestation and secondary
management of pyodermas.
primary pyodermas
caused by
staphylococcal and
streptococcal
organisms.
04 Fungal infection Define mycoses. Describe Describe 01

Describe Management of differential
Etiopathogenesis of superficial fungal Diagnosis of
superficial fungal infections . fungal
infections infections.
Describe cutaneous Perform a potassium
Clinical hydroxide mount. Describe the
manifestation of clinical
fungal infections features of
including various deep
p.versicolor , fungal
dermatophytosis and infections .
candidiasis.
05 Viral infections Enumerate cutaneous Identify various viral 01

viral infection . exanthems and
Describe etiology, differentiate from
clinical features of drug rashes .
viral infection.
Describe etiology,
clinical features of
viral infection
06 Parasitic infestation Describe Describe the clinical Enumerate the 01
etiopathogenesis , features of papular clinical types
clinical features and urticaria . of cutaneous
management of leishmaniasis.
Scabies and
Pediculosis.
07 Dermatological Enumerate Describe clinical 01
emergencies dermatological feature of acute
emergencies urticaria, angioedema
, SJS, TEN &
pemphigus,
Describe
management of
acute urticaria ,
208
angioedema ,
SJS/TEN and
pemphigus.
08 Leprosy Describe leprosy, Describe Various 01

pathogenesis, clinical deformities of
manifestations and leprosy .
management of
Leprosy . Describe
Management of
Describe Types of deformities due to
lepra reaction. leprosy.
Describe
Management of lepra
reaction
09 STD enumerate all 01

ulcerative STDs and
their causative
organisms,discuss
clinical features of
various ulcerative
STD, enumerate
investigations
required for
confirmation of
diagnosis and discuss
management of all
ulcerative STD.
enumerate causative
organism of genital
discharge
Discuss clinical
feature,
investigation of
gonococcal
discharge
Discuss clinical
feature ,
investigation of
non- gonococcal
discharge
Discuss
management of
genital discharge
10 HIV Enumerate and 01

Describe cutaneous
manifestation in HIV
positive patients.
209
11 Allergic disease and Give definition of Describe Mechanism 01
drug reaction drug reaction of drug reaction
Describe Cutaneous Describe
manifestations Management of drug
reaction.
12 Papulosquamous Enumerate Describe 01

disorders papulosquamous etiopathogenesis of
disorders. psoriasis.
Define psoriasis. Describe
Describe clinical complication of
presentation of psoriasis
psoriasis . Describe
management of
psoriasis.
13 Eczema Define eczema Describe Clinical 01

Enumerate Types of features of various
eczema eczemas
Describe differential
diagnosis of eczema .
Describe
Management of
various eczemas
14 Acne Discuss Describe Path Discuss 01( DK)

epidemiology of acne physiology of acne differential
Discuss Clinical diagnosis of
presentation of acne acne vulgaris
vulgaris. Discuss
management
of acne
vulgaris .
15 Pigmentary Enumerate hypo and Describe etiology, 01( DK)

disorders hyper pigmented clinical features and
disorders management of
Vitiligo
Describe etiology,
clinical features and
management of
melasma
16 Vesiculobullous Enumerate causes of Describe etiology Describe 01( DK)

disorders cutaneous bullous clinical features of Classification
lesions. pemphigus and of bullous
pemphigoid . disorders
Describe
etiology ,
investigations
and
management
of pemphigus
and bullous
210
pemphigoid.
17 Hair disorders Describe 01

Alopecia, its
types
and
management
of various
types of
alopecia
18 Connective tissue Enlist 5 connective Describe 01

disorder tissue disorders cutaneous
having cutaneous clinical
lesions . features :
SLE ,DLE
Morphea
Scleroderma
Dermatomyosi
tis
CREST
Syndrome
19. Principle of topical Describe the general 01

therapy in principles of topical
dermatology therapy .
Enumerate the
modifications in
topical therapy and
their advantages .
20 Introduction of Enumerate the 01
dermatosurgery / common
cosmetology dermatosurgical
procedures and laser
treatment.
Describe the
indications and
contraindications and
complications of
common
dermatosurgery
procedures .
2- INTERACTIVE TEACHING - 10 Hrs

(Modified PBL & Seminars)
Strategies Topics
MPBL STD / Leprosy
Seminars Acne vulgaris , Psoriasis , Vitiligo , pemphigus and
pemphigoid , emergencies in dermatology
211
Tutorials Infections ( bacterial , viral and fungal)
Infestations
HIV
Demonstrations KOH & SSS preparations
3-Terms – Theory classes

Semester 6th: 15 hrs (Theory classes- 10 + Interactive – 5)
Semester 7th: 15 hrs (Theory classes- 10 + Interactive – 5)
4. Clinical postings - 45 days postings

(15 days during 5th, 6th&7th term)
5- Evaluation of teaching program:
Academic appraisal program: marker points term wise –
No of Marker points are - 2

1st : at the end of 10th Lectures during 6th term
2nd : at the end of 10th Lectures during 7th term
Prelims & University Examination in Paper-II-Medicine (__ marks)
Reference –Text Books:

• IADVL, Text book of Dermatology,3rd edition-R.G.Valia.
• Skin diseases and sexually transmitted ansmitted infections,5th edition- Uday Khopker.
• Dermatology and sexually transmitted infection,1st edition-Neena khanna.
• Roxberg’s common skin diseases,17th edition- Peter Roxberg.
212
(DEEMED UNIVERSITY)

DEPARTMENT
OF
RESPIRATORY MEDICINE
213
1. Preamble:
Respiratory System is one of the important systems in human body which is continuously
exposed and vulnerable to environmental agents. Increasing industrialization &
environmental pollution has resulted in more respiratory problems leading to increased
morbidity & mortality and economic burden on the society. Aim of teaching Respiratory
Medicine to undergraduate students is to help them understand the pathophysiology,
clinical presentations of common respiratory problems and orient them towards the
application of knowledge acquired in solving clinical problems.
2. Goal:
The aim of teaching undergraduate student in Pulmonary Medicine is to impart such
knowledge and skills that may enable him/her to diagnose and manage common ailments
affecting the chest with special emphasis on management and prevention of
Tuberculosis especially Revised National Tuberculosis Control Programme.
3. Objectives:
a) Knowledge:
At the end of the course of Pulmonary Medicine, the student shall be able to :
1. Demonstrate sound knowledge of common chest diseases, their manifestations,
including emergency situations and of investigative procedures to confirm their
diagnosis.
2. Demonstrate comprehensive knowledge of various modes of therapy used in
treatment of respiratory diseases .
3. Describe the modes of action of commonly used drugs, their doses, side effects/
toxicity, indications and contra indications and interactions.
4. Describe commonly used modes of management including medical and surgical
procedures available for treatment of various diseases and to offer a
comprehensive plan of management inclusive of Revised National Tuberculosis
Control programme.
b) Skills:
The student shall be able to
1. Interview the patient, elicit relevant and correct information and describe the
history in chronological order ;
2. Conduct clinical examination, elicit and interpret clinical findings and diagnose
common respiratory disorders and emergencies ;
3. Perform simple, routine investigative and office procedures required for making the
bed side diagnosis especially sputum collection and examination for etiologic
organisms especially Acid fast Bacilli (AFB), interpretation of the chest x-rays and
respiratory function tests;
4. Interpret and manage various blood gases and PH abnormalities in various
respiratory diseases ;
5. Manage common diseases recognizing need for referral for specialized care, in case
of inappropriateness of therapeutic responses ;
6. Assist in the performance of common procedures. like laryngoscopic examination,
pleural aspiration, respiratory physiotherapy, laryngeal intubation and pneumo-
thoracic drainage/aspiration
c) Integration:
214
The broad goal of effective teaching can be obtained through integration with
departments of Medicine, Surgery, Microbiology, Pathology, Pharmacology and
Community Medicine.
4. Teaching Learning Objectives

At the end of the course of Pulmonary Medicine, the student shall be able to :
1. Demonstrate sound knowledge of common chest diseases, their manifestations,
including emergency situations and of investigative procedures to confirm their
diagnosis.
2. Demonstrate comprehensive knowledge of various modes of therapy used in
treatment of respiratory diseases.
3. Describe the modes of action of commonly used drugs, their doses, side effects/
toxicity, indications and contra indications and interactions.
4. Describe commonly used modes of management including medical and surgical
procedures available for treatment of various diseases and to offer a comprehensive
plan of management inclusive of Revised National Tuberculosis Control programme.
5. Interview the patient, elicit relevant and correct information and describe the history
in chronological order ;
6. Conduct clinical examination, elicit and interpret clinical findings and diagnose
common respiratory disorders and emergencies ;
7. Perform simple, routine investigative and office procedures required for making the
bed side diagnosis especially sputum collection and examination for etiologic
organisms especially Acid fast Bacilli (AFB), interpretation of the chest x-rays and
respiratory function tests;
8. Interpret and manage various blood gases and PH abnormalities in various respiratory
diseases ;
9. Manage common diseases recognizing need for referral for specialized care, in case of
inappropriateness of therapeutic responses ;
10. Assist in the performance of common procedures. like laryngoscopic examination,
pleural aspiration, respiratory physiotherapy, laryngeal intubation and pneumo-
thoracic drainage/aspiration
Didactic : (1/3rd)
ALLOTED DISTRIBUTION OF MEDIA
HOURS
Lectures 16hrs th
6 Semester Didactic lecture

STRATEGY TOTAL HOURS TEACHING MEDIA
ALLOTTED
Demonstrative 1 hour LCD, Blackboard
teaching
Tutorials 1 hour LCD, Blackboard
Seminars 1 hour - LCD, Blackboard
215
Projects
Problem based 1 hour - Handout of case scenarios
learning
Integrated 1 hour LCD
Teaching program
5. Course content
Didactic:
Paper I:
System and Semester wise Topic Must Desirable Nice
total hours distribution know to know to
allotted know
RESPIRATORY 6TH SEMESTER 1. History, Microbiology of AFB, 
SYSTEM Pathogenesis and pathology of primary
16 hours and post primary tuberculosis
2. Clinical features, Diagnosis & 
Management of Pulmonary TB , Drug
Pharmacotherapy, Prophylaxis –Drugs/
BCG/ Tuberculin test.
3. Revised National Tuberculosis Control 
Program, Basic RNTCP & PMDT
4. Extrapulmonary Tuberculosis 
5.TB in Special situations (HIV , DM, 
Pregnancy, Liver & Renal Disease)
6 Applied anatomy & Physiology of R.S. ( 
Lung Function test, Sleep Studies, DLCO)
7 Pneumonias- CAP, HAP, VAP 
8 Respiratory infections- Atypical, fungal 
pneumonias
9 Bronchiectasis & Lung Abscess 
10 Bronchial Asthma- part I 
11 Bronchial Asthma- part II 
12 Lung & Pleural Malignancies 
13 Mediastinum & its disorders 
14 Pleural Diseases : pleural effusion & 
Pneumothorax
15 Occupational Lung Diseases 
16 Respiratory emergencies & ventilator 
management
Non- didactic:
STRATEGY TOPIC
216
Practicals / Clinics COPD (Modified PBL)
Consolidation of lung
Fibrosis of lung
Pleural effusion
Pneamothorax
Lung malignancy
Chronic bronchitis
STRATEGY TOPIC
Seminar Bronchial asthama
Ward leaving examination is taken at the end of clinical posting in 8 th semester.
Formative assessment is done in Medicine department.
A) Text Books:
Harrisons Principles of Internal Medicine, 18th edition.

Davidson's Principles and Practice of Medicine, 22nd edition.
Hutchison's clinical methods, 22nd edition.
Macleod's clinical examination, 12th edition.
API textbook of Medicine, 10th edition.
B) Reference Books:
Crofton & Douglas’s Textbook of Respiratory Diseases, 5th edition.

(DEEMED UNIVERSITY)

217
DEPARTMENT
OF
GENERAL SURGERY
1. Preamble:
The subject of General Surgery provides the knowledge of various surgical diseases and
emergency surgical procedures. An undergraduate student should be able to diagnose
surgical diseases and tackle necessary surgical emergencies. We also aim to provide
knowledge & develop skills to deliver first contact common surgical care.
2. Goal:
The broad goal of surgical education of undergraduate students in surgery is to develop a
primary care physician with appropriate knowledge, skills and attitude to manage
common surgical conditions at primary care level.
3. Objectives:
A) Knowledge:
At the end of course, the student should be able to:
1. Describe aetiology, pathophysiology, principles of diagnosis and management of
common surgical problems including emergencies in adult and children.
2. Define indications and methods for fluid and electrolytes replacement therapy
including blood transfusion.
3. Define asepsis, disinfection and sterilization and recommend judicious use of
antibiotics.
4. Describe common malignancies in the country and their management including
prevention.
5. Enumerate different types of anaesthetic agents, their indications, contraindications,
mode of administration, and side effects.
218
B) Skills:
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
• Diagnose common surgical conditions both acute and chronic, in adults and children.
• Plan various laboratory tests for surgical conditions and interpret the results.
• Identify and manage patients of hemorrhagic, septicaemia and other types of shock.
• Be able to maintain patent air-way and resuscitate.
• Monitor patient of head, chest, spinal and abdominal injuries, both in adults and
children.
• Provide primary care for a patient of burns.
• Acquire principles of operative surgery including preoperative, operative and post
operative care and monitoring.
• Treat open wound including preventive measures against tetanus and gas gangrene.
• Diagnose neonatal and paediatric surgical emergencies and provide sound primary
care before referring the patient to secondary/tertiary centres.
• Identify congenital anomalies and refer them for appropriate management.
C) Integration:
3. Apply knowledge of basic medical sciences and other relevant subjects to support
understanding of various pathologies, facilitate examination of and intervention for
the patients.
4. To apply the principles of quality of health care, legal and ethical principles and
regulations as recommended by Medical Council of India and WHO.
4. Teaching Learning Strategies:
Didactic & Non Didactic: 800 hrs.
Strategy Total hours Semester wise distribution of hours
allotted
Lectures 200 III Semester : 30
IV Semester : 19
VI Semester : 30
VII Semester : 25
VIII Semester : 53
IX Semester : 43
Tutorials 20 VI Semester
10 IX Semester
Seminars 20 VIII Semester
Integrated teaching Program 16 IX Semester
Any Other:
• X RAY, CT, SURGICAL
SPECIMENS, DRUGS,
INSTRUMENT, 58 IX Semester
OPERATIVE PROCEDURES
Clinical Posting 468 (26 wks) 1st Posting 6wks – III semester
2nd Posting 6wks - IV/V semester
3rd Posting 4 wks - VI semester
4th posting 4 wks - VIII semester
219
5th Posting 6 wks – IX semester
Distribution in of Didactic Hours:
1. General surgery : 30 hours
2. Plastic surgery : 19 hours
3. Genitourinary system (GUT) : 30 hours
4. Mouth, Oral cavity, Neck, Endocrine, Breast : 25 hours
5. Gastro Intestinal Tract (GIT) : 53 hours
6. Neurosurgery : 10 hours
7. Cardiovascular & Thoracic surgery : 10 hours
8. Paediatric surgery : 12 hours
9. Tropical surgery : 11 hours
Allied Subjects
1. Orthopaedics : 100 hours
2. Anaesthesia : 20 hours
3. Radiology : 20 hours
4. Dentistry : 20 hours
Semester wise topic distribution
• III Semester : General Surgery
• IV Semester : Plastic surgery, Anaesthesia, Radiology,
• VI Semester : GUT
• VII Semester : Oral cavity, Neck, Endocrinology, Breast, Dentistry
• VIII Semester : GIT, Anaesthesia,
• IX Semester : Neurosurgery, CVTS, Paediatric surgery, Radiology, Tropical Surgery
5. Course Content
A) Theory (Didactic)
System Semester Topic Must know Desire to know Nice to know
and total wise
hours distribution
allotted
General III Semester Systemic SIRS
Surgery- 1 Response To Neuro-hormonal response
30 hrs. Injury to injury.
Cellular response to injury.
Endothelial mediated
injury.
2 Mediators Of Different Cytokines and
Inflammation their response
inflammation.
Heat shock proteins
Reactive Oxygen
metabolites.
Histamine and other.
3 Role Of Causes and
Nutrition In consequences
Surgery of
malnutrition
in the surgical
220
patient.
Nutritional
requirements
of surgical
patients and
the nutritional
consequences
of intestinal
resection.
Different
methods of
providing
nutritional
support and
their
complications.
4 Fluid And Total body water
Electrolyte and
Imbalance compartments.
Water,
electrolyte and
acid base
imbalance.
Clinical
presentation,
investigations.
Fluid and
electrolyte
correction.
5 Haemorrhage & Various types of
Haemostasis haemorrhages.
Haemorrhage coagulation
pathways.
Surgical Methods and
mechanism of haemostasis
6 Blood Blood and Blood products.
Transfusion Indications and
complications of blood
transfusion.
Benefits and risks of blood
transfusion.
TRALI
7 Shock - Clinical Definition.
Presentation & Clinical presentation
Pathophysiology Different types of shock.
. Pathophysiology.
8 Shock - Investigations.
221
Diagnosis And Principles and priorities of
Management resuscitation.
Appropriate monitoring and
endpoints of resuscitation.
9 Ulcer Definition.
Types and Classification.
Pathogenesis.
10 Management of Investigation and

different types management.
ulcers. Management options for
different types of ulcer.
11 Sinus And Definition.

Fistula Aetiopathogenesis.
Types and Classification.
Management.
12 Surgical Site Definition.
Infection Risk factors.
Classification SSI
Measures for prevention
13 Special Enlist various specific

Infections infections.
Pathophysiology.
Management.
14 Pre & Post Basic steps in pre

Operative Care & post operative
care.
Role of
Anaesthesia in
perioperative
period. 2
15 Organ HLA
Transplantation compatibility.
Transplantabl
e organs.
Immunosuppr
ession.
Rejection of
transplanted
organs.
Issues related
to recipients.
16 TAO & Definition.
222
Raynaud’s Clinical presentation.
Disease Investigations in TAO.
Advances in management
of TAO.
17 Gangrene Definition.
Types.
Pathophysiology.
Investigation and
management.
18 Anatomy Of Superficial and deep venous
Veins Lower system of lower limb.
Limb Pathophysiology of venous
ulcer.
Discuss about peripheral
pump.
19 Varicose Veins Aetio –

pathogenesis.
Types of venous
insufficiencies.
Presentation and
various clinical
tests.
Assessment and
Management.
Endovenous
treatment.
20 Venous Aetiopathogenesis.
Thrombosis Presentation.
Investigations.
Management.
DVT prophylaxis and
prevention in Surgical cases.
21 Lymphatic Anatomy of lymphatic’s.

System & Pathology of Lymph
Lymph oedema oedema.
Types of lymph oedema.
Clinical presentations.
Assessment methods and
treatment.
22 Disaster Definition.
Management In Types hazards.
223
India Indian and World Disaster
scenario.
Vulnerability, risk, capacity.
Disaster risk reduction.
Disaster management cycle.
23 Day Care Definition.
Surgery Benefits.
Various surgeries in DCS.
Disadvantages.
24 Laparoscopy Basics of laparoscopy.
Physiological changes due
to pneumoperitonium.
Benefits of laparoscopy.
Drawbacks.
25 LASER In Concept of LASER.
Surgery Mechanism of LASER
surgery.
Applications in surgery.
26 Adjuvant Rational of
chemotherapy. chemotherapy
adjuvant
therapy.
Its indications.
Its
complications.
27 Cell Cycle & Phases of cell
Tumorogenesis cycle.
Tumorogenesis.
Anti cancer drugs
management
principles with
respect to cell
cycle.
28 Introduction To Different
Endoscopic types of
Surgery endoscopes.
Advantages of
endoscope.
Methods of
sterilization.
Associated
complications.
29 Introduction To Overall
Robotics knowledge of
robotic
surgery.
224
Advantages
and
disadvantages
.
30 Kidney Indications of renal

Transplantation transplantation.
HLA cross matching.
Immuno-suppression.
Outcome of renal
transplantation.
Tropical IX th Hydatid Liver Life cycle of parasite.

surgery Semester Clinical features.
11 hrs. Investigations.
1 Medical and surgical
management.
PAIR.
2 Intestinal Causative agent and Life
Amoebiasis cycle of parasite.
Pathology and clinical
presentation.
Diagnose and treatment.
Pharmacotherapy of
Amoebiasis
3 Liver Abscess Causative agents of Liver
abscess.
Pathology and clinical
presentation.
Diagnose and treatment.
4 Ascariasis Morphology of Ascariasis
Lumbricoides.
Life cycle and Pathogenesis.
Management.
Other round and
tapeworm.
5 Guinea Worm Causative
agent.
Life cycle.
Pathology.
Commonly
used Drugs.
225
Role of
Surgery.
6 Schistosomiasis Morphology of
Schistosomes.
Life cycle.
Pathogenesis.
Diagnosis and
management.
7 Filariasis Causative agent.
Life cycle of Wuchereria
Bancrofti.
Signs and symptoms.
Commonly used Drugs.
Role of Surgery.
8 Leprosy Infective agent.

Mode of transmission.
Classification leprosy.
Signs and Symptoms.
Diagnosis.
Prevention and treatment.
MDT.
Surgery in Leprosy.
9 Actinomycosis Aetiopathogenesi
s.
Clinical
presentation.
Investigations &
Treatment.
10 Madura Foot Epidemiology and
Causative agent.
Pathology and
clinical
presentation.
Management.
11 AIDS HIV infection & AIDS.
Clinical Presentations.
Investigation and Diagnosis.
Universal precautions.
Anti-HIV drugs & PEP.
HAART, NACO, CDC/WHO
Guideline.
Oral VII th Benign Various benign conditions
Cavity, semester Conditions Of of oral cavity.
Head, 1 Oral Cavity Clinical presentation.
Neck and Investigation and
226
Face. management.
Endocrine,
Breast
25 hrs.
2 Pre Malignant Aetiopathogenesis of oral
Conditions Of cancer.
Oral Cavity Various pre malignant
conditions of oral cavity.
Investigations and
management.
3 Carcinoma Lip Clinical presentation.

TNM Staging of Carcinoma
Lip.
Diagnosis and surgical
management of carcinoma
lip.
Prognosis.
4 Carcinoma Sites of carcinoma tongue.
Tongue Clinical presentation.
TNM Staging and
investigations in carcinoma
tongue.
Management.
5 Carcinoma Clinical features.

Cheek Investigations of carcinoma
cheek.
Management.
6 Mucus Cyst And Clinical presentation of

Ranula these conditions.
Investigate and diagnosis.
Manage a case of mucus
cyst and ranula.
7 Salivary Glands Surgical anatomy of

– Anatomy And submandibular gland.
Diseases Nerve supply and Blood
supply.
Lymphatic drainage.
Clinical presentations of
surgical diseases.
Investigations and
227
management.
8 Tumors Of Presentation
Minor Salivary of minor
Gland And salivary gland
Other Diseases tumor.
Describe its
differential
diagnosis.
Investigations
and
management.
9 Tumors Of Surgical anatomy.

Parotid Gland Tumors of parotid gland.
Investigations.
Superficial and total
parotidectomy.
Frey’s syndrome
10 Neck Swellings Various conditions causing

neck swellings.
Approach for investigation
11 Neck Dissection Triangles of neck.
Lymph node
stations.
Classification of
neck dissections.
Indications.
12 Thyroid- Embryology of thyroid
Anatomy, gland.
Physiology And Surgical anatomy and
Investigations Lymphatic drainage of
thyroid gland.
Various functions of thyroid
and its assessment.
13 Hypothyroidism Aetio-pathogenesis of
hypothyroidism.
Clinical presentation.
Investigations and
management
hypothyroidism.
14 Hyperthyroidis Describe etio-pathogenesis
228
m of hyperthyroidism.
Investigations and
management.
15 Multinodular Etio-pathogenesis of MNG.

Goiter Approach for investigations.
Surgical management of
MNG.
16 Thyroid Cancer Various

malignant
conditions
thyroid gland.
Approach for
investigations.
Stages and
management
malignant
conditions.
17 Thyroiditis And Enumerate

Retrosternal various types
Goiter of thyroiditis.
Narrate their
clinical
presentations.
Investigations
and
management.
Presentation
of retrosternal
goitre.
18 Thyroidectomy Types of thyroidectomy.
Steps of thyroidectomy.
Post- operative
complications.
19 Parathyroid Clinical presentation of
Disorders parathyroid gland disorders.
Investigation and
management of parathyroid
disorder.
20 Adrenal Gland Surgical
& anatomy and
Phaeochromocy physiology.
229
toma Clinical
presentation
of
phaeochromo
cytoma.
Various
investigations.
Medical and
surgical
Management.
21 Breast Anatomy Surgical anatomy of the

breast.
Arterial supply & venous
drainage of breast.
Lymphatic drainage of
breast.
Nerve supply and
consequences due to injury.
22 Benign Breast Aetio-pathogenesis of
Disease benign breast disease.
Different Benign conditions
of breast.
ANDI.
Treatment modalities of the
various breast diseases.
23 Breast Various types of breast
Carcinoma malignancies.
Risk factors.
Various investigations for
diagnosis and screening.
Staging of carcinoma
breast.
24 Treatment Surgical management.

Breast Cancer Indications for breast
conservation surgery.
Hormonal treatment.
Neoadjuvant and adjuvant
chemotherapy.
Management of advanced
malignancy.
25 Carcinoma Male Pathophysiolo

Breast, Breast gy of
Reconstruction carcinoma
230
breast in
male.
Treatment
approach.
Breast
reconstruction
in females.
Burns IV Semester Thermal Burns-1 Types (skin / internal) of

5 hrs. 1 Pathophysiology burns.
Pathophysiology of burns.
2 Thermal Burns – Degrees of burns.
II Classification Different methods of
& Assessment assessment burn.
3
Management Of Different fluid used for
Burns treatment and its rational.
Nutritional management.
Surgical management.
Role of physiotherapy.
4 Non Thermal Types of non
Burns thermal burns.
Etio-patho-
physiology of non
thermal burns.
Management of
non thermal
burn.
5 Burns Assessment ,
Contracture Complications
and effects of
contractures.
Management of
contracture.
231
Paper II
System Semester Topic Must know Desire to know Nice to know
and total wise
hours distribution
allotted
Plastic IV Wound healing Classification of
Surgery- Semester wounds.
14 hrs. Stages of wound
1 healing.
Investigations
2 Wound Methods for wound

Management management.
Types skin grafting.
Physiology of graft
acceptance and causes
of rejection.
3 Abnormal wound Definition of Scar and
healing. Keloid.
Management.
4 Local Flaps Indications for
flaps and ladder
of reconstruction.
Types of local
flaps.
Advantages and
disadvantages of
flap.
5 Skin Cancer- Basal Epidemiology of skin
Cell Carcinoma cancer.
Anatomy of skin.
Differential diagnosis.
Histological features.
6 Skin Cancer - Types malignant
Melanoma melanoma.
Stages and
management.
Sentinel LN biopsy in
Melanoma.
7 Skin Cancer- Enlist premalignant

Squamous Cell conditions of skin.
232
Carcinoma Clinical presentation.
Histopathological
features.
Staging and
management.
Mohs surgery
8 Skin Infections- Various infectious
conditions of skin.
Complications related
to different types of
skin infection.
Assessment and
management of the
abscess.
9 Skin- vascular Haemangiomas.
tumours A-V malformations.
Investigations and
management.
10 Skin and Various soft tissue
subcutaneous tumor- lipoma, neuro
tissue – benign and dermatofibroma.
Tumours Cysts- dermoid,
epidermal,
trichilemmal.
11 Soft tissue Types of soft tissue
sarcoma sarcoma.
Principles of
assessment.
Treatment modalities
and outcome.
12 Development Of Embryology
Face and
development
of face.
Various types
of Anomalies
of face related
to
development.
13 Management Of Types of the cleft
Cleft Lip And lip and cleft
Plate palate.
Surgical
management.
14 Foot Lesions in Various foot lesion in

Diabetes & its diabetes and it’s
233
Management Pathophysiology.
Assessment and
management.
GUT VI Investigations of Various investigations
30 hrs. Semester Urinary Tract How to perform.
Interpretation and its
1 applications.
2 Development of Parts of nephric
Kidney, Ureter system.
And Bladder Development of
kidney, ureter and
bladder.
Anomalies of
nephric system.
3 Renal calculus. Aetiopathogenesis of

Urolithiasis.
Describe Various
clinical presentation of
urolithiasis.
Investigations in
urolithiasis.
Surgical management
and complications of
surgery.
ESWL, PCNL.
4 Ureteral And Aetiopathogenesis.
Bladder Stones Clinical features.
Evaluation of stones.
Cystoscopy/
Ureteroscopy
Management.
ESWL.
5 Hydronephrosis Causes of
Hydronephrosis.
Pathophysiology.
Investigations- IVP
other.
Open and endoscopic
management.
PCN.
6 Pyelonephritis Definition
pyelonephritis.
234
Investigations.
Management.
7 Pyonephrosis and Definition.
Perinephric Pathophysiology.
Abscess Clinical presentation.
Investigations.
Management.
8 Renal Clinical presentation.

Tuberculosis Complications of renal
tuberculosis.
Investigations.
Pharmacotherapy
Complications of renal
tuberculosis.
DOTS.
9 Cystitis Define cystitis.
Investigations and
management.
10 Renal Cell Aetiology of RCC
Carcinoma Risk factors.
Management.
11 Wilm’s Tumor Genetics of Wilm’s
Tumor.
Investigations.
Management.
Pre-natal Diagnosis.
12 Surgical Exposure Surgical approach for
Of Kidney renal calculus.
Surgical approach for
renal malignancy.
13 Urethral And Mechanism of injury.
Urinary Bladder Intra and extra
Injury peritoneal rupture of
bladder.
Investigation and
management.
14 Urinary Define
Incontinence incontinence.
Causes of
incontinence.
235
Investigations and
management.
Uroflometry.
15 Renal Trauma Mode of renal trauma.
Grades of renal trauma.
Imaging studies in renal
trauma.
Management.
16 Haematuria & Causes of Haematuria.
Retention Of Investigations for
Urine assessment.
Causes for retention of
urine.
Clinical features.
Management of
retention and
Haematuria.
Urethral
catheterization.
17 Bladder Cancer . Aetiopathology of
carcinoma
bladder.
Clinical
presentation.
TNM Staging of ca
bladder.
Various treatment
modalities.
Surgical
management and
complications of
surgery.
18 Benign Prostatic Surgical anatomy of
Hyperplasia prostate.
Pathophysiology of
BPH.
Signs and symptoms of
BPH.
Medical and surgical
management of BHP.
19 Prostate Cancer Aetiopathogenesis.

TNM staging of ca
prostate.
Role of biomarkers.
236
Management and
complications.
20 Surgical Anatomy Development and
Of Penis And surgical anatomy of
Methods Of penis.
Circumcision. Clinical presentation of
Phimosis.
Circumcision.
21 Urethritis, Causes.
Urethral Clinical
Stricture, presentation.
Peyronie’s Radiological
Disease assessment of
conditions.
Management.
22 Priapism, Causes of the
Phimosis, pathology.
Paraphimosis, Describe clinical
Balanoprosthitis presentations.
Investigations.
23 Male infertility Definition.
Causes of male
infertility.
Investigations
Management of
infertility.
24 Erectile Causes ED
dysfunction Clinical features
Management.
25 Carcinoma Penis Premalignant lesions of
penis.
Histopathological types
of carcinoma penis.
TNM Staging.
Partial and total
amputation of penis.
Chemo and
radiotherapy.
26 Surgical Anatomy Layers of scrotum.

of Scrotum And Describe anatomy
Testis, of testes.
Descent of testis.
27 Retractile Testis Clinical features of
Testicular Tortion retractile testis.
237
Clinical
presentation and
management of
testicular torsion.
28 Hydrocele Enumerate types,
Epididymo- causes of hydrocele.
Orchitis Describe clinical
presentation of
Epididymo-orchitis.
Investigation and
management
29 Testicular Various clinical
Tumour presentations.
Classification of
testicular tumours.
Stage Testicular
tumour.
Various treatment
modalities.
30 Varicocele Causes of
varicocele.
Methods for
assessment and
grades.
Complications of
chronic
varicocele.
Management.
GIT VIII th Oesophagus Surgical anatomy of
53 hrs SEMESTER oesophagus.
1 Physiology of
oesophageal phase of
swallowing.
2 Dysphasia Causes of the
Dysphasia.
Investigations.
3 GERD Symptoms of GERD.

Endoscopic
classification.
management.
4 Oesophageal Causes.
Stricture And Clinical
238
Perforation presentations.
Role of
endoscopy.
Radiological
Investigations.
Management.
5 Oesophageal Aetiopathogenesis.
Carcinoma Clinical presentation.
Role of endoscopic
USG.
Radiological evaluation.
Different surgical
approaches for
treatment.
Chemotherapy and
radiotherapy.
6 Spleen Surgical anatomy.
Role of spleen in
haemolytic diseases.
Functions of spleen.
Spleniculi
7 Splenomegaly Causes of
splenomegaly.
Clinical features.
Evaluation of
splenomegaly.
Indications for
splenectomy.
Post splenectomy
complications.
Immunization protocol.
8 Splenic Injury And Grading of splenic
OPSI injury.
Abdominal signs.
Resuscitation.
Investigation and
management.
9 Splenectomy Operative steps in

emergency/electiv
e splenectomy.
Intra-operative
complications and
management.
Post operative
complications and
239
management.
10 Liver Attachments of liver.
Segmental anatomy of
liver.
Arterial supply.
Venous drainage.
Biliary circulation.
Functions of liver.
11 Benign Tumors Of Various causes
Liver benign tumour.
Clinical
presentation.
Investigation and
management.
12 Hepatocellular Different presentation
Carcinoma HCC.
Investigations in HCC.
TNM staging
Indications of liver
resection.
Chemotherapy
13 Secondaries in Causes of secondaries
Liver in liver.
Methods of evaluation
for secondaries.
Modalities of
management.
14 Portal Definition of portal
Hypertension hypertension.
Aetiopatho-
physiological effect of
PH.
Child’s classification.
management.
Management of
bleeding varices.
15 Liver Injury Clinical features.

CT grading of injury.
Approach for
management in stable
and unstable patients.
16 Biliary Tract Intra and extra
Anomalies hepatic biliary
anatomy.
240
Various biliary
anomalies.
Role of ERCP.
Role of CT in
assessment.
Clinical and intra-
operative
significance.
17 Choledocholithias Pathophysiology of
is stone formation.
Types of stones.
Effect of
choledocholithiasis
Investigations and
management.
18 Cholecystitis- Clinical presentation.
Acute And Investigations
Chronic Medical and surgical
Management.
Complications.
19 Choledochal Cyst Types of
choledochal cyst.
Clinical
presentation
Investigations and
management.
20 Tumours Of Predisposing
Biliary Tract factors.
Types of
biliary
tumour.
Clinical
presentation.
Investigations
and
management.
21 Obstructive Causes of obstructive

Jaundice jaundice.
Investigations and
management.
22 Bile Duct Injuries Causes of bile
duct injuries.
Grading of bile
duct injuries.
241
Clinical
presentation.
Investigations
and
management.
23 Pancreas Development of
pancreas.
Surgical anatomy of
pancreas.
Physiology of
pancreatic secretions.
Sphincter of Oddi.
24 Pancreas ERCP
Role of CT and
MRI.
Clinical
presentation of
annular pancreas
Surgical
Management.
25 Acute Clinical presentation
Pancreatitis Assessment of acute
pancreatitis.
Investigations in
pancreatitis.
Ranson’s scoring
Medical surgical
Management
Enumerate
Complications
26 Chronic Definition
Pancreatitis Clinical presentation
Investigations
management.
27 Pseudocyst Of Causes for pseudocyst

Pancreas formation.
Clinical features.
Indications for surgical
intervention.
Surgical procedures
and their
complications.
28 Pancreatic Cancer Etio-pathogenesis
Classification (exocrine
242
& endocrine tumor)
Criterion of operability
management
29 Peritoneum & Anatomy of
Mesentery peritoneum.
Causes of
peritonitis.
Enumerate types
of peritonitis.
Mesenteric cyst.
30 Stomach & Anatomy of stomach
Duodenum and duodenum.
Investigations for
evaluation of stomach
and duodenum.
Lymphatic drainage of
stomach.
31 Peptic Ulcers Physiology of acid
secretion.
Protective mechanisms.
Ulcer formation.
Clinical feature.
Investigations.
Medical management
of Peptic ulcer disease.
32 Surgery of Causes of gastric outlet
Chronic Peptic obstructions.
Ulcer Indications for the
surgery.
Surgical options for
peptic ulcer
management.
Post operative
complications.
33 Carcinoma Aetiopathology of
Stomach carcinoma stomach.
Types of gastric
carcinoma.
Clinical presentations
Endoscopic evaluation
TNM staging.
Laparoscopic staging.
34 Management of Surgical
carcinoma operations.
stomach Levels of lymph
243
nodes dissections.
Chemo-
radiotherapy.
35 GIST Common
gastrointestinal
stomal tumours.
Clinical features.
Investigations and
management.
36 Upper Definition and causes
Gastrointestinal of upper GI bleeding.
Bleeding Investigations.
management.
37 Diverticular Causes and
Disease of GIT types of
diverticular
disease.
Clinical
features of
Meckel’s
diverticulum.
Medical and
surgical
management.
38 Small Intestinal Causes of small
Obstruction intestinal obstruction.
Pathophysiology in
dynamic obstruction.
Clinical Presentation.
Initial resuscitation.
39 Lower Cause of lower GI

Gastrointestinal Bleed.
Bleeding Clinical Presentation
Diagnostic Evaluation in
lower GI bleeding.
Medical, endoscopic,
interventional and
surgical management.
Abdominal Etio-pathalogy of
40 Tuberculosis abdominal TB
Clinical features
Investigations
244
management.
41 Inflammatory Definition IBD.
Bowel Disease Causes IBD.
Role of colonoscopy.
Medical &
Management.
42 Surgical Anatomy Surgical anatomy.
Of colon, Rectum Arterial supply and
And Anal Canal lymph & venous
drainage. Attachments
of the rectum.
Narrate the nerve
supply its role anal
continence.
43 Rectal Prolapse Aetiopathogenesis.
And Clinical features.
haemorrhoids Surgical Management.
44 Colonic Molecular Biology &
carcinoma. Pathology.
Risk Factors.
Sign and Symptoms.
Staging of colon cancer.
45 Rectal Carcinoma Clinical presentation.
Staging.
Investigations.
Surgical management
AR, LAR, APR.
Chemotherapy.
46 Cancers Of Anal Histopathological types
Canal of anal carcinoma.
Stage specific therapy.
47 Appendicitis Pathophysiology of
appendicitis.
Types of appendicitis.
48 Complications of Complications –
appendicitis abscess, perforation.
Appendectomy Surgical anatomy of
appendix.
Appendectomy.
49 Inguinal Hernia Aetiology.
Clinical assessment.
Different open and
laparoscopic
245
approaches for the
treatment of hernias.
Complications.
Causes of recurrence.
50 Incisional Hernia Aetiology.
Assessment of defect.
Different open and
laparoscopic
approaches for the
treatment of hernias.
Complications.
51 Rare hernias. Different rare hernias
Clinical presentation
Assessment approach
management
52 Abdominal Types of abdominal
Trauma trauma.
Investigations- USG, CT,
X ray, DPL, FAST.
Resuscitation.
53 Morbid Obesity Definition and
assessment of obesity.
Metabolic effects.
Investigations.
management.
Neurosurg IX semester Hydrocephalus Relevant anatomy.
ery 1 Patho-physiology.
10hrs Clinical features.
Investigations.
Management
hydrocephalus.
2 Intracranial Neurosurgical
Infections infections.
Clinical features.
Investigations.
Management.
3 Brain Tumors Classification brain
tumors.
Clinical signs and
Symptoms.
Investigations and
Management.
4 Head Injury And Classification of head
Intra Cranial injury.
Haemorrhage- I Mechanism and
246
Pathophysiology.
Clinical features.
Indications for CT scan.
5 Head Injury And Neurological
Intra Cranial examination.
Haemorrhage- II Investigations.
Management of EDH,
SDH, subarachnoid
haemorrhage.
6 Arteriovenous AVMs’
Malformations Types and
presentations.
Investigations.
Management.
7 CNS Developmenta
Developmental l anomalies
Anomalies brain and
spinal cord.
Investigations
for
assessment.
Management.
8 Structure and Anatomical
Injuries of section of
Peripheral Nerve peripheral nerve.
Classification
nerve injuries.
Different nerve
sheath tumours.
9 Diagnosis and Clinical

Management of presentation.
Nerve Injury Neurological
assessment.
Diagnosis nerve
injury.
Surgical
management.
Supportive
treatment.
10 Peripheral Nerve Schwannoma,
Sheath Tumours Neurofibroma and
Malignant nerve sheath
tumours.
Work up for a nerve
lesion.
247
Indications for surgery
and management.
CVTS IX semester Surgical Anatomy Surgical anatomy chest
10hrs 1 of Chest Wall and wall.
Inter Costal Drain Triangle of safety.
( ICD) Indications intercostals
drain.
Complications.
2
Diseases of Common surgical
Pleura: diseases of pleura.
Empyema, Empyema.
Malignant Pleural Symptoms &
Effusion clinical sign.
Investigation and
management.
3 Chest Wall Various types
Injuries pneumothorax.
Flail chest.
Pathophysiology in
above conditions.
Investigations and
management.
4 Thoracic Organ Mechanism of

Injury injury to great
vessels and
heart.
Cardiac
temponade,
mediastinal
injuries.
Investigations
and
management.
5 Lung Cancer Aetiopathogenesis.
TNM classification.
Investigations.
Chemotherapy.
6 Mediastinal Classification of
Tumors And Cyst mediastinal tumours.
248
Role of
mediastinoscopy.
Investigations.
Management.
7 CABG Evaluation of
ischemia.
Indications for
CABG.
Complications of
CABG.
8 Valvular Heart Pathophysiology of
Diseases Valvular heart diseases.
Clinical Presentation of
valvular heart diseases.
Complication of
valvular heart diseases.
Evaluation and surgical
correction.
9 Congenital Heart Patho-physiology in
Disease congenital heart
diseases
Clinical presentation
Narrate Importance of
cyanotic / acyanotic
investigations and
management.
10 Aortic Dissection Define aortic

And Aneurysms dissection.
Types of
aneurysm.
Investigation and
management.
Paediatric IX semester Chest Wall Congenital and
surgery 1 Deformity acquired chest
12 hrs wall deformity
Clinical
presentation
Investigations
Management.
2 Undescended Normal descends of
Testes testis.
Causes of mal-descend.
Problems due to
undescended testis.
Investigations.
249
Management of
undesended testis.
3 Hypospadias Classification
of
hypospadias.
Clinical
features.
Investigations
and
management.
4 Congenital Various congenital
Malformation of malformations of
Kidney, PUJ kidney.
Obstruction PUJ obstruction.
Investigations and
management.
5 Infantile Pyloric Predisposing factors.
Stenosis Clinical presentations.
Investigation and
management.
6 Intussusception Definition of
intussusception.
Types and causes of
intussusceptions.
Investigations and
management.
7 Anorectal Types of
Malformations anorectal
malformations
.
Investigations
and
management
of anorectal
malformations
8 Hirschprung’s Pathophysiolo
Disease gy of
Hirschprung’s
disease.
Investigations
in
Hirschprung’s
disease.
Surgical
treatment.
250
9 Congenital Aetiology for CDH
Diaphragmatic and malrotation.
Hernia(CDH) And Clinical
Malrotaion presentation.
Investigations and
surgical
management.
10 Intestinal Atresia Various types of
intestinal atresia.
Antenatal diagnosis.
Investigations and
surgical management.
11 Childhood Aetiology.
Tumors And Its Clinical features.
Management Investigation and
management.
12 Oesophageal Antenatal diagnosis.
atresia and Clinical features.
trachea- Types of TOF.
oesophageal Investigations.
fistula Surgical treatment.
Complications.
NON DIDACTIC TEACHING STRATEGY

Strategy Topics - 20
Seminars 1. Dysphasia
2. Cellulites
3. Diabetic foot
4. Jaundice.
5. Pain in Abdomen.
6. Haematemesis.
7. Haematuria.
8. Lymphadenopathy.
9. Hydatidosis.
10. Deep vein thrombosis.
11. Thyrotoxicosis.
12. Peripheral Vascular disease.
13. Lymp in Abdomen quadrant wise D/D
14. Lymphadema.
15. Varicose Veins.
16. Surgical suture material.
251
17. Total parenteral nutrition.
18. Ultrasonography, CAT scan, MRI.
19. Basic principle of Minimal invasive surgery.
20. Endoscopy.
Strategy Topics - 30 Semester
Tutorials 1. Ulcer VI Semester
2. Shock
3. Wound infection
4. Surgical site infection
5. Special infection
6. Fluid and electrolyte
imbalance
7. Role of nutrition in surgery
8. Blood transfusion
9. Peripheral vascular disease
10. Lymphatic system and
lymph edema
11. Venous disorders
12. Laparoscopy
13. Wound healing
14. Burns
15. Skin cancer
16. Tuberculosis
17. Typhoid
18. Day care anaesthesia
19. Investigations of urinary
tract IX Semester
20. Renal infection
21. Urolithiasis
22. Urothelial malignancy
23. Benign conditions of oral
cavity
24. Retention cysts
25. Tumours of parotid gland
26. Thyroid dysfunction
27. Motility disorders
28. Chronic pancreatitis
29. Hernia
30. Biliary disorder
Strategy Topics
PROBLEM BASED LEARNING - 8 HRS 1. Unconscious patient in RTA
2. Neck secondaries with Occult primaries
3. Shock
4. Upper GI Bleeding
5. GERD
6. Jaundice
252
7. Chronic abdomen
8. Acute abdomen
9. Spleenomegaly
10. Cervical Lymphadenopathy
11. Lump in different quadrants of abdomen
12. Deep vein thrombosis
13. Leg Ulcer
14. Cellulites
15. Haematuria
16. Dysphagia
17. Per rectal bleeding
18. Peripheral vascular disease
19. Vomiting
20. Anaemia
Integrated Teaching - 16 hrs. 1. Jaundice
2. Hyperthyroidism
3. Diabetes Mellitus
4. Enteric Fever
5. Shock
6. HIV Infection
Operative Procedure Demonstration 1. Intravenous cannulation.
2. Skin Suturing
3. Nasogastric tube insertion.
4. Urethral catheterization
5. Excision of sebaceous cyst, dermoid cyst.
6. Excision of lipoma.
7. Excision of corn.
8. Phimosis
9. Demonstration of eversion of sac
10. Demonstration of herniotomy,
herniorrhaphy and hernioplasty.
11. Orchidectomy and orchidopexy
12. Appedicectomy.
13. Cystolithomy
14. Modified radical mastectomy.
15. Hemi and total thyroidectomy.
16. Abdominal wall closure
17. Creation of pneumoperitoneum and
laparoscopic cholecystectomy.
18. Surgical exposure of kidney
19. Anatomy of intra-abdominal organs
20. Resection and anastomosis of bowel
Simulation Lab Teaching 1. Intravenous cannulation.
2. Surgical knotting by finger
3. Surgical knotting by instrument
4. Ideal Skin Suturing technique
5. Male Urethral catheterization
253
6. Female Urethral catheterization
7. Chest tube insertion.
Clinics 1. Scheme of case taking
2. Special symptoms and signs
3. Examination of lump/ swelling
4. Examination of ulcer, sinus, fistula.
5. Examination in Peripheral vascular
disease.
6. Examination of Gangrene.
7. Examination of Varicose veins
8. Examination of Lymphatic system
9. Examination of Muscles, Nerve, Tendons
& fasciae.
10. Examination related examination of
bones and joints.
11. Examination of hand and foot.
12. Examination of face and oral cavity.
13. Examination of Salivary gland
14. Examination of Parotid gland
15. Examination of Thyroid gland
16. Examination of Neck swellings
17. Examination of Breast
18. Examination of acute, chronic abdominal
conditions and lump in abdomen.
19. Examinations in hernias
20. Examination of inguinoscotal swellings.
21. Digital Rectal examination
22. Examination of male genitalia
Paper Wise Course Content
Systems
Paper-I Surgery: General surgery, Tropical surgery Head Neck Face, Oral
cavity, Endocrinology, Burns and Breast
Orthopaedics and trauma
Paper-II GIT, GUT, Paediatric Surgery, CVTS, Plastic Surgery, Dental surgery,
Radiology, Anaesthesia, Neurosurgery
( Shall contain one BAQ on basic sciences and allied subjects)
6. Evaluation
Academic Appraisal Programme
Marker Point Placement
Sr. Syllabus semester Semester Marker point Expected date of
No. completion
1 General Surgery III Semester Shock th
4 week of October
2 Plastic Surgery IV Semester Burns 2th week of April
3 GUT VI Semester Haematuria 2nd week of April
4 HNF VII Semester Thyrotoxicosis th
4 week of September
254
5 Endocrine VII Semester Carcinoma Breast 4th week of September
6 GIT VIII Semester Upper GI bleeding 2nd week of April
7 Paediatric Surgery IX Semester Undescended testes 2nd week of September
8 CVTS IX Semester Chest wall injuries 2nd week of September
9 Neurosurgery IX Semester Head injury 4th week of September
10 Tropical Surgery IX Semester Hydatid disease 4th week of September
255

(MK) – 60 % (DK) – 30 % (NK) – 10 %
LAQ (4) (4) 15 M x 2
2/4 Level I –2 - - = 30 M
Level II – 2
SAQ (6) (3) (2) (1) 6Mx5
BAQ (11) (7) (3) (1) 3 M x 10
MCQ (30) (18) (9) (3) 1 M x 30
256
Template Final MBBS Part-II
Surgery Paper-I
( Surgery : Section-B)
Time: 3 Hours
Must Know Desirable to Nice to know M Marks

(MK) – 60 % know (NK) – 10 %
(DK) – 30 %
Surgery
LAQ (2) (2) 15 M x 1 = 15 M
1/2 Level II -2
SAQ (4) 2 1 1 6 M x 3 = 18 M
3/4 Level I -1 Level I -1 Level I -1
Level II -1
BAQ (6) 3 2 1 3 M x 5 = 15 M
Level II -1 Level II -1
MCQ (15) 15/15 9 4 2 1 M x 15 = 15 M
Level I -7 Level I -3 Level I -1
Level II -2 Level II -1 Level II -1
About 60:30:10 (MK:DK:NK) Total 63

Template Final MBBS Part-II
Surgery Paper-I
( Orthopedics : Section-C)
Time: 3 Hours
Orthopedics
Section-C
Must Know Desirable to Nice to know M Marks
(MK) – 60 % know (NK) – 10 %
(DK) – 30 %
Orthopedics
LAQ (2) (2) 15 M x 1 = 15 M
1/2 Level I -2
SAQ (3) 1 1 1 6 M x 2 = 12 M
BAQ (6) 3 2 1 3 M x 5 = 15 M
Level II -1 Level II -1
MCQ (15) 15/15 9 4 2 1 M x 15 = 15 M
Level I -7 Level I -3 Level I -1
Level II -2 Level II -1 Level II -1
About 60:30:10 (MK:DK:NK) Total 57
257
Marksheet
7. Recommended Books:
A) Text Books.
1. Bailey & Love’s Short Practice of Surgery. 26th Edition.
2. A Concise Text Book of Surgery S. Das. 9th Edition
3. Manual of Clinical Surgery S. Das. 11th Edition
4. Farquharson’s Text Book of Operative General Surgery.6th Edition
5. Lee Mcgregors Synopsis of Surgical Anatomy. 12th Edition
6. Surgical Instruments. Dr. S.R. Joharapurkar. 4th Edition
7. LAST’S Anatomy: Regional and Applied. RWH McMinn.11th Edition
B) Reference Book:
1. Fischer’s Mastery of Surgery. 6th Edition
2. Maingot’s Abdominal Operations. 12th Edition
3. Physical Sign and Symptoms Hamilton Bailey.19th Edition
4. Sabiston Text Book of Surgery. 19th Edition
5. Oxford Text Book of Surgery.2nd Edition
6. Pye’s Surgical Handicraft. 22th Edition
7. Rosai Ackerman’s Surgical Pathology. 10th Edition
8. Schwartz’s Principles Of Surgery.10th Edition
258
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
A. Internal Assessment.
Student must secure at least 35% marks of the total marks fixed for internal
assessment in a Particular subject in order to be eligible to appear in final
For General Medicine, General Surgery, Gynaecology & Obstetrics and Paediatrics (Theory):
There shall be two terminal and one preliminary examination.
First Terminal examination at the end of sixth semester
Second Terminal examination at the end of eight semesters
Preliminary examination during ninth semester after completion of the
course
Clinical & oral examinations:
First clinical examination at the end of first posting
Second clinical examination at the end of third posting
Clinical Examination in at the end of Respective Posting
Orthopedics, Radiology, dental, Casualty
Preliminary examination During ninth semester after
Completion of the posting
Table-I
Distribution & Calculation of Marks
1st Terminal ( VI Semester) 120 -- 120 III Semester - 50
2nd Terminal ( VIII Semester) 120 -- 120 VI Semester - 50
Gen. Surgery Allied (At the end of
respective posting )
-- * Ortho 50
-- * Radiology 15
-- * Casualty 15
-- * Dental 10
Total-90
Total 480 40 520 (divided by 390 (divided by 13)
17.33)
Reduced to -- -- 30 30
*Due weightage shall be given to the subjects in second term ending examination in theory.
Internal Assessment Course Content

I PCT Paper-I
Paper-II
II PCT & Preliminary Paper –I (including Orthopaedics) & Paper-II
Distribution of questions as per core area

GENERAL SURGERY - PAPER-I
(Surgery)
259
Distribution of questions as per core area
Sr. no. Type of Questions Questions to be set Questions to be solved by student

1 MCQ 15 15
2 BAQ 06 05
3 SAQ 04 03
4 LAQ 02 01
Table showing distribution of marks as per core area and No. of questions in a co-reliable
manner.
Sr. no Type of Must to Desirable Nice to Marks Total no of Total
Question know to know know Questions to Marks
(60%) (30%) (10%) be solved
1 MCQ 9 4 2 1M 15Q 15
Level I - 7 Level I - Level I -
Level II – 3 1
2 Level II - Level II -
1 1
2 BAQ 3 2 1 3M 05 Q 15
Level I - Level I - Level I - (5 out of 6)
2 1 1
Level II - Level II -
1 1
3 SAQ 2 1 1 6M 03 Q 18
1 1 1
Level II -
1
4 LAQ 2 ___ ____ 15M 01 Q 15
Level II - (1 out of 2)
2
Total Marks 63
260
Orthopedics
Sr. no. Type of Questions Questions to be set Questions to be solved by student

1 MCQ 15 15
2 BAQ 06 05
3 SAQ 03 02
4 LAQ 02 01
Table showing distribution of marks as per core area and No. of questions in a co-reliable
manner.
Sr. no Type of Must to Desirable Nice to Marks Total no of Total
Question know to know know Questions to Marks
(60%) (30%) (10%) be solved
1 MCQ 9 4 2 1M 15 Q 15
Level I - 7 Level I - Level I -
Level II – 3 1
2 Level II - Level II -
1 1
2 BAQ 3 2 1 3M 05 Q 15
2 1 1
Level II - Level II -
1 1
3 SAQ 1 1 1 6M 02 Q 12
1 1 1
4 LAQ 2 ___ ____ 15M 01 Q 15

Level I - (1 out of 2)
2
Total Marks 57
261
General Surgery Paper-II
Distribution of questions as per core area.
Sr. no. Type of Questions Questions to be set Questions to be solved

by student
1 MCQ 30 30
2 BAQ 11 10
3 SAQ 06 05
4 LAQ 04 02
Sr. no Type of MK60% DK30% NK10% Marks Total Total

Question Questions Marks
18 9 3
1M
1 MCQ Level I - 14 Level I - 7 Level I - 2 30 30
Level II - 4 Level II – 2 Level II - 1
7 3 1
2 BAQ Level I - 5 Level I - 2 Level I - 1 3M 10 30
Level II - 2 Level II - 1 (10 out of 11)
3 2 1
3 SAQ Level I - 2 Level I - 1 Level I - 1 6M 05 30
Level II - 1 Level II - 1 (5 out of 6)
4
4 LAQ Level I - 2 --- --- 15M 02 30
Level II - 2 (2 out of 4)
Total
120 M
Marks
262
CLINICAL & PRACTICAL GENERAL SURGERY
Total 200 marks
Sr. No. Particulars Total

1. Clinical – One Long case 100 marks
2. One short case – Surgery 25 marks
3. One short case – Orthopaedics 25 marks
50 marks
4. OSCE (Objective structure & clinical exercises) (25 marks each for Surgery &
Orthopaedics)
Oral/ Viva Voce 40 marks

(Tobe added to theory)
Oral I: 20 marks
Operative procedure, Instruments, Drugs 10 marks

Radiodiagnosis 10 marks
Oral II: 20 marks
Surgical specimens, 10 marks

Orthopaedics, 10 marks.
University – Scheme of Examination
Marksheet
263
DATTA MEGHE INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL SCIENCES (DEEMED
UNIVERSITY)
DEPARTMENT OF ORTHOPAEDICS
1. PREAMBLE:
Until one is committed, there is hesitancy, the chance to draw back, always ineffectiveness.
Concerning all acts of initiative and creativeness, there is only one elementary truth, the
ignorance of which kills countless ideas and splendid plans; that the moment one commits
oneself, then providence moves too. All sorts of things occur to help one that would have
never otherwise occurred. A whole stream of events issues from the decision, raising in
one’s favour all manner of unforeseen incidents and meetings and material assistance, which
no man would have dreamt of would have come his way.
2. GOALS:
The knowledge acquired in Orthopaedics should help the student to integrate molecular events with
structure and function of the human body in health and disease. Towards this, the departments would
facilitate:
1. The principles, diagnosis and primary management and be able to give appropriate referral
for further definitive management of bones and joints injuries
2. Etiology, manifestations and diagnosis, primary management and give their referral for
further management.
3. OBJECTIVES
A. KNOWLEDGE:
The student shall be able to understand:
1) The principles, diagnosis and primary management and be able to give appropriate
referral for further definitive management of bones and joint injuries.
2) Osteogenesis, manifestation and diagnosis, primary management and give their referral
for appropriate correction or rehabilitation of common musculoskeletal disorders
including infections of bones and joints; congenital skeletal anomalies, metabolic bone
diseases and neoplasm affecting bones.
B. SKILLS:
1) Detect soft tissue injuries such as sprains and strains.
2) Detect common fractures of extremities.
3) Deliver first aid measures for common fractures and sprains.
4) Deliver emergency measures to poly trauma patients.
5) Manage uncomplicated fractures of clavicle, forearm, phalanges etc.
264
6) Use techniques of splinting such as application of Thomas splint, plaster slab and casts,
immobilization by skin tractions etc.
7) Learn indications for closed reductions, open reductions, internal fixation and external
fixations of fracture.
8) Manage common bone infection; learn indications for sequestration, amputation and
corrective measures for bone deformities.
9) Advice and council patient for rehabilitation for post traumatic, poliomyelitis, cerebral
palsy and amputation.
Be able to perform certain orthopaedic skills, provide sound advice of skeletal and
related conditions at primary or secondary health care level.
C. INTEGRATION:
The undergraduate teaching in orthopaedic shall be integrated at various stages with different
preclinical ,Paraclinical and other clinical departments.
4. TEACHING LEARNING STRATEGIES

[ Teaching Learning strategies have to be restructured as follows]
Didactic & Non Didactic : 280 Hrs.
STRATEGY TOTAL HOURS SEMESTER WISE

HOURS
Lectures 52 Hrs 6th Sem 18 hrs

8th Sem 18 Hrs
9th Sem 16 Hrs
Tutorials 22 Hrs 8th Sem
Demonstrative teaching 18 Hrs 8th Sem
Seminars 8 Hrs 8th Sem
Problem based learning /
Integrated Teaching
program
Any other..
CLINICAL POSTING 180 Hrs 1st Posting 4 wks – IV
semester
2nd Posting 4wks – VI
Semester
3rd Posting 2 wks – IX
semester
265
5. COURSE CONTENT
Note:
[Course content would also be divided into didactic and non didactic and would include
the listing of topics. Didactic course content have to divided into paper I and paper II
for the departments in which it is applicable]
A) Theory (Didactic)
Syste Semes Topic Must know Desirable to know Nice to
m and ter know
total wise
hours distrib
allotte ution
d
1. 52 Hrs 6th General Introduction to
Sem Orthopaedics orthopaedics,
18 hrs History of
orthopaedics:
Sir Robert Jones, Hugh
Owen Thomas, John
Charnley.
2. Definition,
classification, clinical
features and broad
principles of
management of
fractures, dislocations &
sprains.
3. Care of Poly-trauma
patient, spinal cord
Injury patients and
knowledge about
various splints.
4. Principles of
Management
including indications
for closed reduction,
open reductions,
immobilization
including internal
fixation and external
fixations and
rehabilitation.
5. Principles of
Management
including indications
for closed reduction,
open reductions,
immobilization
including internal
fixation and external
fixations and
rehabilitation.
266
6. Complications of
fractures, and its
management.
7. Complications of
fractures, and its
management.
8. Complications of
fractures, and its
management.
9. Plaster technique,
Care ,Complications
and Fracture disease
10. Fracture Healing and
factors affecting
fracture healing.
11. Traumatology - Fracture clavicle,
upper extremity. scapula, injury to
sternoclavicular and
acromioclavicular joint.
12. Fractures of proximal
humerus, shaft
humerus and
complications.
13. Shoulder dislocation -
acute & recurrent, and
its
Complications .
14. Supracondylar
fracture humerus with
complications.
15. Compartmental
syndrome and VIC
16. Fracture radius and ulna Elbow dislocation,
fracture olecranon
Monteggia, Galeazzi,
Night Stick fracture,
isolated fractures of
radius and ulna-
17. Colle’s fracture and

complications
18. Fracture
Scaphoid
,
Bennett’s
fracture
dislocati
on,
Barton
fracture,
Chauffer
fracture,
Smith’s
Fracture.
267
19. 8th Trauma - Cervical spine injury-
Sem Vertebral Whip lash injury,
18 column, pelvis Hangman’s fracture and
hours and lower limb. complications of
cervical spine injury.
20. -Stable dorsal-lumbar Unstabl
vertebral fracture e dorsal-
lumbar
vertebra
l
fracture
21. Fracture pelvis
22. Neck of femur, Inter sub trochantric
Trochantric fractures
23. Dislocation and fracture
dislocation of Hip joint.
24. Fracture shaft femur
25. Fracture patella and Supracondylar, &
complications. intercondylar fracture
of femur
26. Internal derangement
of knee joint –
Meniscus, cruciate, and
other Ligamentous
injuries
Of knee..
27. Fractures of tibia and
fibula with emphasis on
compound fractures and
complications.
28. Fractures around ankle Foot
and complications. Injuries
(Lisfranc
,
fractures
of
tarsals,
metatarsa
ls , and
phalange
s,
29. Limb Amputations and
Amputations. disarticulations-
Special emphasis on
amputations of lower
limb.
Indications, ideal stump,
rehabilitation.
30. Bone and joint General principles of
infection bone and joint infections
and its management.
Acute osteomyelitis and
complications.
268
31. Chronic osteomyelitis Sub acute
and complications. osteomyelitis-
Broadie’s abscess,
Garre’s osteomyelitis
32. Tuberculosis of spine
and paraplegia.
33. Tuberculosis of hip-
complications
(Hip flexion
deformity)
34. Tuberculosis of knee Tuberculosis of
shoulder, elbow
and complications
35. Pyogenic arthritis of Atypical
hip and knee joint fungal
and its complications. infection
s
(Madura
foot),
Tubercul
ar
ductilitis,
,
36. Arthritis Rheumatoid arthritis.
37. 9th Osteoarthritis of hip and
Sem knee
16
Hours
38. Ankylosing spondylitis, Other
Gout crystal
deposits
39. Avascular necrosis of Perthes disease
hip
40. Metabolic bone Calcium metabolism PTH
diseases and Rickets, disorder
Osteomalacia and
Osteoporosis.
41. Congenital and Congenital Talipes
developmental Equino Varus (CTEV).
disorders
42. Congenital dislocation
of hip (CDH).
43. Bone tumours Bone Tumours – general Fibrous
principles, dysplasia
classification, benign .
tumours (Chondroma,
osteochondroma, Bone
cysts, etc.).
44. Osteogenic sarcoma.
45. Giant cell tumour.
Ewing’s tumour.
46. Fibrosarcoma,
269
Chondrosarcoma,
Multiple myeloma.
And secondaries.
47. Nerve injuries General principles of
peripheral nerve injuries
Radial nerve palsy
48. Median and ulnar nerve
palsy, carpal tunnel
syndrome, Foot drop.
etc.
49. Backache Backache
50. Miscellaneous Frozen shoulder,
Tennis elbow, Golfers
elbow,
De Quairvan’s disease,
painful arc syndrome
shoulder, painful heel,
Dupuytren’s
contracture, plantar
fasciitis
51. Osteocho
ndritis of
various
types.
Limb
deficienc
ies,
classifica
tion,
PPRP
(Triple
deformit
y, hip
flexion
deformit
y)
52. Bone
grafting.
Advance
Imaging
Techniqu
e
NON DIDACTIC TEACHING STRATEGY
STRATEGY TOPICS -
DEMONSTRATIONS -12 1) Cardiopulmonary resuscitation, emergency tray

2) Dressing trolley and dressing skills –
Bandaging – ascending, descending,
compression.
270
3) Plaster of Paris –
Application of 1. A/k slab and cast
2. A/e slab and cast
3. Hip spica
4. Hanging arm cast
5. Colle’s cast
6. Scaphoid cast
7. PTB (Patellar Tendon Bearing) cast
8. Synthetic cast (fibre glass cast)
9. Removal of cast.
4) Application of
A) Figure of 8 bandage, triangular slings.
B) Thomas splint, Braun Bohler splint.
C) Skin and skeletal traction
D) Cervical collar, lumbosacral belt.
E) Shoulder immobiliser, crepe bandage.
5) Common x-rays of traumatology, bone and joint
infection and tumours.
6) Common instruments and implants.
7) Specimen of tumours, sequestrum, etc.
8) Demonstration of common internal and external
fixation procedures.
Video / bone skill workshop.
9) Aspiration of knee joint,
10) intra articular injections.
11) Stitch removal.
12) Measurement of limb length
TUTORIALS / SEMINARS Acute osteomyelitis
Chronic osteomyelitis.
Pyogenic arthritis- hip, knee.
Tuberculosis hip joint.
Tuberculosis spine with paraplegia, quadriplegia.
Osteoarthritis knee, hip.
Rheumatoid arthritis.
Amputation and disarticulations.
Rickets, osteoporosis, Osteomalacia
Bone tumours – Classification. Benign tumours -
(osteochondroma, Giant cell tumour, Bone cysts).
Bone tumours – Malignant tumours – Osteogenic sarcoma,
Ewing’s tumour, multiple myeloma, secondaries.
Backache
Care of polytrauma & spinal cord injury patient
Fracture of vertebrae-
Mode of injury, classification, clinical features, diagnosis,
treatment and complications.
-Stable dorsal-lumbar vertebral fracture
-Unstable dorsal-lumbar vertebral fracture
Fracture neck femur , trochantric and sub-trochantric
fracture.
271
Supracondylar , intercondylar fracture femur
Internal derangement of knee joint –
Meniscus, cruciate, and other ligamentous injuries.
Mode of injury, types, clinical features, diagnosis, treatment
and complications.
Post polio residual paralysis with stress on preventive and
rehabilitation aspects.
Club foot with emphasis on Congenital Talipes Equino
Varus.
Developmental dysplasia of hip joint.
Nerve injuries-
Introduction, classification, clinical features, management
and sequel
Radial nerve injury, Median nerve injury,
Ulnar nerve injury and common peroneal nerve injury
PBL / ITP
Simulation Cardiopulmonary resuscitation, Bandaging – ascending,

descending, compression.
Plaster of Paris – application of a/k slab and cast
Hip spica
Hanging arm cast
Colle’s cast
Scaphoid cast
Application of
Figure of 8 bandage , triangular sling
Thomas splint, Braun Bohler splint.
Cervical collar, lumbo sacral belt.
Shoulder immobiliser, crepe bandage
Clinics TOPICS FOR CLINICS. 1st posting

GENERAL SCHEME OF CASE TAKING AND EXAMINATION
OF DISEASES OF BONE.
1) Examination of swelling, ulcer and sinus.
2) Examinations of peripheral nerve lesions.
3) Examination of shoulder joint.
4) Examination of elbow joint
5) Examination of wrist and hand
6) Examination of pelvis and sacroiliac joint
7) Examination of hip joint
8) Examination of knee joint
9) Examination of ankle and foot
10) examination of spine
11) Examination of neurological system
TOPICS FOR CLINICS 2nd & 3rd posting days.
1) Arthritis ( osteoarthritis of knee)
2) Chronic osteomyelitis
3) Tuberculosis of knee
4) Tuberculosis of hip
5) Malignant tumours
272
6) Benign tumours
7) Rheumatoid arthritis ( poly arthritis)
8) Avascular necrosis of femoral head
9) Perthe’s disease
10) Deformities ( rickets)
11) Deformities of upper limb
12) Deformities of lower limb
13) Developmental dysplasia of hip joint
14) Congenital talipes equino varus
15) Peripheral nerve injuries
a) Foot drop
b) Radial nerve palsy
c) Ulnar nerve palsy
d) Median nerve palsy
e) Brachial plexus injury
f) Other nerve injuries
16) Tendinopathies
a) Frozen shoulder, adhesive capsulitis
b) Tennis elbow, golfer’s elbow
c) De Quairvan’s disease
d) Trigger finger
e) Painful heel
17) Hip –
a) Fracture neck of femur intracapsular
b) Intertrochanteric fracture
18) Malunion
a) Supracondylar fracture humerus
b) Colle’s fracture
c) Tibia, fibula, etc
19) Spine –
a) Pott’s spine
b) Paraparesis/ paraplegia
c) Quadriparesis/ quadriplegia
20) Cerebral palsy.
21) Polio myelitis rehabilitation – amputation
Paper Wise Course Content

Systems
Paper-I Orthopaedics
Anaesthesia
Radio-Diagnosis
Academic Appraisal Programme
MARKER POINT PLACEMENT

Sr. No. Syllabus semester Semester Expected date of completion
1 Orthopaedics VI semester 4th Lecture of 6th Semester
2 16th Lecture of 6th Semester
3 VIII semester 4th Lecture of 8th Semester
5 XI semester 4th Lecture of 9th Semester
273
[Note: In addition to existing scheme of assessment, it must include primary question
paper template.]
AS per General Surgery
7. Books recommended
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Text book of Orthopaedics, Jhon Ebnezer – 3rd Edition
2. Outline of Orthopaedics, Adams - 14th Edition
3. Apley’s system of Orthopaedics & Fractures – 8th edition
4. Essential Orthopaedics – J. Mahashwari 4th edition
5. Manual on Clinical Surgery, S. Das, - 3rd edition
6. Clinical Orthopedic examination Mcrae, R. 3 ED
7. Outline of orthopedic Adams, J.C. Vol 1
8. Outline of orthopedic Adams, J.C. Vol 2
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Merccer's Orthopedic surgery Duthie, R.B. & Bentley, G. 9th Ed
2. Rockwoods & Greens fracture in Adult Rockwood, C. A. & Green, D.P. Vol. 3
3. Rockwoods & Greens fracture in Adult Rockwood, C. A. & Green, D.P. Vol. 4
4. Rockwoods & Greens fracture in Children Rockwood, C. A. & Green, D.P Vol 3.
5. Functional fracture bracing Sarmiento, A. & Latta, L.L.
6. orthopedic (principles & their application ) Turek, S. L. 4th Ed Vol. 1 & 2.
7. Apley's system of orthopedic & fracture, Solomon Louis 8th Ed
Journals
1. JBJS (Journal of Bone and joint surgeries- British and American journals)
2. IJO (Indian Journal of orthopaedics)
274
(DEEMED UNIVERSITY)

DEPARTMENT
OF
OPHTHALMOLOGY
275
1. Preamble:
The subject of Ophthalmology provides the knowledge of various ocular diseases and
emergency surgical procedures. An undergraduate student should be able to diagnose
ocular diseases and tackle necessary ophthalmic emergencies. We also aim to provide
knowledge & develop skills to deliver first contact common ocular care.
2. Goal:
The broad goal of the teaching of students in ophthalmology is to provide such
knowledge and skills to the student that shall enable him/her to practice as a
clinical and as a primary eye care physician and also to function effectively as a
community health leader to assist in the implementation of National
Programme for the prevention of blindness and rehabilitation of the visually
impaired.
3. Objectifies:
A) Knowledge:
At the end of the course, student shall have the knowledge of
a. Common problems affecting the eye.
b. Principles of management of major ophthalmic emergencies.
c. Main systemic disease affecting the eye.
d. Effects of local and systemic diseases on patient’s vision and the necessary
action required minimizing the sequelae of such diseases.
e. Adverse drug reaction with special reference to ophthalmic
manifestations.
f. Magnitude of blindness in India and its main causes.
g. National programme for control of blindness and its implementation at
various levels.
h. Eye care education for prevention of eye problems.
i. Role of primary health center in organization of eye camps.
j. Organization of primary health care and the functioning of the ophthalmic
assistant.
k. Integration of the national programme for control of blindness with the
other national health Programmes.
l. Eye bank organization.
B) Skills
1. Elicit a history pertinent to general health and ocular status.
2. Assist in diagnostic procedures such as visual acuity testing, examination of
eye, Schiotz tonometry, Staining of Corneal pathology, confrontation,
perimetry, Subjective refraction including correction of Presbyopia and
aphakia, direct ophthalmoscopy and conjunctival smear examination and
Cover test.
3. Diagnose and treat common problems affecting the eye.
4. Interpret ophthalmic signs in relation to common systemic disorders.
276
5. Assist/observe therapeutic procedures such as Subconjunctival injection,
corneal conjunctival foreign body removal, carbolic cautery for corneal
ulcers, Nasolacrimal duct syringing and tarsorraphy
6. Provide first aid in major ophthalmic emergencies.
7. Assist to organize community surveys for visual check up.
8. Assist to organize primary eye care service through primary health centers.
9. Use effective means of communication with the public and individual to
motivate for surgery in cataract and for eye donation.
10. Establish rapport with his seniors, colleagues and paramedical workers, so
as to effectively function as a member of the eye care team.
C) Integration
1. With community medicine we are able to manage important current national
health Programmes, Like NPCB, DBCS,
2. With other relevant academic inputs which provide scientific basis of clinical
medicine e.g. microbiology, pathology and pharmacology, we are able to do
research activity in ophthalmology department.
3.
STRATEGY TOTAL SEMISTER WISE DISTRUBUTION
HOURS OF HOURS
ALLOTED
LECTURES 70
PROBLEM BASED 8
LAERNING
TUTORIALS 8
SEMINARS 10
INTEGRATED TEACHING 4
PROGRAM
CLINICAL POSTING 144 VI Semester – 36
VI Semester – 72
VII Semester - 36
5 COURSE AND CONTENT:
Topics/ Level of Competency No. of

Themes Hours
Must Know Desired to Know Nice to 1 hrs. Each
Know
Anatomy of Anatomy of Eyelid & Orbit –I
eye & Anatomy of Eyelid & Orbit –I
Physiology of Anatomy of Visual pathway and
eye extraocular muscles. Pupillary
pathways and reactions-1
277
Anatomy of Visual pathway and
extraocular muscles. Pupillary
pathways and reactions-2
Optics and Optics of Eye, Retinoscopy – Anomalies of
Refractive Principle & Method-1 Accommodation –Presbyopia-
Error Optics of Eye, Retinoscopy – 1
Principle & Method-2
Refractive error-Hypermetropia, Anomalies of
Myopia & Astigmatism-1 Accommodation –Presbyopia-
Refractive error-Hypermetropia, 2
Myopia & Astigmatism-2
Diseases of Anatomy of conjunctiva & Degenerations of conjunctiva
Conjunctiva Classification of conjunctivitis-1 –Pterygium, Pinguecula-1
Anatomy of conjunctiva & Degenerations of conjunctiva
Classification of conjunctivitis-2 –Pterygium, Pinguecula-2
Conjunctivitis (Etiology, Clinical
features & Management) –
Bacterial, Viral, Trachoma-1
Conjunctivitis (Etiology, Clinical
features & Management) –
Bacterial, Viral, Trachoma-2
Diseases of Applied Anatomy of cornea. Degener
Cornea Inflammation of cornea (Keratitis)- ations of
classification & etiology-1 cornea,
Applied Anatomy of cornea. keratoco
Inflammation of cornea (Keratitis)- nus and
classification & etiology-2 corneal
transpla
ntation-
1
Corneal ulcer- (Bacterial, fungal & Degener
Viral) clinical features, ations of
management & complications-1 cornea,
Corneal ulcer- (Bacterial, fungal & keratoco
Viral) clinical features, nus and
management & complications-2 corneal
transpla
ntation-
2
Diseases of Sclera – Episcleritis &
Sclera Scleritis, Staphyloma-1
Sclera – Episcleritis &
Scleritis, Staphyloma-2
Diseases of Clinical features, management & Uvea – Anatomy of uveal
Uvea complications of Iridocyclitis. tract, Inflammation of Uvea,
Sympathetic ophthalmitis. Classification & etiology-1
Endophthalmitis and
278
Panophthalmitis-1
Clinical features, management & Uvea – Anatomy of uveal
complications of Iridocyclitis. tract, Inflammation of Uvea,
Sympathetic ophthalmitis. Classification & etiology-2
Endophthalmitis and
Panophthalmitis-2
Diseases of Anatomy of lens. Definition of
Lens cataract, Etiological classification of
cataract, congenital cataract
(etiology & management)-1
Anatomy of lens. Definition of
cataract, Etiological classification of
cataract, congenital cataract
(etiology & management)-2
Senile cataract Etiology, Stages,
Clinical features, Preoperative
evaluation-1
Senile cataract Etiology, Stages,
Clinical features, Preoperative
evaluation-2
Anesthesia, Types of cataract
surgery(ICCE, ECCE, SICS &
Phacoemulsification),
complications of cataract surgery-1
Anesthesia, Types of cataract
surgery(ICCE, ECCE, SICS &
Phacoemulsification),
complications of cataract surgery-2
Pseudophakia, Aphakia, Ectopia
Lentis-1
Pseudophakia, Aphakia, Ectopia
Lentis-2
Glaucoma Anatomy of Angle of AC, Aqueous
humor dynamics Definition of
Glaucoma, classification of
Glaucoma, Congenital Glaucoma-1
Anatomy of Angle of AC, Aqueous
humor dynamics Definition of
Glaucoma, classification of
Glaucoma, Congenital Glaucoma-2
Primary Open Angle Glaucoma-1
Primary Open Angle Glaucoma-2
Narrow Angle Glaucoma,
Secondary Glaucoma-1
Narrow Angle Glaucoma,
Secondary Glaucoma-2
279
Diseases of Papilloe
Optic Nerve dema,
optic
atrophy
& Optic
neuritis-
1
Papilloe
dema,
optic
atrophy
& Optic
neuritis-
2
Diseases of Applied Anatomy of Retina.
Retina Diabetic Retinopathy,
Hypertensive Retinopathy-1
Applied Anatomy of Retina.
Diabetic Retinopathy,
Hypertensive Retinopathy-2
Retinitis Pigmentosa Retinal
Detachment &
Retinoblastoma-1
Retinitis Pigmentosa Retinal
Detachment &
Retinoblastoma-2
Diseases of Vitreous Hemorrhage &

Vitreous Degenerations-1
Vitreous Hemorrhage &
Degenerations-2
Squint Non-paralytic squint-1 Paralytic Squint-1
Non-paralytic squint-2 Paralytic Squint-2
Diseases of Inflammatory disorders of Lids –
Lids Blepharitis, Stye, Chalazion-1
Inflammatory disorders of Lids –
Blepharitis, Stye, Chalazion-2
Positional disorders of lids and lid
margin (Classification and surgical
treatment) – Ptosis, Entropion,
Ectropion-1
Positional disorders of lids and lid
margin (Classification and surgical
treatment) – Ptosis, Entropion,
Ectropion-2
Diseases of Diseases
280
Orbit of Orbit
–
Proptosi
s&
Exophth
alomos-
1
Diseases
of Orbit
–
Proptosi
s&
Exophth
alomos-
2
Diseases of Anatomy of Lacrimal Apparatus,
Lacrimal tear film, dry eye-1
Apparatus Anatomy of Lacrimal Apparatus,
tear film, dry eye-2
Congenital Dacryocystitis, Acute
Dacryocystitis.-1
Congenital Dacryocystitis, Acute
Dacryocystitis-2
Chronic Dacryocystitis, Lacrimal
abscess, surgical technique of
dacryocystectomy and
dacryocystorhinostomy-1
Chronic Dacryocystitis, Lacrimal
abscess, surgical technique of
dacryocystectomy and
dacryocystorhinostomy-2
Community National programme for
Ophthalmology control of blindness
Vision 20-20
Ocular Trauma Penetrating Injuries
Blunt and Chemical Injuries
281
6. Academic Appraisal
Term wise Marker Points Analysis
6th Semester 1. At the end of trachoma & Keratoplasty Lecture
7th Semester 2. At the end of Dibetic Retinopathy & Congenital Glaucoma Lecture
7th Semester 3. At the end of orbit, endrocrinal exophthalmos & NPCB
CLINICAL OPHTHALMOLOGY CASES TO BE COVERED DURING CLINICAL POSTING

Sr. No. Name of Case
1. Assessment of Visual function History taking and Eye examination
2. Conjunctiva
- Pterygium
- Pinguecula
- Conjunctivitis
- Sub Conj. Haemorrhage
3. Cornea
- Corneal Opacity
- Corneal Ulcer
- Corneal Abscess
- Corneal Transplant
4. Sclera
- Scleritis, Epi Scleritis
- Staphyloma
5. Uvea
- Iridocyclitis
6. Lens
- Cataract
- Aphakia
- IOLs
- Complications
7. Glaucoma – Types, Signs, Symptoms & Management
8. Squint
9. Lids
- Entropion
- Ectropion
- Ptosis
282

( All subjects 2nd MBBS ENT, Opthalmology, Gyne& Obst. 1 &2, Pediatrics)
(MK) – 60 % (DK) – 30 % (NK) – 10 %
LAQ (4) (4) - - 10 M x 2

2/4 Level I – 2 = 20 M
Level II – 2
SAQ (6) (3) (2) (1) 4Mx5

BAQ (11) (7) (3) (1) 2 M x 10

MCQ (20) (12) (6) (2) 1 M x 20


283
MARKSHEET
7. Recommended Books:
A) Text Books
Edition
Sr.
Name of the Book Author
No.
R. Sihota & 22nd Edition
1. Parson’s diseases of the eye. Edition
R.Tandon
2. Text book of Ophthalmology Khurana. 6th Edition
6th Edition,
3. Text book of Ophthalmology Nema, H.V. 12th Volume,
B) Reference Books
Sr. Edition
Name of the Book Author
No.
8th Edition
1. Clinical Ophthalmology : A systematic Approach Kanski. J.J.
10th Edition
2. Adler’s physiology of the eye Clinical Application Hart. W.M.`
10th Edition
3. Duke-Elder’s Practice of Refraction Abrams, D.
Myron 4th Edition

4. Ophthalmology Yanoff,Jay
S.Duker
284
VII. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
A. Internal Assessment. INTERNAL ASSESSMENT
III. Weightage for Internal Assessment shall be 20% of the total marks in each subject.
IV. Student must secure at least 35% marks of the total marks fixed for internal assessment
in a particular subject in order to be eligible to appear in final examination of that subject.

(THEORY) :
There shall be one PCT, and one preliminary examination (in all two internal assessment
examinations) in the subject of ophthalmology.
First PCT examination at the end of sixth semester
Preliminary examination at the end of seventh semester
Clinical and oral examinations

First clinical examination at the end of clinical posting/VI Semester
Preliminary examination at the end of the seventh semester
PCT & Preliminary examination shall have theory, oral and clinical examination in ophthalmology
as under:
1st PCT 80 20 (80+20) = 100 60

Preliminary 80 20 (80+20) = 100 60
(160+40) =
Total 160 40 120 (divided by 12)
200(divided by 20)
Reduced to - -
10 10
(i) PCT examination – Distribution of Marks

Theory: There shall be one theory paper of 80 marks
Duration: 3 hrs. ( Sec. A: 30 Minutes, section B and C: 2 1/2 hrs.)
Section A M.C.Q All compulsory 20 X 01 20 marks

Section B B.A.Q. Any 10 out of 11 10 x 02 20 marks
S.A.Q. Any 5 out of 6 05 x 04 20 marks
Section C L.A.Q. Any 2 out of 3 02 x 10 20 marks
(ii) Preliminary Examination

This examination shall be conducted on the pattern of University examination both
in Theory and Practicals.
There shall be one theory paper of 80 marks in Ophthalmology
(A) Theory : Total Marks – 80
Duration – 03 hours (Sec. A: 30 min & Sec. B and C: 2.30 hours)
285
Clinical and Practical for ophthalmology:

Total 60 marks
Sr.No Particulars Total
1 One long case 30 marks
2 One short case 15 marks
3 OSCE (Objective structured clinical exercises) 15 marks
Oral and Viva Voce 20 marks

Oral - 1 Dark room 10 marks
Oral -2 Instruments 10 marks
Distribution & Calculation of Internal Assessment

st
1 Terminal ( VI Semester) 80 20 100 VI Semester - 60
Preliminary 80 20 100 VII Semester - 60
Total 160 40 200 (divided by 20) 120 (divided by 12)
Reduced to -- -- 10 10
The record of the above shall be maintained by the concerned HODs in the format given below:
Internal Assessment
(Ophthalmology)
PCT/Preliminary Regularity Symposia / Practical Total

Heads of
Examination Attendance /PBL/Seminar Records
Marks
Theory
10 06 04 20
N.A.
Practical
10 06 N.A. 04 20

Attendance
Percentage Ophthalmology Percentage Ophthalmology

(Theory) (Theory) (Practical) (Practical)
Below 75% 0.0 Below 80 % 0.0
75 % 50 % 80 % 50 %
76 to 80 % 60 % 81 to 85 % 60 %
81 to 85 % 70 % 86 to 90 % 70 %
86 to 90 % 80 % 91 to 95 % 80 %
> 90% 100 % > 95 % 100 %
286
Scheme of examination
B. University Examination:
University Examination shall be held after the end of 3RD M.B.B.S. Part - I phase i.e.
at the end of seventh semester in the subject of Ophthalmology on following
pattern:
(A) Theory : Total Marks – 80
Duration – 03 hours (Sec. A : 30 min & Sec. B and C : 2.30 hours)
(Out of long answer question one question shall be on basic sciences and allied subjects)
Practical Examination: -
Total 60 marks
Sr.No Particulars Total
1 One long case 30 marks
2 One short case 15 marks
3 OSCE (Objective structured clinical exercises) 15 marks
Oral and Viva Voce 20 marks
(to be added to theory)
Oral - 1 Dark room 10 marks
Oral -2 Instruments 10 marks

MARKSHEET
Subject Minimum
Sr. Theory/ Oral/ Practical/ Internal Maximum Minimum Marks
No. Assessment Marks Marks Required
to Pass
Ophthalmology a. Theory 80
b. Oral Viva 20 60
c. Internal 20
assessment
1. Paper I 100
40
d. Practical 60
e. Internal 20
assessment
Candidate must obtain 50 % marks in aggregate with minimum 50 % marks in theory including orals and
internal assessment of theory and minimum 50 % marks in practical including internal assessment of
practical
Note: Candidate has to score minimum of 35 % marks in internal assessments as a prerequisite for
appearing in university examination
287
(DEEMED UNIVERSITY)

DEPARTMENT
OF
ENT
288
1.Preamble :
Knowledge of basic sciences and diseases of Ear, nose and throat is essential for undergraduate
students of MBBS.The subject consists of knowledge of anatomy and physiology of Ear nose and
throat and an overview of its basic pathologies which are required to be diagnosed and treated
by them. By the knowledge gained by them they would also be able to diagnose early, various
debilitating conditions like carcinoma of various parts of Ear, Nose and Throat and direct the
patients accordingly for the treatment.
2.Goal:
The broad goal of the teaching of undergraduate students in oto rhinolaryngology is that the
undergraduate students have acquired adequate knowledge & skill for optimally dealing with
common disorders. Emergencies& principles of rehabilitation of impaired hearing.
3.Objectives:
A) Knowledge:
1. Describe the basic pathophysiology of common Ear, Nose & Throat (ENT) diseases
&emergencies.
2. Adopt the rational use of commonly used drugs keeping in mind their adverse
reactions.
3. Suggest common investigative procedures & their interpretation.
B) Skills:
At the end of the course the student shall be able to
7. Examination & Diagnose common Ear, Nose & Throat (ENT) problems including the
premalignant &malignant disorders of the Head & Neck.
8. Manage Ear, Nose& Throat (ENT) problems at first level of care & be able to refer
whenever necessary.
9. Assist / carryout minor ENT procedures like ear syringing, ear dressing, nasal packing.
10. Assist in certain procedures such as tracheostomy, endoscopy & removal of foreign
bodies.
C) Integration :
The undergraduate training ear, nose &throat (ENT) will provide an integrated approach
towards other disciplines especially, neurosciences, ophthalmology & general surgery.
289
TOTAL
STRATEGY HOURS SEMISTER WISE DISTRUBUTION
ALLOTED OF HOURS
VI Semester - 32
LECTURES 52
VII Semester - 20
PROBLEM BASED
8 VI Semester
LAERNING
TUTORIALS 12 VII Semester
SEMINARS 20 VII Semester
INTEGRATED TEACHING
4 VI Semester
PROGRAM
IV Semester – 72
CLINICAL POSTING 144 Hrs.
VI Semester – 72
5. Course content: Total 52 hrs
Topics/ Themes Level of Competency No. of

Hours
Must Know Desired to Know Nice to Know 1 hrs. Each
Surgical Anatomy & Anatomy of Ear –I
Physiology Anatomy of Ear – II
Anatomy of Ear- III
Physiology of Ear
Diseases of the external Diseases of External Ear Complication of Otoclorosis
Ear & Middle Ear Cleft ASOM OM
Secretory otitis media
EAR CSOM Safe
CSOM unsafe
Facial Nerve Palsy
Diseases of the Inner Ear Deafness CHL Vertigo & Menieres Tinnitus
& Oto-Neurology disease
Deafness SNHL Hearing
rehabilitation &
cochler Implant
Surgical Anatomy & Anatomy of Nose &
Physiology PNS
Physiology of Nose
Diseases of Nasal Cavity Diseases of Nasal Rhinitis –acute Diseases of
septum External Nose
NOSE Epistaxis Chronic Rhinitis
Diseases of the Acute sinusitis Complication
Paranasal sinuses sinusitis
Chronic sinusitis Allergic Rhinitis &
VMR
Nasal Polyp Functional
290
Endoscopic Sinus
surgery
Tumor of Nose & PNS Granulomatous
condition of nose
Maligancies of Nose &
PNS
Foreign Bodies in ENT
Must Know Desired to Know Nice to Know 1 hrs. Each
Anatomy of Pharynx Anatomy of Pharynx
Diseases of Adenoids Juvenile
Nasopharynx nasopharyngeal
Oral cavity lesions angiofibroma &
Malignancy of
nasopharynx
Diseases of Tonsil Acute Tonsillitis
Chronic Tonsillitis
Peritonsillar abscess
Pharyngeal Abscess Parapharyngeal &
rtropharyngeal abcess
HypopharyngeaI Tumor Tumors of
hypopharynx
Miscellaneous
condition of
hypopharynx
Dysphagia &
Diseases of
oesophagus
Anatomy & Physiology Anatomy of Larynx
of Larynx Physiology of Larynx
Laryngeal Diseases Acute laryngitis Chronic Laryngitis Miscllaneous
Vocal Cord Palsy Conditions of
Stridor & Tracheostomy Larynx ( Vocal
Throa nodule, Vocal
t polpy,
Leucoplakia,
Keratosis,
Larynx,
Laryngeal
paplillomatosis
Laryngeal Tumor Malignancy of
Larynx &
rehabilitation
Dysphagia &
Diseases of
oesophagus
HIV Manifestation
in ENT
Laser
Total 52
291
1. Tutorial 12 Hrs.
Name of Topic Total Hrs.
Allergic Rhinitis
Vocal Card Palsy
Tracheotomy Total 12 Hrs.
Stridor
Epistaxis
Anatomy & Physiology of Larynx
Anatomy of Ear
Eustachian Function test and serous Otitis Media
Vertigo
Hearing Assessment and Rehabilitation in Children
X-Ray
Audiogram
Seminar -20 Hrs
List of Topics Total Hrs.
Antral Puncture
Cald well luc operation
SMR & Septoplasty Operation
Tunning Fork Tests
Impedance Audiometry
Electrophysiological tests of hearing Total 20 Hrs.
Myrinogotomy operation
Cortical Mastoidectomy Operation
Tinnitus
Vestibular function tests
Laryngomalacia
Tests of eustachian function
Cholesteatoma
Myringoplasty operation
Modified radical and radical mastoidectomy operation
Tympanoplasty operation
Deep Neck spaces
Oesophagoscopy
D.L. Scopy
Eagle's syndrome
Ramsay Hunt Syndrome
Etiopathogenesis and Clinical features of malignant otitis externa
Complication and Management of malignant Otitis externa
Globus Hystericus
Plummer - vinson syndrome
Choanal atresia
Clinical features and investigation of acoustic neuroma
Hearing Aid
Cochlear implants
Occult primary
292
Clinical ENT Cases to be covered During Clinical Posting
Sr.No Name of Case Duration in Week Total Hrs.
1. Chronic suppurative otitis Media safe
2. Chronic suppurative Otitis Media unsafe
3. Chronic Tonsilitis
4. Nasal Polyp
5. Maligancy of Larynx 8 144
6. Atrophic rhinitis
7. Aural Polyp
8. Oropharyngeal Malignancy
9. DNS
5.Academic appraisal program:
Marker Points Placement
Term wise Marker Points Analysis
6th Semester Ear : 1

Nose : 1
7th Semester Pharynx : 1
Larynx : 1
293
6. SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

(MK) – 60 % (DK) – 30 % (NK) – 10 %
LAQ (4) (4) - - 10 M x 2

2/4 Level I – 2 = 20 M
Level II – 2
SAQ (6) (3) (2) (1) 4Mx5

BAQ (11) (7) (3) (1) 2 M x 10

MCQ (20) (12) (6) (2) 1 M x 20


294
MARKSHEET
7. Books Recommended
A) Text Books
1. A Short Text Book of ENT diseases Eighth Edition - K. B. Bhargava, S.K. Bhargava
2. Diseases of Ear, Nose & Throat, Sixth Edition P.L. Dhingra
3. Fundamentals of Ear, Nose & Throat Diseases Eight Edition S. K. De
B) Reference Book
1. Logan Tumor Disease of Nose, Throat & Ear, Eleventh Edition - Edited By AGD
Maran
295
A. Internal Assessment
i. Weightage for Internal Assessment shall be 20% of the total marks in the
subject.
ii. Student must secure at least 35% of the total Marks fixed for internal
examinations of that subject.

There shall be one terminal, & one preliminary examination in the subject of ENT.
First PCT examination At the end of 6th Semester
Preliminary examination At the end of 7th semester
Clinical & Oral Examination

First Clinical examination At the end of first clinical Posting
Preliminary examination At the end of 7th semester
Distribution & Calculation of Internal Assessment Marks

Examination Theory Oral Theory + Oral Practical
st
1 Terminal 80 -- 80 60
Total 160 20 180(divided by 18) 120 ( divided by12)
Reduced to - - 10 10
i) PCT Examination
Theory :- There shall be one theory paper of 80 Marks
Duration 03 Hours ( Sec. A: 30 min & Section :B and C :2.30hrs.)
Section A (M.C.Q.) All Compulsory 20x 01 20 Marks
B.A.Q Any ten out of 10 x 02 20 Marks
Section B eleven
SA.Q Any Five out of Six 05 x 04 20 Marks
Section C L.A.Q Any Two out of 02 x 10 20 Marks

Three
ii) Preliminary Examination

This examination shall be conducted on the pattern of University examination in
Theory & practicals. There shall be one theory paper of 80 marks in ENT.
(A) Theory Total Marks 80
Duration : 03 hours ( Sec. A: 30 min & Section :B and C :2.30hrs.)
Section B eleven
296

Three
Clinical/Practical for ENT

Sr. No Particular Total
1. One Long Case 30 Marks
2. One Short Case 15 Marks
3. OSCE ( Objective structured clinical exercises) 15 Marks
Total 60 marks
Oral & Viva Voce 20 Marks
Oral - I Instruments & Specimen 10 Marks
Oral – II X- Ray and Audiogram 10 Marks
Calculation of Internal Assessment Marks:

Internal Assessment (E.N.T.)
PCT + Symposia/
Regularity Clinical Case
Head of Marks Preliminary Home Total
Attendance Record
examination Assignment
Theory 10 06 04 N.A. 20

Attendance
The internal assessment marks grantable to the undergraduate students for the
attendance shall be as under
Attendance theory
Below 75% 0
75% 3
76-85% 4
86-90% 5
>90% 6
Attendance Practical
Below 80% 0
80% 3
81-90% 4
91-95% 5
>95% 6
297
University Examination shall be held at the end of Seventh semester in the subjects of ENT
on following pattern
1. OtoRhino Laryngology (ENT)
shall have one paper of 80 marks
The Pattern of the theory papers shall be as under
Duration : 03 hours ( Sec. A: 30 min & Section :B and C :2.30hrs.)
ENT (One Paper) 80 Marks
eleven
Section B

Three
ENT
Sr. No Particular Total
1. One Long Case 30 Marks
2. One Short Case 15 Marks
3. OSCE ( Objective structured clinical exercises) 15 Marks
Oral & Viva Voce ( To be added to theory) 20 Marks
Oral - I Instruments & Specimen 10 Marks
Oral – II X- Ray and Audiogram 10 Marks
MARK SHEET
Pass: In each subjects a candidate must obtain 50% in aggregate with minimum of 50% in
Subject Minimum
Theory/ Oral/ Practical/ Internal Maximum Minimum Marks
Sr. No.
Assessment Marks Marks Required to
Pass
Oto Rhino f. Theory 80
Laryngolgoy g. Oral Viva 20 60
h. Internal 20
1. assessment Paper I 40 100
i. Practical 60
j. Internal 20
assessment
theory including orals& internal assessment of theory & minimum 50% in practical
including internal assessment of practical.
Note :- Candidate has to score minimum of 35% marks in internal assessment as a
prerequisite for appearing in university Examination.
298
DEPARTMENT OF RADIODIAGNOSIS
1.PREAMBLE
The subject of General Surgery provides the knowledge of various surgical diseases and
emergency surgical procedures. An undergraduate student should be able to diagnose surgical
diseases and tackle necessary surgical emergencies. We also aim to provide knowledge &
develop skills to deliver first contact common surgical care.
2. GOALS:
The knowledge acquired in Radio diagnosis should help the student to integrate diagnostic
imaging patterns in reaching a diagnosis of diseases of the human body. Towards this, the
departments would facilitate:
To enable students understand the scientific basis of imaging technology and orient them
towards the application of knowledge acquired in solving clinical problems with various
diagnostic imaging methodology.
To acquire basic practical skills for radiological investigations in order to support clinical diagnosis
of common disorders in the community, and
To promote research activities for students and staff.
3. OBJECTIVES:
(a) KNOWLEDGE:
Enlist and describe the various diagnostic modalities
Delineate normal and abnormal radiological findings
Understand basic radiology and emphasize on its clinical applications
Describe radiographic,ultrasonographic ,CT,MRI features of common pathologies.
Describe and integrate radiological findings in CNS,GIT,RS,CVS,MSK,GUT
(b) SKILL:
make use of Imaging findings to reach to a diagnosis;
analysis and interpret radiological data;
Demonstrate the skills of solving clinical problems by illustrative evidences and decision making.
(c) Integration:
299
Incorporate this knowledge for better patient care in medical practices.
Maintain a high standards professional ethics and conduct and apply these in all aspect of
professional life.
3. OBJECTIVES -
At the end of the Radiology teaching schedule for MBBS course, the learner shall be able to:
1. Understand basics of X-ray / USG production, its utility and hazards
2. Appreciate and diagnose radiographic features and their interpretations of common diseases of
respiratory,cardiovascular,gastrointestinal,cerebrovascular,musculoskeletal,
obstetrics and gynaecology,genitourinary and hepatobiliary system.
3.Advice appropriate Diagnostic procedures to arrive at an appropriate diagnosis.
4. Use basic protective techniques during various Imaging procedures and elaborate and explain
Radiation Hazards and basics of Radiation Protection.
5.enumerate and explain role of Principles, Applications, Advantages, Limitations, Developments of
Imaging Modalities:USG, CT, MRI: Angiography: DSA
6. enumerate and explain role of Contrast Media : Barium Sulphate, Water Soluble Contrast.
7. Explain basics of Interventional Radiology
8.Understand and enumerate Principles & Applications of Mammography

Didactic & Non Didactic : 64 hours
HOURS
Lectures 20 Semester IV
Demonstrative teaching 7 Semester VII
Tutorials 5 Semester VII
Seminars 3 Semester VII
Problem based learning 8 Semester VII
Integrated Teaching program 1 Semester VII
Clinics 20 Semester VII
300
4. Course content:
Didactic:
A) Theory
Theme /System and semester Topic Must know Desirable to Nice to
total hours alloted wise (60%) know (30%) know
distributi (10%)
on
1.BONES & JOINTS IV, VII 1. Osteomyelitis, Achonodropl Osteogenes
(3hours) SEMESTE Infection Tuberculosis of asis is
R Bone & Spine. Imperfecta
2.Lesion Septic / Congenital

Tuberculous dislocation
Arthritis, of hip
Rheumatoid,
Arthritis,
Ankylosing
Spondylitis,
Osteo-Arthritis,
Gout.
3.Bone Ewing’s, Multiple

tumours Osteogenic myeloma,
Sarcoma, Giant plasmacyto
Cell Tumour ma,
Chondrosarcoma Haemophilia
Lymphoreticular .
system &
Haemopoietic
Disorders :
Thalassaemia,
Sickle Cell disease,
Lymphomas,
2.CHEST (3hours) IV, VII 1.Method Normal X -ray

SEMESTE s of Chest,
R examinati Bronchopulmonar
on y Segments.
Interpretation of
radiological signs
Silhouette sign,
Air Bronchogram,
Interstitial
Shadows, Alveolar
301
Shadows,
Honeycomb Lung,
Cavitations,
Calcification, Hilar
Shadow,
Mediastinum,
Pleura.
Bronchography.
2.Lesions Bronchogenic
Carcinoma/Media
stinal masses.
Miliary Shadows,
Pulmonary
Tuberculosis,
Solitary
Pulmonary
Nodule,
Bronchiectasis,
Primary complex.
3. CARDIOVASCLAR IV, VII 1.Normal Methods of Acquired
SYSTEM(2hours) SEMESTE Heart examination. Heart
R Cardiomegaly, Diseases:
Pericardial Valvular
Effusion. Heart
Disease
Congenital
Heart
Disease.
Aortic
Aneurysms,
Co arctation
of Aorta
4. GASTRO- IV, VII 1.EVALUATI Barium
INTESTINAL TRACT & SEMESTE ON Examination of Gl
ABDOMEN(3hours) R Tract.
Acute Abdomen.
2. Carcinoma,
Oesophag Strictures,
us: Varices, Achalasia,
and Hiatus Hernia
Diverticula
3. Ulcer disease,
302
Stomach Malignancy.
& Intestinal
Duodenu Obstruction,
m Volvulus,
Ulcerative Colitis,
Intussusceptions,
Malignency,
Hirschsprung’s
4. Intestinal
Intestine Obstruction,
Volvulus,
Ulcerative Colitis,
Intussusceptions,
Malignency,
Hirschsprung’s,
Koch’s Abdomen
Diverticular
Disease, Polyp’s
5.HEPATO-BILARY IV, VII 1. Liver Abscess,
SYSTEM, SEMESTE Hepatoma,
PANCREAS(2hours) R Cirrhosis, Portal
Hypertension Gall
Bladder : Calculus
Disease,
Malignancy, PTC,
ERCP
2. Pancreatitis,
Pancreas Malignancy
6. IV, VII 1.Method Intravenous
URORADIOLOGY(2ho SEMESTE of Urography (IVP)
urs) R Examinati Calculus Disease,
on PUJ Obstruction,
PU Valves, Renal
Artery Stenosis,
2.Lesions Wilm’s
Tumour,
Renal Cell
Carcinoma,
GU Koch’s.
7.OBSTETRICS & IV, VII 1.General Hysterosalpingogr Fibroid,
GYNAECOLOGY(1hou SEMESTE aphy (HSG), Intra- Ovarian
rs) R Uterine Foetal Tumours,
Death. Ultrasongra
303
phy &
Transvagina
l US.
8.CENTRAL NERVOUS IV, VII 1.General Raised
SYSTEM(1hours) SEMESTE Intracranial
R Tension,
Intracranial
Calcification,
Head Injury,
Cerebrovascular
Accident, Ring
Enhancing Lesions
in Brain
Neoplasms in
brain & spinal
cord.
9.MISCELLANEOUS(3 IV, VII Radiation Interventio
hours) SEMESTE Hazards, nal
R Radiation Radiology :
Protection. Developme
Imaging nts,
Modalities: Angioplasty
USG, CT, ,
MRI: Embolisatio
Principles, n
Applications,
Advantages,
Limitations,
Developmen
ts.
Angiography
: DSA
Carotid,
Renal
Angiograms,
Aortogram.
Contrast
Media :
Barium
Sulphate,
Water
Soluble
Contrast.
304
Non Didactic:
B) Practical
Strategy Topic
Clinics 1. Film reading.
2. Barium procedure observation.
3. IVP procedure observation.
4. MCU/RGU procedure observation.
5. Radiography observation.
6. USG abdomen-pelvis observation.
Demonstrative teaching 1. Radiographic positioning
2. Special procedures
3. USG Abdomen-Pelvis and obstetrics
4. CT techniques
5. MRI Techniques
6. USG Guided Procedures
7. CT Guided Procedures
Tutorials 1. Conventional Radiography
2. USG obstetrics and infertility
imaging.
3. Urinary tract imaging.
4. CNS imaging
5. GIT imaging.
Seminar 1. Radiographic procedures
2. Contrast media
3. Imaging in respiratory system.
Problem based learning 1. Pulmonary tuberculosis
Integrated teaching programme 1. Imaging in CNS
2. Imaging in CVS
3. Imaging in GIT
4. Imaging in GUT.
6. Academic Appraisal
Marker Point Placement will be done at the end of last lecture
A) Text Books
1.Concise Radiology for Undergraduates- Dr. B.N. Lakhkar....2002

2. Textbook of Radiology and Imaging: David Sutton Publisher: Churchill
Livingstone volume 1 & II ,edition -2007
C) Reference Books
1. Chest Roentgenology – Felson , B – 2004
2. CT & MRI of the Whole body - Haaga , J.R. & Lanzieri, C. F. Volume I &
II.....2003
305
2016
DEPARTMENT OF ANAESTHESIA
1. PREAMBLE:
With the development in every field there is development in Anesthesia. Now
anesthesiologist are having role not only in operation theater but outside the theater.
Each and every branch of medicine require services of anesthesiologist. Anaesthesia
services are provided for all surgical specialties including Cardiothoracic surgery , Neuro
Surgery, Plastic Surgery, Radical Maxillofacial surgery, Oncosurgery, Pediatric Surgery,
Urosurgery, Renal Transplant, Interventional Radiology and cathlab procedures The
anesthesiologist are hence required to have knowledge of this branches for better
working Similarly knowledge of anesthesia in short is must for all medicos. Hence the
changes here are suggested accordingly.
2. GOALS:
The broad goal of teaching students in anesthesiology is
• He or she shall acquired understanding of basic principles of administration of anesthesia
• Developing the skill of resuscitation (CPR) and first aid.
• Minimum mandatory monitoring and their interpretation.
• They should be able to manage emergencies in clinical practice
• Management of shock-anaphylaxis
• To learn how give pain relief
• To know how to operate ventilators
3. OBJECTIVES:
a) KNOWLEDGE:
9. Know of simple nerve block and pain relief
10. Awareness of the principles of administration of general, regional and local anesthesia.
11. To know importance of hypoglycemia/hyperglycemia, hypotension/hypertension, IHD,MI
12. To know ventilators.
(b) SKILL:
At the end of the training, the students should be able to :
• Perform cardio-pulmonary resuscitation with the available resources and transfer the patients
to a bigger hospital for advanced life support.
• Set up intravenous infusion and manage fluid therapy
• Clear and maintain airway in unconscious patient.
306
• Administer oxygen correctly
c) Integration:
5. Incorporate this knowledge for better patient care in medical practices.
6. Maintain a high standards professional Ethics, conduct and apply these in all aspect of
professional life.
7. Seek to improve awareness and provide possible solution to the clinical problems for the
betterment of community.
8. Should participate in CME programme to update the knowledge and professional skill from
time to time.

Didactic & Non Didactic : 58 hours
STRATEGY TOTAL SEMISTER WISE
HOURS DISTRUBUTION OF HOURS
ALLOTED
LECTURES 16 IV Semester - 8
VI Semester - 8
MODIFIED PROBLEM 4 IV Semester - 2
BASED LAERNING VI Semester - 2
INTEGRATED TEACHING 2 VI Semester
PROGRAM
CLINICAL POSTING 36 VII Semester
along with Casualty (2 wks)
307
5. Course Content
A) Theory (Didactic) MK:DK:NK= 60:30:10
SYSTEM SEMISTE TOPIC MUST DESIRE TO NICE TO
AND R WISE KNOW KNOW KNOW
TOTAL DISTRUB
HOURS UTION
ALLOTED
1 Hours 4th 1.Introduction General anaesthesia principles & MK
Semester administration &
Complication of general anesthesia & their
management
1 Hours 2. Anatomy of airway sites of airway obstruction MK
1 Hours 3. Various methods of O2 therapy &its indication MK
1 Hours 4. Preoperative assessment & investigations MK
1 Hours 5. Spinal Anaesthesia , Epidural Anaesthesia & MK

complications of Spinal & Epidural Anaesthesia
1 Hours 6. Management of airway in unconscious patient DK

1 Hours 7. Local Nerve Blocks & Pain Management DK
1 Hours 8. Role of anaesthetist outside OT & Anaesthesia NK
in Special situation
1 Hours 6th 1. Pharmacology of Local anaesthetic agents MK
Semester
1 Hours 2. Endotreacheal Intubation MK
1 Hours 3.. Anaesthesia Machine & resuscitation MK

equipments
1 Hours 4. Fluid Therapy & Monitoring to Anaesthesia MK
1 Hours 5. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation & MK
Anaphylactic Shock
1 Hours 6. Management of Trauma & shock DK
1 Hours 7. OT Setup & Sterilization DK
1 Hours 8. Intensive Care Management & Basic of DK

Mechanical Ventilation
PBL topics
1. Management of syncopal attack
2. Management of Convulsions
308
3. Management of Hypoglycemia
4. Management of Bronchial asthma
5. Drug sensitivity and anaphalactic reaction and their management
6. Management of unconscious patient
7. Management of airway
8. Management of Trauma patient
9. Management of shock
9. EVALUATION OF TEACHING PROGRAM:

Academic appraisal program: Marker Points-Term Wise
Marker Points:
Theory:
Marker Point Topic Approximate Date
4th Semester . Preoperative assessment & investigations
6th Semester . Fluid Therapy & Monitoring to Anaesthesia
INTERNAL ASSESSMENT
• Ward leaving practical examination for VII semester at the end of clinical posting .
Marks merged with General Surgery.
6 .BOOKS RECCOMENDED
A) TEXT BOOKS:
1. Essential of Anesthesia for undergraduates – R Chandrasekaran, R Lakshmi
2. Anaesthesia and Resuscitation for Medical Students and Practitioners – Vasumati Divekar- 2nd
Edition
B) REFERENCE BOOKS:
• Miller Anaesthesia-Ronald D. Miller, Rpy F.Curcchiara, Edward D.Miller, Jr. J.G.Reves, Michael
F.Roizen, John J.Savarese, 8th Edition
• Wylie & Churchill Davidson’s - A practice of Anaesthesia- Thomas E J Healy and Paul R Knight, 7th
Edition
• Lee’s synopsis of Anaesthesia – NJH Davies. JN Cashman 13th Edition
309
(DEEMED UNIVERSITY)

DEPARTMENT
OF
OBSTETRICS & GYNAECOLOGY
310
1. Preamble:
Knowledge of Obstetrics and Gynaecology is vital to improve the knowledge regarding health
and diseases related to females. It expands knowledge regarding molecular biology, genetics,
anatomy and physiology related to female genital tract, reproduction, maternal and child
health, imaging and other diagnostic modalities and gynaecological problems. Aim of
teaching obstetrics and gynaecology to undergraduate students to help them to understand
basic principles of maternal and child health and gynaecological problems.
2. Goal:
The broad goal of the teaching of undergraduate students in Obstetrics and Gynaecology is
that he/she shall acquire understanding of anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology of the
reproductive system and pregnancy conditions to gain the ability to optimally manage
common conditions affecting the female reproductive organs and pregnancy.
3. Objectives
A) Knowledge
1. Outline the anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology of the reproductive system and
the common conditions affecting it.
2. Diagnose normal pregnancy, labour, puerperium and manage the problems he/she is
likely to encounter therein.
3. List of leading causes of maternal and perinatal morbidity and mortality.
4. Understand the principles of contraception and various techniques employed,
methods of medical termination of pregnancy, sterilization and their complications.
5. Identify the use, abuse and side effects of drugs in pregnancy, premenopausal and
post-menopausal periods.
6. Describe the national programme of maternal and child health and family welfare and
their implementation at various levels.
7. Identify common gynaecological diseases and describe principles of their
management.
8. State the indications, techniques and complications of surgeries like Caesarean
section, laparotomy, abdominal and vaginal hysterectomy, Fothergill’s operation and
vacuum aspiration for Medical Termination of pregnancy (MTP) and minor surgeries
like EB, D and C, Cervical Biopsy and Cervical Encirclage.
B) Skill
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Take proper history and writing a good case sheet
2. Writing a good discharge summary, proper referral letter
3. Examination of patient and arrival at a diagnosis
4. Planning for investigation and treatment
311
5. Community orientation, participation in community health promoting and preventing
programmes
Communication skills
a. Counselling the patient
b. Interpersonal communication skills
c. Counselling HIV patient
d. Counseling infertile couple
e. To declare death
f. To break bad news
Clinical examination skills
1) Examine a pregnant woman, recognize high- risk pregnancies and make
appropriate referrals.
2) Conduct a normal delivery, plot and interpret partogram recognize complications
and decision of referral, provide postnatal care.
3) Resuscitate the new born and recognize the congenital anomalies.
4) Advise a couple on the use of various available contraceptive devices (student
should see at least 5 Cu-T insertions and 5 cases of female sterilization operations.)
5) Perform pelvic examination, diagnose and manage common gynaecological
problems including early detection of genital malignancies.
6) Make a vaginal cytological smear, perform a post coital test and wet vaginal smear
examination for Trichomonas vaginalis, Moniliasis and gram stain for gonorrhoea
catherisation of urinary bladder
7) Interpretation of data of investigations like biochemical, histopathological,
radiological ultrasound etc.
C) Integration:
The student shall be able to integrate clinical skills with other disciplines and bring about
coordination of family welfare programme for the national goal of population control.
Didactic & Non Didactic - 742 Hours :
ALLOTED DISTRIBUTION OF HOURS
Lectures 212 III Semester - 16 hrs.
(127 OBSTETRICS) IV Semester - 32 hrs.
(85 GYAECOLOGY) VI Semester - 24 hrs.
VII Semester - 20 hrs.
VIII Semester - 60 hrs.
IX Semester - 60 hrs.
Demonstrative teaching 20 IX Semester
Tutorials 20 IX Semester
Seminars 40 VIII Semester
Integrated Teaching program 8 VIII Semester
Role Play & Quiz 2 IX Semester
312
Clinical Posting 432 (24 weeks) III Semester - 36 hrs.
IV Semester - 72 hrs.
V Semester - 72 hrs.
VII Semester - 72 hrs.
VIII Semester - 72 hrs.
IX Semester - 108 hrs.
5. Course content
A) Theory
Paper I: Obstetrics And New Born
Semester wise Topic Must know Desirable to know Nice to know
distribution
III Semester 1. History of History of obstetrics Different innovation Names of scientists and their
11 hrs. obstetrics and in obstetrics and contribution in the field of
gynaecology gynaecology obstetrics and gynaecology
Basic Obstetrics Anatomy of internal Applied anatomy as Surgical anatomy related to
2.Anatomy and external related to Obstetrics Obstetrics and Gynaecology.
3.Physiology reproductive organs and Gynaecology.
including their
relationship to other
pelvic organs
4.PHYSIOLOGY OF Gametogenesis, Normal semen Tests for Ovulation
REPRODUCTION Ovulation, parameters
menstruation,
fertilisation and
implantation.
5.Anatomy of Pelvic Different muscles, Obstetrical Surgical anatomy of ureter and its
musculature blood supply , significance importence
6.History of obstetrics Anatomy of internal Applied anatomy as Surgical anatomy related to
anatomy of external and external related to Obstetrics Obstetrics and Gynaecology.
7. Anatomy of internal reproductive organs and Gynaecology
genitalia including their
relationship to other
pelvic organs
8. Physiology of Gametogenesis, Normal semen Tests for Ovulation
conception, Ovulation, parameters
Gametogenesis, menstruation,
Ovulation, fertilisation and
Fertilization, Morula implantation.
9. Implantations, Physiology of Normal Correlation with clinical
Decidua, Trophoblast, implantation, symptomatology of symptomatology of early
Inner cell mass, formation of decidua early pregnancy. pregnancy
chorion. chorion
10. Embryonic Basic embryology, Growth at various Teratogenic agents and drugs
development Fetal development. gestational ages affecting development of fetus
313
11. fetal physiology, Fetal circulation Changes at birth Apgar score and correlation at
circulation, changes at birth
birth
IV Semester 12. Placental structure and Development of assessment of placental functions

12 hrs. development & functions of placenta. placenta.
circulation
13. Placental function All functions of Feto placental assessment of placental functions
placenta barrier and its and its clinical correlation with
abnormalities the growth of fetus
14. Changes in genital The physiological symptomatology due differential diagnosis of above
organs, Breast., changes in Blood, to physiological symptomatology
Weight gain, Body Cardiovascular, changes
water metabolism Respiratory, urinary
and
Gastrointestinal tract.
15. CVS changes CVS changes symptomatology due differenntial diagnosis of above
Haematological Haematological to physiological symptomatology
changes metabolic changes metabotic changes
changes systemic changes systemic
changes. changes.
16. Placental Placental Hormonal Influence Tests For Endocrine Function
endocrinology endocrinology, on maintenance of
Changes of Endocrine Lactation. First
glands during Trimester, Second
pregnancy Trimester, Third
Trimester.
17. Changes of Changes of Endocrine Effects on pregnancy Tests for endocrine function
Endocrine glands glands like thyroid,
during pregnancy adrenal, pancreas etc.
during pregnancy
18. Hormonal Hormones required for Clinical correlation Clinical correlation with
Influence on maintenance of with Hormonal abnormality of lactation
maintenance of Lactation. Influence on
Lactation. maintenance of
Lactation.
19. Diagnosis Clinical symptoms and Congenital anomalies Dating in early pregnancy
pregnancy in First signs of early that can be including USG dating.
Trimester, Second pregnancy. diagnosed in early
Trimester, Third Various tests to pregnancy
Trimester. diagnose pregnancy
20. Preconceptional Aims and objectives of Methodology of Benefits of Preconceptional
counselling. Preconceptional Preconceptional counselling.
counselling. counseling.
21. Procedure at First Aims of antenatal Nutritional Preconceptional counselling ,
visit & subsequent care, clinical diagnosis requirements, Drug Monitoring of fetal growth by
314
visit & Examination of pregnancy and prescription, Gravidogram
Methods of differential diagnosis, Immunisation during
Obstetrical Relevant and basic pregnancy, antenatal
Examination investigations like Hb fetal surveillance.
for screening anaemia
and blood group and
Rh typing ,Procedure
at First visit &
subsequent visits &
Examination, Methods
of Obstetrical
Examination
22. Antenatal advises Aims of antenatal Nutritional Preconceptional counselling ,
& minor ailments care, clinical diagnosis requirements, Drug Monitoring of fetal growth by
of pregnancy and prescription, Gravidogram
differential diagnosis, Immunisation during
Relevant and basic pregnancy,antenatal
investigations like Hb fetal surveillance.
for screening anaemia
and blood group and
Rh typing ,Procedure
at First visit &
subsequent visits &
Examination, Methods
of Obstetrical
Examination
23. High risk case Definitions of high risk, Investigation for high Prevention and management of
detection high risk factors risk cases high risk cases
VI Semester 24. Antenatal Aims and objective All the measures for Clinical correlation with different
14 hrs. Assessment of fetal and indication of fetal assessment featal high risk factors in pregnancy
wellbeing assessment of well well being like
being Doppler, USG
25. Vomiting of Aetiopathogenesis, Medical disorders Unusual causes of hyperemesis
pregnancy investigations, causing vomiting in and management
management and pregnancy.
complications.
26.Foetal skull and Foetal skull and Types of various Clinical assessment of contracted
maternal pelvis maternal pelvis pelvis pelvis, cpd
27. Causes of onset of Theories of onset of Different Uterine dystocia
Labour labour musculature of
*Contractile system of uterus in normal
myometrium labour
Stages of Labour
28. Physiology of Physiology of 1st 2nd & Changes in 1st 2nd & Clinical symptomatology of
Normal Labour 3rd stage of labour 3rd stage of labour labour and correlation with 1st 2nd
29. Events in 1st 2nd & & 3rd stage of labour
30.3rd stage of labour
315
31. Mechanism of
Normal Labour
32. Clinical course of Management of all Partograph Dysfunctional labour
Normal Labour & stages of labour and Detection of
Management fetal monitoring abnormal labour
33. Involution of Course of Normal Management of other complications of

Uterus Puerperium - minor ailments & Puerperium
Physiological changes Puerperal sepsis and post-natal care.
Management of its diagnosis and
Normal puerperium management and
prevention, Breast
complications.
34. Physiology of Normal Physiology of Breast feeding and Management of abnormal
lactation lactation its problems lactation
35. Management of All minor ailments of Management of other complications of
minor ailments & normal and abnormal minor ailments & Puerperium
post-natal care puerperium post-natal care.
36. Abnormal
puerperium
37.Spontaneous Various types of d/d of Complications and special
Abortions, Different abortions, definitions, HAEMORRHAGE IN investigations
types & management causes, investigations EARLY PREGNANCY
and their
management.
VII Semester 38. Recurrent definitions, causes, Management of special investigations
10 hrs. abortions investigations and Recurrent abortions
their management
39.Induction of Various methods of Complication and Legal aspects of abortion
abortion induction management
40. MTP
41.Complication of All the Complication of Management of Legal aspects of MTP
MTP MTP complications
42. Ectopic Various SITES OF d/d of ectopic Conservative management of
Pregnancy- diagnosis ECTOPIC, definitions, pregnancy ectopic pregnancy
Ectopic pregnancy- causes, investigations
management and their
management.
43 Gestational Definition , causes, Investigations Long term complications and
Trophoblastic pathology, clinical differential diagnosis follow up of Gestational
Neoplasia- diagnosis features with diagnosis Trophoblastic disease
& Management, & Management
Gestational Gestational
Trophoblastic disease Trophoblastic disease
44. Abnormalities abnormalities of feto-maternal vasa previa, tumours of placenta
placenta & Cord placentae, complications with
316
Abnormalities of cord cord and placenta
insertion abnormalities.
45. Placenta Previa Causes, diagnosis, differential diagnosis classification of placenta previa
complications of of Ante partam ,associated gynaecological causes
Placenta Previa, Haemorrhage leading to APH
Accidental
Haemorrhage
46. Accidental Causes, diagnosis, differential diagnosis classification of placenta previa

Haemorrhage complications of of Accidental ,associated gynaecological causes
Placenta Previa, Haemorrhage leading to APH
Accidental
Haemorrhage
47. Diseases of Different causes of Diagnosis and Effects of UTI on pregnancy
Urinary systems Urinary management of
Retention, Dysuria Retention, Dysuria Urinary
Cystitis, Cystitis, Pyelonephritis Retention, Dysuria
Pyelonephritis in pregnancy Cystitis,
Pyelonephritis in
pregnancy
VIII Semester 48. Twin pregnancy Twins(types),triplets, Management of Mechanism of twin to twin
40 hrs. 49. Triplets/ Causes, diagnosis, single fetal demise transfusion and management
Quadruplet differential diagnosis, ,selective feto
complications in reduction
pregnancy and labour
and management
50. Hydramnios/ Causes, diagnosis, feto-maternal amnioinfusion, amniocentesis
Oligohydramnios investigations and complications and
management of surveillance in above
Hydramnios and conditions
oligohydramnios
51. Preterm Labour, / Causes, diagnosis and Neonatal pharmakokinetics of tocolytic
PROM principles of complications of drugs used in pregnancy
Postdated pregnancy management of Preterm babies,
management & preterm labour and PPROM
complications PROM
52. IUGR Causes, diagnosis and feto maternal newer drugs used in medical
53. IUD principles of surveillance in methods of induction of labour
management, Post- postdatism, IUGR,
dated pregnancy, IUD
IUGR, IUD
54. Anaemia with Causes , diagnosis and Effects of different Govt initiative to prevent
pregnancy- Etiology management of types of anaemia in anaemia in pregnancies
55. Anaemia with different types of pregnancy
pregnancy- anaemia in pregnancy
317
Investigations
56. Anaemia with
pregnancy-
Management
57. Hypertensive Causes , pathology, Effects of . Prevention and prediction of pih
disorders during diagnosis investigation Hypertensive HELLP Syndrome
Pregnancy- Etiology and management disorders in
58. Hypertensive pregnancy with
disorders during Management of maternal and fetal
Pregnancy- eclamptic fit and PIH complication
Management
59. Eclampsia
60. Pregnancy with Etio pathogenesis of Fetal and maternal Screening tests to diagnose
Diabetes- Inv diabetes in pregnancy Complications Pregnancy with Diabetes
61. Pregnancy with with diagnosis and
Diabetes- management
Management
62. Pregnancy with Different types of Effects of heart Surgical management of heart
Heart Disease- types/ heart disease in disease on pregnancy disease during pregnancy
inv pregnancy, pathology
63. Pregnancy with and diagnosis, INV and
Heart Disease- management
Management
64. Pregnancy with Different types of Effects of Pre conceptional diagnosis and
haemoglobinopathies haemoglobinopathies haemoglobinopathie counselling of
etiology, pathogenesis s on pregnancy haemoglobinopathies
and management
65. Pregnancy with Causes , pathology, Effects of UTI on Asymptomatic batceruria and
UTI symptomatology, pregnancy with fetal prevention of UTI
pathology, inv, and maternal
diagnosis and complications
management
66. Pregnancy with Different types of viral Decision making Different fetal and maternal
viral hepatitis hepatitis,inv, during termination complications
diagnosis, and management
management. during labour
67. Pregnancy with Causes , , Decision making Different fetal and maternal
tuberculosis, Asthma symptomatology, during termination complications
pathology, inv, and management
diagnosis and during labour
management
68. Pregnancy with symptomatology, Different fetal and Different screening methods
Hypothyroidism pathology, inv, maternal
69. Pregnancy with diagnosis and complications
Hyperthyroidism management
318
70. Pregnancy with Causes , , Differential diagnosis Management of vepileptic fit
epilepsy symptomatology, Different fetal and during labour
pathology, inv, maternal
diagnosis and complications
management
71. Pregnancy with Cuses, differential Ante natal Decision making regarding
acute pains & surgical diagnosis, management, fetal termination and continuation
problems. investigation and and maternal
management monitoring
72. Pregnancy with Causes , , Effects on Pregnancy Decision making regarding
prolapse, fibroid, Ca symptomatology, with prolapse, termination and continuation
cervix pathology, inv, fibroid, Ca cervix
diagnosis and
management
73. Contracted Pelvis Definition ,types, Effects of Decision making during trial of
diagnosis, contracted pelvis on labour
management labour
74. CPD Definition cause , Different methods to Maternal and fetal complication
diagnosis diagnose CPD and trial of labour
management
75. Abnormal uterine Definition cause , Role of power, Constriction and retraction ring
action & cervical diagnosis passage, and uterine rupture
Dystocia management passenger in
Abnormal uterine
action
76. Obstructed Labour Definition cause , Early diagnosis and Constriction and retraction ring
& Prolonged Labour diagnosis prevention prevention of uterine rupture,
management Miss use of oxytocics DTA
77. Malposition Definition cause , Management of face DTA and management
Occiput Post position diagnosis to pubis delivery
management
78. Breech Definition ,types, Breech delivery and External cephalic version, and
presentation cause , diagnosis different maneuveur perinatal outcome
management for after coming
head
79. Face Brow Definition cause , Management of face Maternal and fetal outcome
Presentation diagnosis delivery
management
80. Transverse lie Definition cause , Neglected shoulder Internal podalic version
diagnosis Presentation
management
81. compound Definition ,types, Management and Prevention of cord prolapse
presentation cause , diagnosis decision making for
82. cord Prolapse management caesarean section
83. dystocia due to Definition ,types, Decision making for Ante natal screening of Fetal
319
Fetal anomalies cause , diagnosis type of termination anomalies
of pregnancy
84. Interlocking twins, Definition cause , Management Prevention of Interlocking twins
conjoint twins diagnosis
85. Video on Normal Demonstration of covered Maternal and fetal outcome

Labour normal labour and
management
86. Video On Demonstration , covered Maternal and fetal outcome
Ventouse and Forceps application and
indication
87. Video On Demonstration , Complications and Maternal and fetal outcome
Casearean Section application and management
Vertex indication
.Video On Casearean Demonstration ,
Section Breech application and
Video On Casearean indication
Section twin
. Video On Casearean Demonstration ,
Section application and
occipitoposterior/DTA indication
Video On Casearean Demonstration , and
Section Transverse indication
Lie/Cord Prolapse
IX Semester . NEW BORN APGAR score, neonatal Immediate Care , steps of neonatal resuscitation.
40 hrs. 88. Apgar score, resuscitation, Physical Daily Examinations
Examination and features, Breast
immediate care of feeding.
newborn National immunisation
89. Physical features programme
Daily Examinations
Feeding &
Immunization
90. Asphyxia Asphyxia , Neonatal Birth injuries, Congenital Anomalies
Neonatorum, Jaundice, Convulsions
91. Jaundice in new
born
92. Congenital
Anomalies, Birth
injuries / Convulsions
93. Postpartum Definition, types, Management of Manual removal of placenta,
Haemorrhage – Diagnosis and Inversion of uterus , recent advances in surgical
definition and management of PPH. Injuries to Birth canal managements of atonic PPH
diagnosis
94. Postpartum
Haemorrhage –
320
Management
95. Retained placenta Causes Diagnosis and Types of morbid Management of placenta acreta
& management management of PPH. placenta different operation for uterine
Inversion of uterus Retained placenta, inversion
96. Injury to, Vulva, - Causes, clinical diagnosis and methods of surgical repair of all
Vagina, cervix, findings, diagnosis and operative above injuries
Perineal tears , types of injuries of management
Rupture uterus Vulva ,Vagina, Cervix,
Perineal tears, Rupture
Uterus
97. Pregnancy with Pregnancy with Management of Diagnosis and management of
previous LSCS/ VBAC previous LSCS ,VBAC labour complications of VBAC
various criteria to fulfil
VBAC
98. Pregnancy with Rh Isoimmunisation and Diagnosis and Management of hydrops fetalis ,
Negative women causes. Antenatal management of intra uterine blood transfusion
management of rh neg isoimmunisation
mother maternal and fetal
monitoring
99. Elderly primi Definition Complications and Prevention of complications

gravida Teenage preg. investigation and management of
antenatal care Elderly primi gravida
Teenage preg.
100, Grand Multi Definition Complications and Prevention of complications
gravid investigation and management of
antenatal care Grand Multi gravid
101. Bad Obstetric Definition diagnosis Complications and Preconceptional counselling
History investigation and management Bad
antenatal care Obstetric History
Operative
procedures
102. Induction of Indications pre Maternal and fetal Treatment of Maternal and fetal
Labour requisite, different monitoring and complications
medical and surgical complications
method
103. Shock in Definitions different Complete Preventive measures
Obstetrics causes and first aid management of
shock as per causes
104. High risk Definition diagnosis Follow up and special Pre and pos conceptional
pregnancy-i inv and management investigation counselling regarding fetal and
105. High risk maternal outcome
pregnancy-II
106 Coagulation Definition , causes, Coagulation cascade Preventive measures and
failure in pregnancy diagnosis inv and monitoring
management
107. Renal failure in Definition , causes, Management and Renal haemodialysis different
321
pregnancy diagnosis inv and complications of ARF types
management and CRF
108. Antenatal and POST PARTUM Treatment of POST Antenatal counselling and
postnatal mental PSYCHOSIS PARTUM PSYCHOSIS prevention of POST PARTUM
health management PSYCHOSIS
109. D&E / Suction Indications, technique Management of Prevention of complications
Evacuation/ & complications of complications
Episiotomy episiotomy, D&E /
Suction Evacuation
110. Management of Indications, technique Management of Prevention of complications
uterine perforation & complications of complications
111. Hysterotomy uterine perforation
Hysterotomy
112. Forceps Vaccum indications, technique Management of Prevention of complications
113.MRP & complications of complications
Forceps Vaccum
,MRP
114. Version- External Indications, technique Management of Prevention of complications
& Internal & complications of . complications
Version- External &
Internal
115. Caesarean Indication Procedures Different techniques Prevention and management of
Section- Complications complications
Indication Procedures Twins(types),triplets, Management of
Complications Causes, diagnosis, single fetal demise Mechanism of twin to twin
116.Advances and differential diagnosis, ,selective feto transfusion and management
management of complications in reduction
multiple pregnancy. pregnancy and labour
and management
117. Cervical Indication Procedures Management of Different techniques in non
Encirclage Complications complications pregnant state
118. Amniocentesis/ Definations Indication Management of Different genetic studies and
Amnio Infusion, Foetal Procedures complications counselling different fetal
Therapy Complications therapies
119. Oxytocics in Basic pharmacology , Complications and Prevention of side effects and
Obstetrics indication , mechanism side effects with anti dots
120. of action management
Antihypertensives
121. Tocolytics/
Diuretics/
Anticonvulsants/Othe
r Drugs during
purpeurium & laction
122. Analgesia in Definition, different Complications and Prevention of side effects
Labour types, drugs , side effects with
techniques and management
322
procedure
123. Role of USG & X- Basics of USG and x ray Various Role of USG Newer techniques
Ray in Obstetrics indications, & X-Ray in Obstetrics
contraindications of x-
ray
124. Population population dynamics, PNMR & MMR In Our changing trends in demography,
dynamics Definition of PNMR & Institute, Wardha, population policy
Population control MMR. causes and India
prevention of Perinatal
and maternal mortality
125. Maternal population dynamics, PNMR & MMR In Our Govt. strategies for prevention of
Mortality & Perinatal Definition of PNMR & Institute, Wardha, PNMR & MMR
Mortality MMR. causes and India
prevention of Perinatal
and maternal mortality
126. Safe motherhood Definition ingredients. Govt strategies Role of NGO and private org in
& NRHM Objectives and under NRHM collaboration with govt policy of
ingredients of NRHM NRHM
127. PNDT Act PNDT Act Medico legal aspects Auditing in Obstetrics
auditing in obstetrics/ in obstetrics practice
medico legal aspect in
practice
Paper-II GYNAECOLGY AND FAMILY PLANING
Semester Topic Must know Desirable to know Nice to know

wise
distribution
III Semester 5 1. Introduction to History of gynaecology Different Names of
hrs Gynaecology innovation in scientists and
gynaecology their contribution
in the field of
gynaecology
2 . Anatomy of Female Anatomy of internal and Applied anatomy surgical anatomy
Genital Tract external reproductive organs as related to related to
including their relationship to Obstetrics and Obstetrics and
other pelvic organs Gynaecology Gynaecology.
3. physiology and Gametogenesis, Ovulation, Clinical correlation Different

endocrinology of female menstruation, fertilisation and hormonal tests
reproductive system implantation
4 .ovulation Complete physiology of Correlation of Different tests

ovulation ovulation with for detection of
menstrual cycle ovulation
323
5. Fertilization Complete physiology of Pre requisites for Different tests
fertilisation fertilization for detection of
fertilisation
IV Semester 6. physiology of Gametogenesis, Ovulation, Normal hormonal Clinical
20 hrs gametogenesis menstruation, fertilisation and parameters correlation
7. Ovarian steroidogenesis implantation , ovarian
steroidogenesis
8. Pelvic Musculature Complete anatomy of pelvic Clinical Course of pelvic
Blood & Nerve supply, floor, relation and function importance and ureter and
Pelvic Ureter different Gynaec. management of
problem pelvic ureteric
associated with injuries
pelvic
musculature
9.HPO axis and ovarian Physiology of HPO axis and Clinical correlation Different
Steroidogenesis correlation with menstrual with normal abnormality due
cycle menstruation, to HPO axis
ovulation and
fertilisation
10. Physiology of Physiology of menstruation Clinical correlation Abnormal
Menstruation menstruation
different types
11. Puberty & Adolescent Physiology of puberty Different changes Physical changes
Gynaecology in puberty in puberty and
adolescent
12. Problems in Different menstrual problems Management of Management of
Adolescent Girl in adolescent different precausous
problems in puberty
puberty
13. Development of Development of female genital Different stages of Different
female Genital organs, organs development anomalies
14 Malformation of
female Genital tract
15. Mullerian Anomalies. Normal development of female Different Clinical
genital tract anomalies correlation
16. Sex and Intersex Normal development of int and Different Management of
ext genital organs and its differential intersex
differentiation diagnosis
17. Cervical Lesion Different cervical lesion and Diagnosis Differential
Inflammation ulcer cervical physiological changes, investigation and diagnosis
atrophy cervical erosion, cervicitis management
,cervical ulcers
324
18. Sexually, Transmitted Different causative organisms Diagnosis and Preventive
disease for sexually Transmitted management measures
disease
19. .Gonorrhoea, Syphilis, Different causative organisms Diagnosis and Preventive
chancroid for Gonorrhoea, Syphilis, management measures
chancroid
20. Hepatitis, Aids, Different causative organisms Diagnosis and Preventive
Vaginosis for Hepatitis, Aids, Vaginosis management measures
21. Diseases of Different causative organisms Diagnosis and Preventive
Vagina,Vaginal Infections for Vaginal Infections management measures
22. Leucorrhoea Definition , physiological and Bedsides Preventive
pathological changes causes techniques for measures
diagnosis of
Leucorrhoea and
management
23. Tuberculosis of Primary Infection, Pathology, Different Different
Genital Tract spread and pathological sypmtomatology regimens of AKT
* Primary Infection, changes in the genital tract and inv diagnosis and .treatment of
Pathology, spread causes management resistant
tuberculosis
24. Tuberculosis of Primary Infection, Pathology, Different Different
Genital Tract Investigation spread and pathological sypmtomatology regimens of AKT
and management changes in the genital tract and inv diagnosis and treatment of
causes management resistant
tuberculosis
25. Pelvic inflammatory Incidence, causes , pathology, Complication of MANGEMENT OF

diseases investigations, symptomatology chronis and acute COMPLICATIONS
, management PID
VI Semester 26. Population Dynamics, population dynamics, Definition PNMR & MMR In changing trends
10 hrs Natural and Barrier of PNMR & MMR. causes and Our Institute, in demography,
Methods. prevention of Perinatal and Wardha, India population policy
maternal mortality
27. IUCD and Inject able Mechanism of action and Management of Success rate
Devices indication, complication complications failure rate and
recent advances
28. Oral Contraceptives Mechanism of action and Management of Success rate
indication, complication complications failure rate and
recent advances
29. Emergency and newer Mechanism of action and Different methods Awareness
contraception indication, complication regarding newer
325
contraception in
different
population
30. Male sterilization Indications and methods complications Counselling and
promotion of
Male sterilization
31. Female sterilization Different methods, procedure Failure rates and Provisions under
and timings complications and Govt. laws for
their management failure cases
32. MTP Act and Medical Knowledge of MTP acts Different methods Recent drugs for
MTP provisions under Govt. acts of MTP MTP
eligibility of persons , place
,indications for conducting MTP
33. . Methods of 1st Various methods of first Complications and Legal aspect of
trimester MTP trimester MTP management failure of MTP
34. Methods of 2nd Various Methods of 2nd Complications and Legal aspect of
trimester MTP trimester MTP management failure of MTP
35. Complications and All complications of MTP Management and medicolegal
medicolegal aspects of prevention of aspects of MTP
MTP complications
VII Semester 36. Genital fistulae- VVF Definitions, causes diagnosis, Different Complications
10 hrs Genital fistulae- RVF investigations, management operative and preventive
procedure and measures for
steps VVF,RVF
37. Stress urinary Definitions, causes diagnosis, Different Nonsurgical
incontinence investigations, management operative management and
procedure and preventive
steps measures
38. Male Infertility Definitions, causes diagnosis, Normal and Management of
investigations, management abnormal azoospermia
parameter t/t of
oligospermia
39. Female Infertility- Definitions, causes diagnosis, t/t of tubal factor, Assisted
causes investigations, management uterine, cervical reproduction ,
Female Infertility- inv factor IUI,IVF
Female Infertility-
management
40 Physiology of Normal Physiology of Different test for Management of
ovulation-Tests ovulation ovulation anovulation
Induction of ovulation Causes , diagnosis and Complete medical Different
326
investigation of anovulation management for ovulation
anovulation stimulation
protocol
41. Primary Definitions, incidence, causes Management of MRKH syndrome,
Amenorrhoea-Etiology diagnosis, investigations primary TURNER
amenorrhoea SYNDROME
42. Inv. & Management of Investigations , Management of Management of Cryptomenorrho
pri Amenorrhoea primary amenorrhoea primary ea and its
amenorrhoea management
43. Secondary Definitions, incidence, causes Management of Asherman
Amenorrhoea diagnosis, investigations Secondary syndrome and its
Amenorrhoea management
44. Menstrual Primary Amenorrhoea- Premenstrual conservative
Irregularities Part I Etiology, Inv. & Management of syndrome, surgical methods
Menstrual Irregularities primary amenoorhoea , menopause- to treat AUB
Part II Secondary Amenorrhoea hormone levels,
Oligomenorrhoea Investigations
Polymenorrhoea Menorrhagia
Abnormal uterine bleeding -
Etiology, Pathology DUB- Inv,
Management
Post menopausal bleeding-
causes and management ,
Menopause-Pathophysiology,
and management
45. Preinvasive cancer Different types of Preinvasive Basics of Comparison be

screening -Visual cancer of cervix,VIA VILI,pap colposcopy for tween VI and
inspection with acetic acid smear screening of Colposcopy
Preinvasive cancer
VIII Semester 46. Menorrhagia Definitions, incidence, causes Classification as Different
20 hrs diagnosis, investigations AND per Palmpoint methods of
Management endometrium
ablations
47. AUB Part I Definitions, incidence, causes Classification as Different
diagnosis, investigations AND per Palmpoint methods of
ablations
48. AUB Part II Definitions, incidence, causes Classification as Different
diagnosis, investigations AND per Palm point methods of
ablations
49. Dysmenorrhoea & Definitions, incidence, causes Differential Surgical
327
Premenstrual syndrome diagnosis, investigations AND diagnosis management of
Management Dysmenorrhoea
& Premenstrual
syndrome
50. Menopause and Definitions, menopausal HRT, and other Prevention of
Problems symptoms ,pathophsiology, non hormonal osteoporosis and
investigation and Management drugs in cardiac diseases
management of in menopause
meno pause
51. Menopause- Definitions, menopausal HRT, and other Prevention of
Pathophysiology, symptoms ,pathophsiology, non hormonal osteoporosis and
Hormone levels, investigation and Management drugs in cardiac diseases
Investigations and management of in menopause
management meno pause
52. Post menopausal Causes and Management Differential Different
bleeding-causes and diagnosis Diagnostic
management measures for
evaluating post
menopausal
bleeding
53. Genital prolapsed causes diagnosis and different Pop que Management of
classification symptomatology quantification of nulliparous
and management prolapsed uterus , prolapsed
differential
diagnosis, surgical
management
54. Etiology and causes diagnosis and different Pop que Management of
classification of prolapsed classification symptomatology quantification of nulliparous
differential
diagnosis, surgical
management
55. Symptoms and D/D of causes diagnosis and different Pop que Management of
prolapse classification symptomatology quantification of nulliparous
differential
diagnosis, surgical
management
56. Conservative & causes diagnosis and different Pop que Management of
surgical management of classification symptomatology quantification of nulliparous
prolapse, Nulliparous and management prolapsed uterus , prolapsed and
Prolapse differential conservative
328
diagnosis, surgical management
management,
57. Fibroid uterus- Definitions, different clinical Different medical Effects of fibroid
Diagnosis presentation, investigation and and surgical on pregnancy
58. Fibroid uterus- Inv/ Management methods for and effects of
management Menstrual complaint, pressure management of pregnancy on
symptoms causes of infertility fibroid uterus fibroid
due to fibroid indications of
Different and red degeneration myomectomy
of fibroid uterus
59. Benign & malignant Different Benign & malignant Figo classification Management of
Neoplasm - Vulva & Neoplasm - Vulva & Vagina of ca Vulva & Benign &
Vagina symptomatology, diagnosis, Vagina malignant
inv, management Neoplasm - Vulva
& Vagina
60. Ca cervix- part I causes diagnosis and Figo ‘s staging of Management like
symptomatology, and ca cervix warthyme’shyste
management rectomy,
radiotherapy
61. Ca cervix- Part II causes diagnosis and Figo ‘s staging of Management like
symptomatology, and ca cervix warthyme’shyste
management rectomy,
radiotherapy
62.Colposcopy Different types of Pervasive Basics of Comparison be
cancer of cervix, VIA VILI colposcopy for tween VI and
Colposcopy
63.pre invasive carcinoma Different types of Pervasive Pap smear VI and
of cervix cancer of cervix, VIA VILI, pap Colposcopy
smear
64. revision 1
65. revision 1I
IX Semester 66. Ca Endometrium Itiopathogenesis , high risk Different surgical Radiotherapy for
2o hrs factors diagnosis and different management Ca Endometrium
classification symptomatology
and management
67. Ovarian Tumours & causes ,high risk factors Classifications Histological
its classification diagnosis and different differential classification and
classification symptomatology diagnosis different
and management classification
68. Benign conditions of causes diagnosis and different D/D AND Diagnosis and
ovary classification symptomatology Management Management of
and management twisted ovarian
cyst
329
69. Malignant ovarian High risk factors diagnosis and Figo’s staging Different tumour
Tumours different classification markers
symptomatology and
management
70. Chemotherapy in Indications commonly used Indication, Management of
malignancy drugs , various regimes , pre contraindication , adverse drug
requisite to initiate mechanism of reaction
Chemotherapy action
71. Gynaecological Indications , steps, pre Complications and Post operative
Operations operative investigations, its management care
D&C, cervical Biopsy preparation
72. pre and post operative
care and complications
73. Hysterectomy Abd & Indications , steps, pre Complications and Post-operative
Vaginal + Radical surgeries operative investigations, its management care and follow
preparation types of up
hysterectomy
74. Gynaecological Indications and steps of Diagnostic and Complications
Endoscopy laparoscopy and hysteroscopy therapeutic role of and its
Gynaecological management
Endoscopy
75. Chronic Pelvic Pain causes diagnosis, Differential Role of
investigations AND diagnosis laparoscopy in
Management chronic pelvic
pain
76. Endometriosis- Definition, incidence, causes , American Complications

Etiology and pathology types and different theories classification and its
diagnosis, investigations AND Different surgical management and
Management and medical recent drugs
management
77. Endometriosis- Definition, incidence, causes , American Complications
investigations and types and different theories classification and its
management diagnosis, investigations AND Different surgical management and
Management and medical recent drugs
management
78. Preventive Oncology Role and importance of Different Role of genetic
demographic social cultural screening method study genetic
family and occupational and for early detection counselling in
genetic history in relation to of genital prevention of
genital malignancy malignancy genital
malignancy role
of
330
immunohistoche
mistry
79. Hormonal Therapy What is Hormonal Therapy Different regimes Contraindications
different hormones used for of HRT of Hormonal
Hormonal Therapy indications Different regime Therapy
selection of patient and for endometriosis,
different conditions for DUB , endometrial
hormonal therapy in carcinoma
gynaecology
80. Radiotherapy in Basics of Radiotherapy Indication, Complications
Gynaecology indications of Radiotherapy in contraindication , and management
gynaecology mechanism of of radiotherapy
action different
regimens of
radiotherapy
81. Imaging in Basics of USG CTSCAN MRI and Role of USG Role of
Gynaecology XRAY indications and role in CTSCAN MRI and interventional
gynaecological conditions XRAY in radiology
gynaecology gynaecological
conditions
82. Video demonstration Basics procedure of Different Complications
of Hysteroscopy + Hysteroscopy + Laparoscopy procedure done and management
Laparoscopy by Hysteroscopy +
Laparoscopy
Video demonstration of Basics procedure of Abdominal Various indication Intra op and post
Abdominal hysterectomy hysterectomy + Vaginal of vaginal and op Complications
+ Vaginal Hysterectomy Hysterectomy abdominal and management
hysterectomy
Video demonstration of Basics procedure of Various pre Complications
myomectomy myomectomy requisite and management
indication
myomectomy
PNDT Act What is PNDT Act . provision Penalties for Procedure of
Auditing in Obstetrics/ and prohibition of PNDT Act violation of act registration
Medico legal aspects in under PNDT Act
practice
B) Non- didactic:
STRATEGY TOPIC
Practicals / Clinics 3rd 4th 5th 7th 8th and 9th Obstetrics AND GYAECOLOGICAL cases ARE allotted to students in
semester 432 HRS ward/OPD/labour room/OT
OBSTETRICS
331
COMMON SKILLS
Examination of ANC patient and arrival at a diagnosis
Planning for investigation and treatment
Community orientation, participation in community health
promoting and preventing programmes
CLINICAL SKILL
1. Examine a pregnant woman, recognize high- risk pregnancies
and make appropriate referrals.
2. Conduct a normal delivery, plot and interpret partogram
3. Recognize complications and decision of referral, provide
ostnatal care
4. Resuscitate the new-born and recognize the congenital
anomalies.
5. Advise a couple on the use of various available contraceptive
devices (student should see at least 5 Cu-T
6. Insertions and 5 cases of female sterilization operations.)
Simulation Posting in clinical skills lab during surgery clinical postings in 8th and
9th semester.-
Skills taught-
1. Catheterisation
2. PV Examination, pelvic assessment
3. Normal labour
4. Abnormal labour- Breech and occipito posterior
5. Episiotomy suturing
6. Birth canal injuries
7. Demonstration of Routine surgeries.
8. PPH drill
9. Eclampsia drill
10.Family planning counselling
Labour room posting In VIII semester to conduct 2o deliveries

GYNAECOLOGY
COMMON SKILLS
Take proper history and writing a good case sheet
Writing a good discharge summary, proper referral letter
Examination of patient and arrival at a diagnosis
Planning for investigation and treatment
Community orientation, participation in community health
promoting and preventing programmes
CLINICAL SKILL
1. Perform pelvic examination, diagnose and manage
332
common. gynaecological problems including early
detection of genital malignancies.
2. Make a vaginal cytological smear, perform a post
coital test and wet vaginal smear examination for
3. Trichomonas vaginalis, Moniliasis and gram stain
for gonorrhoea catherisation of urinary bladder
4. Interpretation of data of investigations like
biochemical, histopathological, radiological ultrasound etc.
5. Diagnosis & Management of common Gynaecologic problems
like Genital tract infections, Menstrual disorders, DUB, Fibroid
uterus, Infertility, Prolapse uterus, various Gynaecologic
malignancies.
6. Demonstrations of various minor gynaecologic procedures like
Diagnosis of vaginitis, erosions, Carcinoma Cervix, Endometrial
Biopsy, Cervical Biopsy, Colposcopy, PAP Smear, Various
techniques of Assisted Reproductive Techniques, Cu-T insertion,
D&C< Menstrual Regulation, MTP & TL, Resuturing, Post Coital
Test, Wet Vaginal Smear, 2nd trimester Termination by Extra-
Ovular Instillation of Ethacridine Lactate.
7. Major Gynaecologic procedures like Techniques to open & close
abdomen, Laparotomy, Hysterectomy (Abdominal & Vaginal),
Endoscopic procedures (Diagnostic Laparoscopy, Hysteroscopy),
Ovariotomy, Fothergill’s operation, Myomectomy
Problem based learning 1. Obstetrics Case scenario
VIII Semester 2. Gynaecology Case scenario
8 hrs
333
Tutorial + demonstration 1. Anaemia in Pregnancy
IX Semester 2. PIH
40 hrs 3. GDM
4. Previous Caesarean
5. Placenta previa
6. Abruptio placenta
7. Breech
8. Transverse lie
9. Obstructed labour
10. Induction of labour
11. Normal Puerperium
12. Abnormal peuperium
13. PPH
14. Fibroid
15. DUB
16. Infertility
17. Pelvic organ prolaps
18. Cervical CA
19. Uterine Ca
20. Ovarian CA
21. Maternal Pelvis.
22. Fetal skull.
23. Pelvic assessment and diagnosis of CPD.
Mechanism in labour in vertex.
24. Mechanism in labour in occipitoposterior.
Mechanism of labour in breech
25. Mechanism of labour in face.
26. First stage of labour management
27. Second stage of labour
(Episiotomy & Suturing)
Second stage of labour(Forceps)
Second stage of labour (Ventouse)
Active Management of third stage of labour
PPH Management-B Lynch sutures and stepwise
devascularisation
28. Drugs in Obstetrics.
Emergency Drugs.
Obstetric Instruments.
29. X-Rays related to Various Obstetric conditions.
Specimens related to Various Obstetric
conditions. Demonstrations of various Minor
Obstetric procedures like Episiotomy,
Dilatation & Evacuation, Culdocentesis, ECV,
Catheterization, Non stress Test, , Cervical
334
Encerclage.
30. Major operative procedures like LSCS, Obstetric

Hysterectomy. Puerperal tubectomy procedures.
Postpartum IUCD
31. Diagnosis & Management of common Gynecologic
problems like Genital tract infections
32. Menstrual disorders, DUB, Fibroid uterus,
Infertility, Prolapse uterus, various Gynecologic
malignancies.
33. Demonstrations of various minor gynecologic
34. Diagnosis of vaginitis, erosions, Carcinoma Cervix,
Endometrial Biopsy, Cervical Biopsy, Colposcopy,
PAP Smear
35. Various techniques of Assisted Reproductive
Techniques
36. Cu-T insertion, D&C< Menstrual Regulation, MTP
& TL, Resuturing, Post Coital Test, Wet Vaginal
Smear, IInd trimester Termination by Extra-Ovular
Instillation of Ethacridine Lactate.
37. Major Gynecologic procedures like Techniques to
open & close abdomen, Laparotomy,
Hysterectomy (Abdominal & Vaginal )
38. Endoscopic procedures (Diagnostic Laparoscopy,
Hysteroscopy), Ovariotomy, Fothergill’s
operation,Myomectomy
39. Drugs related to Gynecologic conditions.
Instruments related to Gynecologic conditions.
40. X-Rays related to Gynecologic conditions.
Specimens related to Gynecologic conditions.
STRATEGY TOPIC
Seminar VIII semester 1.Fibroid uterus
40 hrs 2.Pregnancy with H/O prev. LSCS
(discussed in 20 topic) Prolapse Uterus
3.Normal labour
4.Physiology of Menstruation
5.Malpresentation
6.Leukorrhea
7.Antenatal care
8.Ca cervix
9.Amenorrhea
10Heart disease in pregnancy
335
11.PIH
12.Medical termination of pregnancy
13. Maternal infections in pregnancy
14. Thyroid disorder in pregnancy
15. Renal faiure in pregnancy
16. Tuberculosis in pregnancy
17. Epilepsy in pregnancy
18.Immunological disorders in pregnancy
19.Poisoning in pregnancy
20. Imaging in pregnancy
Integrated teaching 8th semester 1.HYPETENSION IN PREGNANCY
8hrs 2.Diabetes in pregnancy
3.Anaemia in pregnancy
4.Jaundice in pregnancy
5.Haematological disorders in pregnancy
Role plays & quiz – 2 hrs Obstetrics Emergency
336
6. Scheme of Examinations:
(MK) – 60 % (DK) – 30 % (NK) – 10 %
LAQ (4) (4) - - 10 M x 2

2/4 Level I – 2 = 20 M
Level II – 2
SAQ (6) (3) (2) (1) 4Mx5

BAQ (11) (7) (3) (1) 2 M x 10

MCQ (20) (12) (6) (2) 1 M x 20


337
MARKSHEET
7. Books recommended
A) Text Books:
Obstetrics:
a. Text book of Obstetrics D.C.Dutta, Edited by Hirala Konar, Published by New Central Book
Agency, Kolkata.- 8th Edition
b. Manual of Obstetrics, Edited by Daftary SN, and Daftary GS Published by Elsevier, New
Delhi – 3rd Edition
c. India Text Book of Obstetrics by Holland & Brews – 16th Edition
d. Oxonfort- Text book of obstetrics -5th Edition
Gynaecology:
1. Text book of Gynaecology - D.C.Dutta. Edited by Hiralal Konar, published by New
central BookAgency, kolkata – 6th Edition
2. Mudaliar and Menon’s Clinical Obstetrics Edited by Gopalan Sarala and Jain Vanita
Published byOrient Longman, Chennai, INDIA. – 10th Edition
3. Howkins & Bourne Shaw’s Text book of Gynaecology edited by Padubidri VG and
Daftary SNPublished by Elsevier- 16th Edition
B) Reference Books:
1. Shaw’s Text book of Operative Gynaecology Revised by Hudson CN and Setchell ME
Published by Reed Elsevier India Pvt., Ltd.- 6th Edition
2. Practical Gynaecology and Obstetrics edited by Parulekar S V Published by Vora
medical, Publications.- 5th Edition
3. Text book of obst. William obstetrics – 23rd Edition
4. Text book of gynaec William gynaecology – 2nd Edition
5. Williams Test book of endocrinology- 11th Edition
338
A) Formative Assessment
V. The Weightage for Internal Assessment shall be as per regulations of Medical Council of
India carrying 20% of the total marks in each subject.
VI. Student must secure at least 35% of the total marks fixed for internal assessment in a
Obstetrics & Gynecology
Scheme (Theory):
There shall be two Term ending and one preliminary examination as under:
First Terminal examination at the end of sixth semester.
Second Terminal examination at the end of eighth semester.
Preliminary examination during ninth semester after
completion of the course
Clinical & Oral examination:
First Clinical Examination at the end of first posting
Second Clinical Examination at the end of third posting
Clinical Examination in
Preliminary Examination during ninth semester after
completion of the posting(i) For each Sessional Examination: There shall be one theory paper of 80
marks & 3 hour duration (Sec. A: 30 minutes & Section B and C: 2 ½ hrs.).
Pattern:
Section A (M.C. Q.) 20 x 1 20 Marks
Section B B. A. Q. 10 x 2 20 Marks
(Any five out of six)
S.A.Q. 5x4 20 Marks
Section C L. A. Q. 10 x 2 20 Marks
(Any two out of three)
CLINICAL EXAMINATION
CLINICAL 120 Marks

Clinical:
One long case : 50 marks
One short case : 25 Marks
OSCE (Objective structured clinical Exercises): 25 Marks
Record of Delivery Cases: 20 Marks
Total 120 Marks
(ii) Preliminary Examination:
339
Practical’s.
Paper I & Paper II
Section : A
It shall consist of Twenty (20) multiple choice questions (MCQs), carrying 1 mark each and shall be
( 20x1=20 Marks)
Section : B
Question 1: Brief answer questions (BAQ) (10x2=20 Marks)
(Five out of Six)
SAQ (5x4=20 Marks)
Section : C
Question 3: Long Answer Questions (10x2=20 Marks)
CLINICAL 120 Marks
ORAL 40 Marks
Clinical:
One long case : 50 marks
Total 120 Marks
ORAL / VIVA – : 40 Marks
(Obstetrics & New Born)
Instruments
Drugs
Specimens
X-rays
Dummy & Pelvis
Gynaecology & Family Planning
Instruments
Drugs
Specimens
X-rays
340
Summative exam:
Paper I & Paper II
Section : A
It shall consist of Twenty (20) multiple choice questions (MCQs), carrying 1 mark each and shall be
( 20x1=20 Marks)
Section : B
Question 1: Brief answer questions (BAQ) (10x2=20 Marks)
(Five out of Six)
SAQ (5x4=20 Marks)
Section : C
Question 3: Long Answer Questions (10x2=20 Marks)

CLINICAL 120 Marks
ORAL 40 Marks
Clinical:
One long case : 50 Marks
Total 120 Marks
ORAL / VIVA – : 40 Marks

(Obstetrics & New Born)
Instruments
Drugs
Specimens
X-rays
Dummy & Pelvis
Gynaecology & Family Planning
Instruments
Drugs
Specimens
X-rays
QUSETION PAPER TEMPLATE APPLICABLE TO PAPER 1 & PAPER 2
Section A 60% MK 30%DK 10%NK
MCQ LI 80% LI 80% LI 80%
L2 20% L2 20% L2 20%
Section B 60% MK 30%DK 10%NK
BAQ LI 80% LI 80% LI 80%
L2 20% L2 20% L2 20%
SAQ
341
LAQ 100% MK
LI 80%
L2 20%
** MK- MUST KNOW DK-DESIRED TO KNOW NK- NICE TO KNOW
L1- OPEN QUESTION L2- PROBLEM BASED
Marksheet:
Final Result:
Heads of Theory Oral InternalAs Total Clinical / Internal Total
Passing sess. (Theory Practical Assess. Clinical/ Total Result
Theory +Oral+ Clinical/ Practical
Internal Practical
Asses.
Maximum 160 40 20 220 120 20 140 360
Minimum 110 70 180
Max : Maximum marks FFF: Fail Ex: Exemption
Min : Minimum Marks Ab : Absent # : Distinction
342
(DEEMED UNIVERSITY)

DEPARTMENT
OF
PEDIATRICS
343
1. Preamble:
Child health is an important health priority in developing country like India. Around 2 million
children under five die in India every year accounting for one in five death in the world.
These figures are alarming and therefore every Medical student must be trained to achieve
the desired competencies pertaining to childhood namely neonatal disorders, Preventive
Pediatrics, Systemic Pediatrics. These competencies should encase all the three domains
Knowledge, Attitude and Skills to render the student with a status being a humane medical
graduate to encounter these problems.
2. Goal:
The broad goal of the teaching of undergraduate students in Pediatrics is to acquire
adequate knowledge and appropriate skills dealing with major health problems of children
to ensure their optimal Growth and Development.
3. Objectives:
A) Knowledge:-
At the end of the course, the students shall be able to:-
1. Describe the normal Growth and Development during fetal life, Neonatal period,
Childhood and Adolescence and the deviations thereof.
2. Describe the common Pediatric disorders and emergencies in terms of Epidemiology,
Etiopathogensis, Clinical manifestations, Diagnosis and also describe the rational
therapy and rehabilitatire services.
3. Workout age related requirements of calories, nutrients, fluids, dosages of drugs etc.
in health and disease.
4. Describe preventive strategies for common infectious disorders, Malnutrition, Genetic
and Metabolic disorders, Poisonings, Accidents and Child abuse.
5. Outline national programs related to child health including Immunization programs.
B) Skills:
At the end of the course, the students shall be able to:-
 Take detailed Pediatric and Neonatal history and conduct an appropriate physical
examination of children and neonates, make clinical diagnosis, conduct common
bedside investigative procedures, interpret common laboratory investigations, plan
and institute therapy.
 Take anthropometric measurements, resuscitate newborn, prepare oral rehydration
solution, perform tuberculin test, administer vaccines available under current
National programs, perform venesection, start intravenous fluids and provide
nasogastric feeding.
 Conduct diagnostic procedures such as lumbar puncture, liver and kidney biopsy,
bone marrow aspiration, pleural and ascitic tap.
 Distinguish between normal Newborn babies and those requiring special care and
institute early care to all newborn babies including care of preterm and low birth
weight babies, provide correct guidance and counseling about breastfeeding and
Complementary feeding .
344
 Provide ambulatory care to all not so sick children, identify indications for
specilalized/ inpatient care and ensure timely referral to those who require
hospitalization.
C) Integration:
The training in Pediatrics should prepare the students to deliver preventive, promotive,
curative and rehabilitative services for care of children, both in the community and at
hospitals as a part of team in an integrated form with other disciplines, eg. Anatomy,
Physiology, Forensic medicine, Community medicine, Physical medicine and
Rehabilitation.
The following topics will be considered for integrated teaching
 Tuberculosis
 Diabetes
 Malaria
 Sickle cell disease
 Hemolytic Anemia
4. Didactic (1/3rd)
Strategy Total hours allotted Semester wise distribution of hours
Lecture 70 IV Semester -13
VI Semester -13
VIISemester -12
VIII Semester -15
IX Semester -17
Didactic
IVSemester – 13 hrs.
General IV Semester
Pediatrics
(13hrs )
1hr. Introduction Introduction to
Pediatrics; History
Taking,
Examination
General and
Systemic
examination
345
Growth and Normal
Development Growth.
4hrs. Normal
Development.
Immunization Basic
Routine Newer
3hrs. Immunization vaccines
Schedule ,
Immunization in
special situations
3hrs. Nutrition Breast feeding Acid Base

Lactation Balance
Management ,
Complementary
feeding.
PEM including
SAMandMAM
2hrs. Minerals and Calcium
Trace Iodine Phosphorus
elements Iron Zinc
and others
VI Semester – 13hrs.
System and Semester Topic Must know Desirable to Nice to know
total hours wise know
General VISemester Growth and -Abnormal Growth
Pediatrics Development -Developmental - Psychomotor
3hrs. Delay Retardation
1hr. Nutrition Childhood

Obesity - -
Infectious Common viral Common Measles,
Diseases Diseases Exanthems Mumps
6hrs. Rubella -
Chicken pox
Vaccine Diphtheria ,
Preventable Tetanus ,
diseases Pertusis
346
Poliomyelitis
Typhoid HIV -
Infections
Tuberculosis
Primary complex Cholera
& Progressive
Primary complex Helminths
H1N1
Other ARI control Croup ARI croup
Infections Programme
Malaria in children
Dengue
Genetics VISemester Common
1hr. Genetic
Diseases
Metabolic VISemester - Approach to a
disorders child with
1 hr. metabolic
disorders
Pediatric VISemester Common Pediatric - -
emergencies Emergencies
2hrs.
VII Semester -12hrs.
System and Semester Topic Must know Desirable to know Nice to know
total hours wise
General VIISemester Nutrition Fat soluble
Pediatrics vitamins
2hrs. A,D,E,K
Water soluble
vitamins
Vitamin B
complex ,
Vitamin C
7hrs. Neonatology Normal Bleeding Neonate
New born
Birth Asphyxia and its
Low birth effects. Respiratory
weight Distress in New
born
347
Neonatal
Sepsis
Neonatal
Neonatal Seizures
Jaundice
Neonatal
Resuscitation
Temperature
regulation in
Newborn
3hrs. VII SOCIAL National
Semester PEDIATRICS Programmes
2hrs related to
child health
Facility Based
Newborn
Care
Integrated
management
of Neonatal
and illness
(IMNCI)
VIIISemester -15 hrs.
348
7hrs. VIII Semester Cardiovascular Congenital heart Infective
System diseases Endocarditis
Approach to a child
with cyanotic Fetal circulation
Heart disease
Approach to a child
with Acyanotic
Heart Disease
Fallot’s Tetralogy
VSD PDA,ASD
Congestive cardiac
failure
Rheumatic fever –
Rheumatic Heart
Disease
3hrs. VIII Semester Respiratory Asthma Chronic Asthma,
System Patho – classification, Risk
Physiology, Acute factors &
Asthma, management
Management
Bronchiolitis /
Pneumonia
5hrs. VIII Semester HEMATOLOGY Anemia – Nutritional Leukaemias – Specific
Iron deficiency ALL, AML bleeding
Anemia, disorder
Bleeding s–
-Hemolytic, Disorders Hemoph
ilia, Von
Sickle cell Disease Approach to a willebra
Thalassemia bleeding child nd
disease,
I. T. P.
Aplastic
Anemia
IXSemester -17 hrs.
349
System Semester wise Topic Must know Desirable to know Nice to
and total distribution know
hours
allotted
4hrs. IX Semester GIT Diarrhea Chronic Diarrhea -
Acute Diarrhea – Etiology and
Etiology and Management
Management
Viral Hepatitis,
Hepatic failure
4hrs. IX Semester CNS Cerebral palsy Epilepsy Encephalitic
and its
Management, Tubercular
Seizure disorders Meningitis
Febrile
Convulsions.
Hydrocephalus
Acute Bacterial
Meningitis
4hrs. IX Semester KIDNEY Acute Nephritis, Renal failure
Nephrotic Acute and chronic
syndrome,
U. T. I
2hrs. IX Semester ENDOCRIN Hypothyroidism Precocious puberty

E
DISORDERS
350
MALIGAN IXSemester Brain Tumors
CIES
2hrs. Wilm’s tumor,
Neuroblastoma.
PSYCHIAT IXSemester ADHD &
RIC other
DISORDER behavioral
S disorders
1hr.
(temper
tantrum,
breath
holding
etc.),
Nocturnal
Enuresis
Non-Didactic:
Strategy Total hours allotted Semester wise distribution of hours
PRACTICAL /CLINICS IV Semester : 4 72hrs
VI Semester : 2 36hrs Total 180hrs
VIII Semester : 4 72hrs
Tutorials 20 IX Semester– 20X2=40

Seminars 10 IX Semester-10X2=20
Demo 10 IX Semester -10X2=20
Problem based learning 18 VI Semester
Integrated teaching 12 VI Semester
program
Total hrs = Didactic +Non didactic
70+180+80+30=360hrs
Strategy Total
Tutorials 1) Immunization schedule, Routine vaccines
2) Adverse vaccine reaction, Newer vaccines
3) Diphtheria, Tetanus, Pertussis
4) Mumps, Measles, Rubella
5) Childhood Tuberculosis, Revised National Tuberculosis controal
program
6) Genetics – Normal chromosomes, their variations, common
chromosomal syndromes
7) Paediatric AIDS
8) Bronchial Asthma
351
9) ALRTI, ARI Control program
10) Pneumonias, Bronchiolitis
11) Congenital heart disease – approach to Cyanotic, Acyanotic heart
Disease
12) Rheumatic Fever/SABE
13) CCF – causes, clinical features, management
14) Hepatic failure, causes, clinical features management
15) Diarrhoea, Dehydration
16) Meningitis, Encephalitis,
17) Acute renal failure
18) Chronic renal failure
19) F- IMNCI, IMCI, FBNC program
20) National Nutrition programs
Seminars 1. Factors affecting growth
2. Principles of development, channels of development
3. Development delay, scales of assessment
4. Normal newborn, Neonatal reflexes
5. Causes of neonatal Jaundice as related to day of appearance.
Physiological jaundice – Criteria
6. Approach to a baby with unconjugated hyperbilirubunemia and
conjugated hyperbilirubunemia
7. Neonatal sepsis clinical features and concept of sepsis screen
8. Neonatal Resuscitation at birth. Birth asphyxia
9. Breast feeding advantages, technique and BFHI
10. Epilepsy in children – clinical features and management
Problem based Sickle cell disease
learning
Integrated teaching Enteric fever
program
Demo 1) PEM – Kwashiorkor / Marasmus
2) Anaemia with Hepatosplenomegaly
3) Congenital heart diseases VSD/PDA
4) Rheumatic heart Disease, Acute Carditis
5) Nephrotic Syndrome
6) Doctor Patient relation- communication in Pediatrics.
7) Portal hypertension
8) Low birth weight baby.
9) Neoatal resuscitation Program
10)Pediatric BLS
352
Scheme of Examination:

Pediatrics
(MK) – 60 % (DK) – 30 % (NK) – 10 %
LAQ (4) (4) - - 10 M x 2

2/4 Level I – 2 = 20 M
Level II – 2
SAQ (6) (3) (2) (1) 4Mx5

BAQ (11) (7) (3) (1) 2 M x 10

MCQ (20) (12) (6) (2) 1 M x 20


353
MARKSHEET
Books Recommended:
A) Text Books:
1. O.P. Ghai Essential Pediatrics-8th edition
2. Nelson Textbook of Pediatrics-20th edition
3. Text Book of Paediatrics by Indian Academy of Paediatrics
4. Neonatology by Meherban Singh-4th edition
5. Clinical methods Hutchison-23th edition
6. Clinical methods – Meherban Singh-4th edition
B) Reference Books:
1. Forfar Textbook of Pediatrics -7th edition

2. Avery -Neonatology -6th edition
354
Total teaching hours --- 290 hrs.
 Theory 110 hrs
Didactic Lectures : 70 hrs.
Non-didactic teaching
a. Tutorial : 20
b. Demonstrations : 10
c. Seminars : 10
 Clinical Teaching – 180 hrs

Total 3 Posting : 180 hrs
 1st Posting – 4th Term – 4 wks. : 72 hrs.
 2nd Posting – 6th Term – 2 wks. : 36hrs.
 3rd Posting – 8th Term – 4 wks. : 72 hrs.
5. Course content with time allotment and area of domine for each lectures
.
Total No of Lectures -70
Must know: Desirable to know: Nice to know = 60: 30:10
Sr. Name of Chapter/ Name of Topic No. of Total Domain
No. System Class
GENERAL Introduction to Paediatrics; History 1 Must know
PAEDIATRIC taking, Examination General and
Systemic
Growth 1 Must know
Normal growth and growth charts.
Abnormal growth 1 Must know
Development 1 Must know
a. Normal Development
Delayed Development 1 Must know
Mental Retardation 1 Nice to know
Immunization 1 Must know
- Basic of Immunization
Vaccines – Essential & optional 1 Must know
Fluids & Electrolytes 1 Must know
b. Normal childPathophysiology &
Management in disease 1 Desirable to
Acid base balance – know
Normal and in disease 1 Desirable to
know
355
Nutrition 1 Must know
c. Breast feeding, Lactation
management complementary
feeding
d. PEM including SAMandMAM and 1 Must know
its management
INFECTIOUS Common Exanthemas 1 Desirable to
DISEASES e. Measles, Mumps RubellaChicken Know
pox
Other Preventable Infections 1 Desirable to
Diphtheria, Tetanus, Pertusis Know
Poliomyelitis 1 Desirable to
know
Meningitis 1 Must
- Pyogenic know
Tuberculosis 1 Must
- Primary complex & Know
Progressive primary
complex
-Meningitis Tubercular 1 Desirable to
know
- Disseminated T. B. 1 Desirable to
know
- H1N1 infection 1 Desirable to
know
Respiratory Infections 1 Desirable to
A R I, Croup Know
ARI control Programme 1 Must
Know
Malaria in children 1 Must
Know
Enteric fever in children 1 Desirable to
know
Desirable to
HIV in children 1 Know
Normal New born 1 Must
know
Hypothermia 1 Must
Know
NEONATOLOGY Low birth wt 1 Must
know
356
Neonatal Sepsis 1 Most
know
Neonatal Jaundice 1 Must
Know
Neonatal Seizures 1 Nice to
Know
Bleeding Neonate 1 Desirable to
Know
Resp. distress in New born 1 Nice to
Know
Neonatal Resuscitation 1 Must
know
Birth Asphyxia and its effects. 1 Desirable to
Know
CVS Congenital heart disease Must
- Approach to a child with cyanotic 1 Know
heart disease
Approach to a child with Acyanotic 1 Must
heart disease Know
fallot’s Tetralogy VSD PDA 1 Must

Know
Acquired heart disease 1 Desirable to
f. Rheumatic fever Know
g. S A B E 1 Desirable to
Know
Congestive cardiac failure 1 Must
Know
RS Asthma Must
Patho – Physiology, Acute Asthma 1 Know
management
Chronic Asthma, classification, Risk 1 Desirable to

factors & management Know
Bronchiotitis / Pneumonia. 1 Must

Know
GIT Diarrhoea Must
- Acute diarrhoea – Etiology & Know
management 1
357
Chronic Diarrhoea - Etiology & 1 Desirable to
management know
Viral Hepatitis, hepatic failure 1 Must

Know
CNS Cerebral palsy & its management 1 Must

Know
Seizure disorders Must
febrile Convulsions 1 Know
Epilepsy 1 Desirable to
Know
Encephalitis 1 Nice to
Know
KIDNEY Acute Nephritis 1 Must

know
Nephrotic syndrome 1 Must
Know
U. T. I. 1 Must
Know
Renal failure Desirable to

Acute and chronic 1 Know
SOCIAL National Programmes for children Must

PAEDIATRICS (anemia prevention, midday meal etc) 1 Know
FBNC and F-IMNCI. 1 Must
Know
HEMATOLOGY Anaemia – Nutritional 1 Must
Know
358
-Hemolytic 1 Must
Know
Leukaemias – ALL, AML 1 Desirable to

Know
Bleeding Disorders 1 Desirable to
- Approach to a bleeding child Know
- Specific bleeding disorders – 1

Hemophilia, Von willebrand disease, I. Nice to
T. P. Know
ENDOCRINE Hypothyroidism 1 Must

DISORDERS Know
MALIGANCIES Brain Tumors 1 Must
Know
Wilm’s tumor, Neuroblastoma. 1 Must
Know
Lymphomas 1 Must
Know
PSYCHIATRIC ADHD & other behavioral disorders 1 1 Nice to

DISORDERS (temper tantrum, breath holding Know
etc.), nocturnal enuresis
Genetics Common genetic diseases 1 Desirable to
know
Metabolic Mucopolysaccharoidosis, Fatty acid 1 Nice to know
disorders oxidation defects
Pediatric Common Pediatric emergencies 2 2 Must know
emergencies
Division accord top the Domains
DIDACTIC-60:30:10
Lectures
SYSTEM AND SEMESTERWISE TOPIC Must know Desirable to Nice to
TOTAL DISTRIBUCTION know know
HOURS
ALLOTTED
70 60% 30% 10%
42 21 7
359
Must know 60%, Desirable to know 30%, Nice to know10%
Total No of Didactic Lecturev-70
Must know 60% =42
Desirable to know 30%=21
Nice to know10%=7
NON DIDECTED –
 SEMINARS
11. Factors affecting growth
12. Principles of development, channels of development
13. Development delay, scales of assessment
14. Normal newborn, Neonatal reflexes
15. Causes of neonatal Jaundice as related to day of appearance. Physiological jaundice –
Criteria
16. Approach to a baby with unconjugated hyperbilirubunemia and conjugated
hyperbilirubunemia
17. Neonatal sepsis clinical features and concept of sepsis screen
18. Neonatal Resuscitation at birth. Birth asphyxia
19. Breast feeding advantages, technique and BFHI
20. Epilepsy in children – clinical features and management
 List of Tutorials
20 tutorials of 2 hrs – 50 students each time. Students will prepare the given topics which will
be discussed by staff member – an interactive session.
Topics
1) Immunization schedule, Routine vaccines
2) Adverse vaccine reaction, Newer vaccines
3) Diphtheria, Tetanus, Pertussis
4) Mumps, Measles, Rubella
5) Childhood Tuberculosis, Revised National Tuberculosiscontroal program
6) Genetics – Normal chromosomes, their variations, common
chromosomal syndromes
7) Paediatric AIDS
8) Bronchial Asthma
9) ALRTI, ARI Control program
10) Pneumonias, Bronchiolitis
11) Congenital heart disease – approach to Cyanotic, Acyanotic heart
Disease
12) Rheumatic Fever/SABE
13) CCF – causes, clinical features, management
14) Hepatic failure, causes, clinical features management
15) Diarrhoea, Dehydration
16) Meningitis, Encephalitis,
360
17) Acute renal failure
18) Chronic renal failure
19) F- IMNCI, IMCI, FBNC program
20) National Nutrition programs
List of Demonstrations (Clinical teaching hours also considered)
Cases required to be presented in final exams will be presented by a student and will be
discussed by a staff – No of students – 50
1. PEM – Kwashiorkor / Marasmus
2. Anaemia with Hepatosplenomegaly
3.Congenital heart diseases VSD/PDA
4.Rheumatic heart Disease, Acute Carditis
5.Nephrotic Syndrome
6. Doctor Patient relation- communication in Pediatrics.
7. Portal hypertension
8. Cerebral palsy
9. Normal newborn
10. Low birth weight baby.
11. Neoatal resuscitation Program
12. Pediatric BLS
Teaching strategies
1. Didactic lectures (1/3rd will be didactic lectures) (70)
2. Tutorials (20)
3. Lecture demonstrations (10)
4. Problem based learning, demonstration, clinical meet, symposium (2)
5. Bed side Clinical teaching
6. Role plays
361
9. SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS
A. Internal Assessment
I. Weight age for Internal Assessment shall be 20% of the total marks
II. Students must secure at least 35% marks of the total marks fixed for
internal assessment in order to be eligible to appear in final examination
of that subject.
Scheme (Theory):
There shall be two. Term ending and one preliminary examination as under:
First Terminal examination at the end of sixth semester.
Second Terminal examination at the end of eighth semester.
Preliminary Examination during ninth semester after course

completion
Clinical & Oral examination:

First Clinical examination At the end of first posting
Second Clinical examination At the end of second posting
Preliminary Examination After completion of the course along with

Prelims theory exam.
(i) Sessional Examination: There shall be one Theory paper of 80 marks, of 3

hours duration (Sec. A: 30 minutes & Section B and C: 2 ½ hrs.).
Sec. B & C to be solved in separate answer sheet.
Question Paper Theory
(A) Sessional Examinations

Duration: 03hrs. (Sec. A: 30 minutes & Section B and C: 2 ½ hrs.)
Total marks – 80
Section A(M. C. Q.) 1x 20 20 Marks
362
(40Marks)
Section B B. A. Q. 2 X 10 20 Marks
S. A. Q. 4X5 20 Marks
Section C L. A. Q. 10 X 2 20 Marks
(Any two out of Three)
(B) Preliminary Examination:

This examination shall be conducted on the pattern of University examination both in
Theory and Practicals.
Total Marks – 80
Section A: M. C. Q. 1 X 20 = 20 Marks
Section B: 40 Marks
Brief answer questions (BAQ) 2 X10 = 20 Marks
(Any ten out of Eleven)
short answer question (S. A. Q). 4X 5 = 20 Marks
Section C :
Question 3 :Long Answer Questions (LAQ) 10 X2= 20 marks
(At least one question on basic sciences and Neonatology in Section B)
( ii ) Pattern of Preliminary Clinical Examination: Total Marks – 80

One Long Case(Pediatric) - 30 Marks
One Short Case (New born) - 15 Marks
OSCE 5x3 - 15 Marks
Drugs - 4 Mark
Instruments - 4 Mark
Vaccines - 4 Mark 20 marks
X – Rays - 4 Mark
Nutrition - 4 Mark
Viva : 20 Mark
363
Note : 20 Marks of Viva are added to Theory.
Table - 1
Paediatrics
Examination Theory Practical
st
1 Terminal 80 80
2nd Terminal 80 80
Preliminary 80 80
Calculation of Internal Assessment Marks:
1. Out of total marks allotted for Internal Assessment (40) (as prescribed by M.C.I.),
50% marks shall be allotted to I.A. Theory (20) and remaining 50% to Internal
Assessment Practicals (20)
2. Marks for Theory (out of 20) shall be distributed as under:
a. 50%marks (i.e. 10 out of 20) shall be based on performance in Theory
examinations.
b. 30% marks(i.e. 6 out of 20) shall be based on regularity / attendance of the
students in theory.
c. 20% marks (i.e. 4 out of 20) shall be based on Preparation and Presentation
of Symposia / Home Assignments/Problem based learning.
3. Marks for Practicals (out of 20) shall be distributed as under:
a. 50% marks (i.e. 10 out of 20) shall be based on performance in Practical examinations.
students in Practicals ( Clinics ).
c. 20% marks (i.e. 4 out of 20) shall be based on practical journals.
1. The record of the above shall be maintained by the Paediatrics HOD
in the format given below:
Table II
Internal Assessment
(Paediatrics)
Heads of Sessional Regularity Symposia / Home Practical Total
Marks Examination Attendance Assignment/YUGA Records
(10) (06) (04) (04) (20 + 20)
Theory 10 6 4 N.A. 20
(20)
(20)

( I ) Attendance
364
The internal assessment marks grantable to the undergraduate students for the
attendance shall be as under
Attendance theory
Below 75% - 0%
75% - 50% =3
76-80% - 60% =4
81-85% - 70% = 4
85-90% - 80% =5
>90% - 100% =6
Attendance practical
Below 80% - 0%
80% - 50% = 3
81-85% - 60% = 4
86-90% - 70% =4
91-95% - 80% =5
>95% -100% =6
Procedure for Allocation of Symposia, Skill Based Project and Home Assignments.
1. Symposia, Small Skill Based Project and Home Assignments shall be
assigned in the 8th, 9th semester by Double Blind Method of allocation.
2. Equal number of slips for each group of exercise i.e. Symposia, Skill
based Projects,
Home assignment shall be prepared in accordance to the number of
students. For
example: If there are 150 students in the batch, 50 slips of each group
shall be prepared.
Each student shall draw one slip by double blind technique.
3. By this procedure students shall be divided in 3 groups consisting of 50
students each.
Student in each group shall be further assigned the learning method as
under:
a. Symposia :
Students shall be further divided into 5 subgroups of 10 students each by a draw, system
Each subgroup shall be allotted a topic for symposia again by a draw. All the 10 students
shall prepare the allotted topic and shall be ready for presentation. On the day of
presentation one student from each subgroup shall be selected to present and his/her
selection shall again be made by a draw.
b. Skill Based Project :
50 students shall be divided into 5 subgroups consisting of 10 students each by Double
Blind Method of Allocation and 5 Skill Based Projects shall be allotted by a draw.
c. Home Assignments/Community Assignments:
50 students shall be divided into 5 subgroups consisting of 10 students each. Topics for
Home Assignments/Community Assignments shall be allotted by Double Blind Method of
Allocation e.g. making a diet sheet for 1 yr old, Immunization record for a 2 yrs old child.
365
13. University Examination:
University Examination shall be held at the end of 9th Semester as per following scheme in
the subject of Paediatrics.
PAEDIATRICS :- (Including Neonatology)
Theory – One paper = 80 marks
(Shall include one question on basic sciences & allied subjects)
Oral (Viva) = 20 marks
Clinical = 60 marks
Internal Assessment = 40 marks
( Theory 20 Marks, Practical 20 Marks )
Grand Total = 200 marks
PRACTICAL (FINAL EXAMINATION) : 80 Marks

One Long case (Pediatrics) 30 Marks
Case Taking Time 45 Minutes
Examination Time 15 Minutes
One Short Case(Neonate) 15 Marks

Case Taking Time 15 Minutes
Examination Time 10 Minutes
OSCE – Three stations 5x3 = 15 marks
Each station 05 Minutes
ORAL (VIVA VOE) 20 Marks

Duration 10 Minutes
(Instruments, X-ray, Drugs,Vaccines and Nutrition.)
It is directed to interpretation of investigations
2. J
ournals: Printed jour,3,5,7,9nal available
366

UPDATED - SYLLABUS 201 Da31603298 1 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

UPDATED - SYLLABUS 201 Da31603298 1 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DATTA MEGHE INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL SCIENCES

Duration : 4 & ½ Years

1 Year Compulsory Rotatory Internship Training Programme

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU MEDICAL COLLEGE

4. Teaching learning Strategies:

5. Course content: (MK-60%, DK-30% and NK-10%):

Region SEMESTER TOPIC MUST KNOW DESIRABLE TO NICE TO

Bones Humerus, common site Carpals,

Mediastinum Divisions, Coarctation Mediastinitis,

Neuoroan 2nd Spinal Cord Gross features, Spinal clinical

REGION SEMESTER TOPIC MUST KNOW DESIRABLE TO NICE TO KNOW

ABDOME 2nd Semester Anterior Rectus Surgical ---

Muscles Anterior Thoracolumba Psoas abscess

Nerves Lumbar --- ---

2nd Semester Systemic Basic Pernicious Hirschsprung’s

Urinary Basic Urethra ---

Female Basic phases of colostrums, IgA,

Endocrine Adrenal; --- pheochromocytoma

Developm 1st Terms &

20 Hours Menstrual Teratogenic Alpha –fetoprotein

LAQ (4) (4) - - 10 M x 2

SAQ (6) (3) (2) (1) 6Mx5

BAQ (11) (7) (3) (1) 2 M x 10

MCQ (30) (18) (9) (3) 1 M x 30

About 60:30:10 (MK:DK:NK) Total 100 M

Level of Questions are mentioned in the Question Bank

Section A M.C.Q. MK – All Compulsory 30 x 1 30 Marks

B) Home assignment/ Seminar/ Projects/Practical Journals

Viva/ Oral/ viva-voce Osteology 40 marks

Viva/ Oral/ viva-voce Osteology 40 marks

Jawaharlal Nehru Medical College

Non- didactic: (2/3rd) = 320 hrs

1.Cardiovascular 1st Semester 1.Introductio Introduction and

5.Lung -Principles of PFT -Method of Concept of

Chemical control : -Buffers in -Effect of

14. Cardio- -Grading of exercise -

1.General 1st 1.1 Introduction Introduction to

4. Renal 1.Introduction -General -Histology of

3.Formation of -GFR: Definition, -Filtration -

6. Concentration -Counter-current -Diuretics

7.Concept of -Introduction Inulin, PAH

4,5. -Definition significance Synaptic

40,41.Memory Definition stages, applied Alzhemers

Unit –III : Human Experiments

31 II Descending • Enumerate & classify

32 II Basal Ganglia • Enumerate the different

2) Practical’s: Max. Marks : 120

1. Teaching learning Strategies

Non- didactic: (2/3rd)

2. Metabolism of 1. Breakdown of tissue 1. Amino acid &

4.Vitamins, 2nd 1. Vitamins Definition and classification Chemistry, -

3. Acid- base 1. pH, buffers, regulation of - -

Chemistry & 1.Biochemistry of 1. Structure & functions of - -

2. Metabolism of 1. Biosynthesis & 1. Porphyrias -

3. Minerals 1. Calcium, phosphorus . 1. Chlorides,

Non- didactic: 160 Hrs

Theory - (120 marks)

Practical Total – 40 Marks

4) Practical’s: Max. Marks : 120

Theory - Paper I & Paper II (200 marks)

Practical Total – 80 Marks

1. S.K. Gupta Journal of Biochemistry